WO1997048443A1 - Iontophoretic delivery of cell adhesion inhibitors - Google Patents

Iontophoretic delivery of cell adhesion inhibitors Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO1997048443A1
WO1997048443A1 PCT/US1997/010650 US9710650W WO9748443A1 WO 1997048443 A1 WO1997048443 A1 WO 1997048443A1 US 9710650 W US9710650 W US 9710650W WO 9748443 A1 WO9748443 A1 WO 9748443A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
alkyl
substituted
cell adhesion
isoxazolin
aryl
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US1997/010650
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Burton H. Sage, Jr.
Carl Randolph Bock
Philip G. Green
Original Assignee
Becton Dickinson And Company
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Becton Dickinson And Company filed Critical Becton Dickinson And Company
Priority to EP97930136A priority Critical patent/EP0920345A4/en
Priority to AU34040/97A priority patent/AU3404097A/en
Publication of WO1997048443A1 publication Critical patent/WO1997048443A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/445—Non condensed piperidines, e.g. piperocaine
    • A61K31/4523—Non condensed piperidines, e.g. piperocaine containing further heterocyclic ring systems
    • A61K31/4545—Non condensed piperidines, e.g. piperocaine containing further heterocyclic ring systems containing a six-membered ring with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. pipamperone, anabasine
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/42—Oxazoles
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/4427—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems
    • A61K31/4439—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems containing a five-membered ring with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. omeprazole
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/0002—Galenical forms characterised by the drug release technique; Application systems commanded by energy
    • A61K9/0009—Galenical forms characterised by the drug release technique; Application systems commanded by energy involving or responsive to electricity, magnetism or acoustic waves; Galenical aspects of sonophoresis, iontophoresis, electroporation or electroosmosis

Definitions

  • This invention relates to methods and devices for iontophoretically administering therapeutic doses of cell adhesion receptor antagonists in a controlled manner through the skin.
  • cell adhesion receptor antagonists include but are not limited to antagonists ofthe Ilb/IIIa and ⁇ v ⁇ 3 integrins and related cell surface adhesive protein receptors.
  • Such methods and devices are useful, alone or in combination with other therapeutic agents, for the treatment of conditions mediated by cell adhesion and/or cell migration and/or angiogenesis such as thromboembolic disorders, angiogenic disorders, inflammation, bone degradation, cancer metastasis, diabetic retinopathy, restenosis, macular degeneration, and the like.
  • CARs cell adhesion receptors
  • the CARs are encoded by genes belonging to a gene superfamily and are composed of heterodimeric transmembrane glycoproteins containing ⁇ - and ⁇ -subunits.
  • CAR subfamilies contain a common ⁇ -subunit combined with different ⁇ -subunits to form adhesion protein receptors with different specificities.
  • the genes for at least eight distinct ⁇ -subunits have been cloned and sequenced to date.
  • GP Ilb/IIIa glycoprotein Ilb/IIIa
  • fibrinogen receptor glycoprotein Ilb/IIIa
  • fibrinogen receptor glycoprotein Ilb/IIIa
  • fibrinogen receptor glycoprotein Ilb/IIIa
  • fibrinogen receptor glycoprotein Ilb/IIIa
  • fibrinogen receptor glycoprotein Ilb/IIIa
  • RGD common amino acid motif Arg-Gly-Asp
  • ⁇ 4 ⁇ As noted, a number of cell surface cell adhesion receptors have been identified and their functions are being elucidated. For example, certain members ofthe ⁇ , subfamily, i.e., ⁇ 4 ⁇ , and ⁇ 5 ⁇ , have been implicated in various inflammatory processes, including rheumatoid arthritis. In addition, studies with monoclonal anti- ⁇ 4 antibodies provide evidence that ⁇ 4 ⁇ , may additionally have a role in allergy, asthma, and autoimmune disorders. Anti- ⁇ 4 antibodies block the migration of leukocytes to the site of inflammation.
  • the ⁇ v ⁇ 3 integrin also referred to as the vitronectin receptor, is a heterodimer and is a member ofthe ⁇ 3 integrin subfamily.
  • the ⁇ v ⁇ 3 integrin is found on platelets, endothelial cells, melanoma cells, smooth muscle cells, and osteoclasts.
  • the ⁇ v ⁇ 3 integrin binds a variety of RGD-containing adhesive proteins such as vitronectin, fibronectin, von Willebrand factor, fibrinogen, osteopontin, bone sialo protein II and thrombospondin, again mediated by the RGD sequence.
  • ⁇ v ⁇ 3 acts as the endothelial cell, fibroblast, and smooth muscle cell receptor for adhesive proteins including von Willebrand factor, fibrinogen (fibrin), vitronectin, thrombospondin, and osteopontin.
  • the ⁇ v ⁇ 3 integrin allows endothelial cells to interact with a wide variety of extracellular matrix components. These adhesive interactions are considered to be important for angiogenesis since vascular cells must ultimately be capable of invading virtually all tissues.
  • ⁇ v ⁇ 3 is also involved in bone resorption since a key event in bone resorption is the adhesion of osteoclasts to the matrix of bone.
  • the basement membrane zones of blood vessels express several adhesive proteins, including von Willebrand factor, fibronectin, and fibrin. Additionally, several members ofthe integrin family of adhesion protein receptors are expressed on the surface of endothelial, smooth muscle and on other circulating cells. Among these CARs is the ⁇ v ⁇ 3 integrin. These CARs initiate a calcium-dependent signaling pathway that can lead to endothelial cell, smooth muscle cell migration and, therefore, may play a fundamental role in vascular cell biology. Several cell adhesion inhibitory molecules, that act as CAR antagonists, are currently being investigated as drug candidates.
  • Inhibitors of ⁇ v ⁇ 3 have been shown to inhibit angiogenesis and are recognized as being useful as therapeutic agents for the treatment of human diseases such as cancer, restenosis, thromboembolic disorders, rheumatoid arthritis and ocular vasculopathies.
  • the binding of fibrinogen and von Willebrand factor to the RGD-binding domain of GP Ilb/IIIa causes platelets to aggregate.
  • Ilb/IIIa antagonist compounds are known to block fibrinogen binding and prevent platelet aggregation and the formation of platelet thrombi. Therefore, Ilb/IIIa antagonists represent an important new approach for antiplatelet therapy for the treatment of thromboembolic disorders. See, for example, the discussion of ⁇ v ⁇ 3 antagonists in Lefkovitz J et al., "Platelet glycoprotein Ilb/IIIa receptors in cardiovascular medicine," New EngI J Med 332: 1553- 1559
  • an oral agent would have to be found with a relatively long elimination plasma half- life, as a short elimination plasma half-life would necessitate frequent daily dosing.
  • oral bioavailability would need to be relatively high and not be affected by food, alcohol, etc., to avoid variations in dosing.
  • Ester prodrugs are often developed to improve the oral bioavailability of poorly absorbed drugs. Such prodrugs are rapidly broken down by hydrolysis or through esterase metabolism to the parent carboxylic acid. For certain drugs, such as the narcotic analgesic remifentanil, the ester function allows the drug to be rapidly metabolized to less active metabolites and, therefore, its pharmacological action can be rapid when given by intravenous infusion. For prodrugs, ester degradation is desirable to allow for transformation to the active agent. However, certain drugs that have narrow therapeutic windows and/or that require continuous delivery are unsuitable for oral delivery. A viable alternative to intravenous infusion or oral delivery of medicaments is transdermal delivery, which has recently become acceptable and increasingly important means of administering drugs.
  • passive transdermal drug delivery systems there are two types of transdermal drug delivery systems, i.e., "passive” and “active.”
  • passive transdermal systems chemical potential gradients provide the dominant driving force to deliver the drug through the skin.
  • a patch containing the drug is applied to the surface ofthe body and the drug moves into the body predominantly driven by diffusion controlled transport.
  • Passive transdermal delivery has been shown to be an effective and convenient form for delivering a number of molecules.
  • Some examples of passive transdermal systems include: delivery of nicotine, nitroglycerine, scopolamine, clonidine, fentanyl, testosterone, estradiol, etc.
  • this method of delivery may not be amenable for certain ester drugs since it has been shown that the skin contains esterases that are sufficient to metabolize topically applied esters. See, Zhou XH and Li Wan Po A,
  • Chemical enhancers have also been employed to improve passive transdermal delivery of GPIIb/IIIa receptor inhibitors, see WO 95/13825 to Feigen LP and Griffen MJ, entitled: "Transdermal compositions of N- [N-[5-[4[(aminoethyl)phenyl]-l-oxopentyl]-L-phenylalanine or its ester and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts," and incorporated herein by reference.
  • the variability associated with this delivery technique is likely to be too high for drugs with high or narrow therapeutic windows, such as cell adhesion molecules.
  • transdermal drug delivery is active transdermal delivery.
  • additional, extrinsically applied driving forces either electrical (iontophoresis) or ultrasonic (phonophoresis), are used to control delivery ofthe drugs through the skin.
  • Iontophoresis according to Stedman 's Medical Dictionary, is defined as "the introduction into the tissues, by means of an electric current, ofthe ions of a chosen medicament.”
  • Iontophoretic devices have been known since the 1900's to be an effective means of delivery of hydrophilic and charged drugs across the skin and into the systemic circulation.
  • iontophoretic transdermal systems applied electric potential provide the dominant driving force to deliver the ionized drug through the skin.
  • an iontophoretic patch containing the drug is applied to the surface ofthe body, controlled current is driven through the patch via electrodes in contact with the patch and the drug moves into the body predominantly driven by migration controlled transport.
  • Some examples of iontophoretic transdermal systems include: delivery of pilocarpine in diagnosing cystic fibrosis, delivery of topical anesthetic to name a few.
  • the iontophoretic patch primarily consists, at a minimum, of two compartments, an anode and a cathode, each of which is individually in contact with the body.
  • the electrode compartments house the electrodes in contact with the ionic media and are disposed to be in intimate ionic contact with some portion ofthe body through the skin, to complete the internal electrical circuit.
  • the electrodes are connected externally to a power supply to complete the external electrical circuit.
  • the electrode connected to the positive pole ofthe power supply is called the anode and the electrode connected to the negative pole ofthe power supply is called the cathode.
  • iontophoresis can be used to deliver the ionized drug across the skin separator into the body.
  • the flux of a drug across the skin from an iontophoretic device is directly proportional to the applied current.
  • a way to obtain varied flux or drug delivery profiles would be to vary the current.
  • one wanted to administer a bolus-like (or peaked) flux one would need to increase the current at first and then decrease the current after the bolus has been achieved.
  • iontophoresis process has been found to be useful in the transdermal administration of therapeutic drugs including lidocaine hydrochloride, hydrocortisone, fluoride, penicillin, dexamethasone sodium phosphate, insulin and other drugs.
  • a common use of iontophoresis is in the diagnosis of cystic fibrosis by delivering pilocarpine salts iontophoretically, where the pilocarpine stimulates sweat production and the sweat is collected and analyzed for its chloride content to detect the presence of the disease.
  • the present invention provides novel methods and devices for iontophoretically administering therapeutic doses of ⁇ v ⁇ 3 antagonists in a controlled manner through the skin.
  • the present invention includes iontophoretic delivery devices comprising ⁇ v ⁇ 3 integrin antagonists.
  • the invention is an iontophoretic device for non-invasively administering a therapeutic dose of a cell adhesion receptor antagonist to a mammal at a delivery rate of 0.5 ⁇ g/h or greater, comprising:
  • a current distributing member (a) a current distributing member; (b) an agent reservoir containing an ionized or ionizable substance, in electrical communication with the current distributing member and adapted to be placed in ionic communication with an epithelial surface, wherein the ionized or ionizable substance is a cell adhesion receptor antagonist; and
  • the cell adhesion receptor antagonist is an integrin antagonist, such as a glycoprotein Ilb/IIIa antagonist, an ⁇ 6 ⁇ , or ⁇ 2 ⁇ , antagonist, or a glycoprotein Ic/IIa antagonist.
  • an integrin antagonist such as a glycoprotein Ilb/IIIa antagonist, an ⁇ 6 ⁇ , or ⁇ 2 ⁇ , antagonist, or a glycoprotein Ic/IIa antagonist.
  • the agent reservoir can further comprise competing ions of a charge similar in sign to the charge on cell adhesion receptor in its ionized form.
  • the invention is an iontophoresis device comprising an integrin inhibitor compound.
  • the integrin inhibitor compound is an inhibitor of the Ilb/IIIa integrin.
  • the device preferably further comprises: a cathode and an anode each disposed so as to be in electrical connection with a source of electrical energy and in intimate contact with skin of a subject, and a drug reservoir electrically connected to the cathode or the anode for containing the integrin inhibitor for delivery into the body of the subject.
  • the invention is an iontophoresis device for non-invasively administering a therapeutic dose of a positively charged ester to a mammal, comprising:
  • the positively charged ester is a glycoprotein Ilb/IIIa antagonist.
  • the agent reservoir of the device can further comprise competing ions having a like charge to the positively charged ester.
  • the invention therefore, further includes a method of administering an integrin inhibitor compound, the method comprising iontophoretically administering to a mammal a therapeutically effective amount ofthe integrin inhibitor using an iontophoresis device.
  • the invention is method for the treatment of thrombosis, comprising administering to a mammal a therapeutically effective amount of an integrin inhibitor using an iontophoresis device.
  • the invention is a method of inhibiting the aggregation of blood platelets, comprising administering to a mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a Ilb/IIIa inhibitor using an iontophoresis device.
  • the invention is a method of treating a thromboembolic disorder selected from thrombus or embolus formation, harmful platelet aggregation, reocclusion following thrombolysis, reperfusion injury, restenosis, atherosclerosis, stroke, myocardial infarction, and unstable angina, the method comprising administering to a mammal a therapeutically effective amount of an integrin inhibitor using an iontophoresis device.
  • the invention is a method of non-invasively administering a therapeutic dose of a cell adhesion receptor antagonist to a mammal, comprising the step of iontophoretically driving the cell adhesion receptor antagonist through a predetermined area of skin ofthe mammal at a delivery rate of 0.5 ⁇ g/h or greater.
  • the cell adhesion receptor antagonist is an integrin antagonist, such as a glycoprotein Ilb/IIIa antagonist, a glycoprotein Ic/IIa antagonist, or an ⁇ 6 ⁇ , or ⁇ 2 ⁇ , antagonist
  • the iontophoretically driving step can comprise driving the cell adhesion receptor antagonist with competing ions thereto.
  • the method can include administering the cell adhesion receptor antagonist continuously at a current of from about 10 ⁇ A to about 3 mA over a period of time up to about 24 hours, or discontinuously at a current of from about 10 ⁇ A to about 3 mA over a period of time up to about 24 hours.
  • the invention is a method of non-invasively administering a therapeutic dose of a positively charged ester to a mammal, comprising the step of iontophoretically driving the positively charged ester through a predetermined area of skin of the mammal.
  • An exemplary positively charged ester is a glycoprotein Ilb/IIIa antagonist.
  • the iontophoretically driving step of the method can comprise driving the positively charged ester with competing ions thereto.
  • the invention is an iontophoretic device for non-invasively administering to a mammal a therapeutic dose of a cell adhesion receptor antagonist, wherein the cell adhesion receptor antagonist is a peptide or peptidomimetic compound having a structure that binds to the RGD-binding domain of a cell adhesion receptor, provided that the cell adhesion receptor inhibitor is not a compound of Formula L:
  • Such methods and devices are useful, alone or in combination with other therapeutic agents, for the treatment of thromboembolic disorders, angiogenic disorders, inflammation, bone degradation, cancer metastasis, diabetic retinopathy, restenosis, macular degeneration, and other conditions mediated by cell adhesion and/or cell migration and/or angiogenesis.
  • FIGURE 1 is a cross-sectional view of an idealized iontophoresis device suitable for use according to the invention.
  • FIGURE 2 depicts in vitro delivery with 10 mg/mL of a GPIIb/IIIa antagonist and 154 mM NaCI at 50 ⁇ A with 2 cm 2 .
  • FIGURE 3 depicts iontophoretic delivery across excised pig skin of a 10 mg/mL positively charged ester drug (GPIIb/IIIa antagonist) and 9 mg/mL NaCI to therapeutic flux levels( 1-10 ⁇ g/h).
  • FIGURE 4 depicts plasma concentrations ofthe acid drug form during IV infusion of the acid drug form at a rate equivalent to 10 ⁇ g/h active component of the GPIIb/IIIa antagonist in unanesthetized swine.
  • FIGURE 5 depicts plasma concentration ofthe GPIIb/IIIa antagonist acid drug form following iontophoretic delivery in an unanesthetized swine using a 2 cm 2 patch with
  • FIGURE 6 compares the delivery rate profiles for the dual compartment patches at a current of 400 ⁇ A.
  • FIGURE 7 depicts the delivery profile of dual compartment patches loaded with 50 mg/mL chloride salt and run at a current of 100 ⁇ A and 200 ⁇ A.
  • FIGURE 8 depicts the delivery rate profile of dual compartment patches loaded with 1 mM NaCI, 150 mg/mL formulation and run at a current of 100 ⁇ A and loaded with 75 mM NaCI, 100 mg/mL formulation and run at a current of 400 ⁇ A.
  • the present invention provides novel methods and devices for iontophoretically administering therapeutic doses of cell adhesion receptor antagonists in a controlled manner through the skin.
  • cell adhesion receptor antagonists include but are not limited to antagonists ofthe Ilb/IIIa and ⁇ v ⁇ 3 integrins and related cell surface adhesive protein receptors.
  • the present invention includes iontophoretic delivery devices comprising cell adhesion receptor inhibitors/antagonists.
  • Such methods and devices are useful, alone or in combination with other therapeutic agents, for the treatment of thromboembolic disorders, angiogenic disorders, inflammation, bone degradation, cancer metastasis, diabetic retinopathy, restenosis, macular degeneration, and other conditions mediated by cell adhesion and/or cell migration and/or angiogenesis.
  • the therapeutic compounds deliverable by the iontophoresis method of the invention are compounds that bind to CAR proteins, thereby mediating controllable alteration of cell-matrix and cell-cell adhesion processes.
  • Such compounds are referred to herein as "cell adhesion receptor inhibitors" or “cell adhesion receptor antagonists,” and act as inhibitors of the binding ofthe CAR protein(s) to endogenous protein ligands of such CAR.
  • Preferred cell adhesion receptor antagonists (inhibitors) used in the present invention are
  • RGD-peptidomimetic compounds refers to chemical compounds that bind to the RGD-binding region ofthe cell adhesion receptor and that block RGD-mediated binding of one or more adhesive proteins to the receptor.
  • the present invention provides methods of CAR antagonist drug delivery that permit controlled, continuous delivery ofthe drug at a relatively low rate. Such controlled, continuous delivery of the CAR antagonist ensures relatively constant plasma concentrations and control of pharmacologic and toxic drug effects. This is particularly desirable for drugs having steep dose versus response profiles, for which there are relatively small differences between ineffective, therapeutic, and toxic plasma concentrations or doses.
  • Transdermal iontophoretic delivery provides a means of controlled, continuous drug delivery and avoids the uncertainties of oral administration and the inconvenience and discomfort of administration by injection.
  • iontophoresis transdermal delivery methods are used in the present invention since generally the CAR antagonist compounds do not passively diffuse through skin at rates sufficient for delivering therapeutic doses and the skin is especially impermeable to polar and ionic drugs.
  • the present invention relates to iontophoretic delivery of a cell adhesion receptor antagonist to constant therapeutic levels at remarkably low variability, as demonstrated in the Examples contained herein.
  • Applicants have conducted in vitro iontophoretic transport experiments involving an esterified CAR antagonist, and have discovered unexpectedly that a positively charged ester, although metabolized to some extent in the skin or in the receptor fluid to the net uncharged zwitterion, can be transported in a reproducible and constant manner, to flux levels capable of producing therapeutic plasma levels. Additional in vivo studies in pigs have also demonstrated that a positively charged ester will be transported across the skin by iontophoresis in such a manner.
  • Cell adhesion receptor antagonists are exemplary compounds capable of delivery as positively charged esters for the treatment of various disease states, e.g., restenosis following coronary angioplasty, unstable angina, stroke, prevention of secondary myocardial infarction, etc.
  • GPIIb/IIIa antagonists bind to receptors on a platelet to block fibrinogen binding and inhibit platelet aggregation.
  • Such compounds therefore, have enormous potential for the treatment of arterial thrombosis.
  • Other examples of positively charged esters and various diseases treatable by administration ofthe esters to the afflicted patient are by way of example and not limitation, remifentanil which is a narcotic analgesic used in the treatment of acute pain.
  • Iontonhoretic Apparatus refers generally to an electrically assisted device or apparatus suitable for the transdermal iontophoretic delivery of therapeutic levels of a compound to a mammal.
  • iontophoresis devices are well known in the art and are also referred to as “iontophoretic delivery devices” or “electrotransport devices.”
  • the iontophoretic drug delivery device used in the present invention comprises a power source for generation of an electrical current and two electrode compartments that, when adhering to the skin of a subject, will pass a generated electrical current through the subject's skin. In the presence ofthe electrical current, the passage ofthe CAR antagonist from the agent reservoir through the skin is enhanced.
  • the rate of transdermal delivery ofthe CAR antagonist in accordance with the present invention can be controlled by appropriate selection ofthe patch design, including the selection ofthe contents ofthe electrode compartments, the surface area ofthe patch, and by the strength ofthe generated electrical current.
  • the iontophoretic device ofthe present invention can include, by way of example and not limitation, the following components and materials.
  • the iontophoretic device includes at least two electrodes. Both ofthe electrodes are disposed so as to be in intimate electrical contact with some portion of the skin ofthe body.
  • the circuit of the device is completed by connection ofthe electrodes to a source of electrical energy, for example, a battery, in conjunction with the electrode contacts with the patient's skin.
  • the electrodes include a positive electrode or "anode,” and a negative electrode or a "cathode.” In functional terms, however, the electrodes are characterized independently of their electrical nature. Thus, in relation to their function in iontophoresis, one electrode is the electrode from which the ionic CAR antagonist drug precursor or drug is delivered into the body by iontophoresis. This is called the “active” or “donor” electrode. The other electrode serves to close the electrical circuit through the body. The latter electrode is called the "counter” or “return” electrode, or the “indifferent” electrode. The functional definition of the electrodes is dependent upon the charge sign of the agent to be delivered.
  • the anode positive electrode
  • the cathode negative electrode
  • the anode positive electrode
  • both the anode and cathode can be used to deliver drugs of opposite charge into the body simultaneously. In such a case, both electrodes are considered to be active or donor electrodes. In this situation, the anode is used to deliver a positively charged ionic substance into the body while the cathode is used to deliver a negatively charged ionic substance into the body.
  • the iontophoretic device of the invention includes a current distributing member that conveys electrical current into the iontophoretic reservoirs for the delivery of an agent (ionized substance).
  • the current distributing member can be constructed of any of a large variety of electrically conductive materials, including inert and sacrificial materials.
  • Inert conductive materials are those electrically conductive materials that, when employed in the iontophoretic devices ofthe invention, do not themselves undergo or participate in electrochemical reactions. Thus, an inert material distributes current without being eroded or depleted due to the distribution of the current, and conducts current through generation of hydronium ions (H 3 O * ) or hydroxyl ions (OH " ) by, respectively, reduction or oxidation of water.
  • Inert conductive materials typically include, for example, stainless steel, platinum, gold, and carbon or graphite.
  • the current distributing member can be constructed from a sacrificial conductive material.
  • a material can be considered sacrificial if, when employed as an electrode in an iontophoretic device of the invention, the material is eroded or depleted due to its oxidation or reduction. Such erosion or depletion occurs when the materials and formulations used in the iontophoresis device enable a specific electrochemical reaction, such as when a silver electrode is used with a formulation containing chloride ions. In this situation, the current distributing member would not cause electrolysis of water, but would itself be oxidized or reduced.
  • a sacrificial material would include an oxidizable metal such as silver, zinc, copper, etc.
  • ions electrochemically generated via a sacrificial material would include metal cations resulting from oxidation of the metal.
  • Metal/metal salt anodes can also be employed. In such cases, the metal would oxidize to metal ions, which would then be precipitated as an insoluble salt.
  • a sacrificial current distributing member can be constructed from any electrically conductive material provided an appropriate electrolyte formulation is provided.
  • a cathodic current distributing member can be constructed from a metal/metal salt material.
  • a preferred cathodic material is a silver/silver halide material.
  • a metal halide salt is preferably employed as the electrolyte.
  • the device would generate halide ions from the electrode as the metal is reduced electrochemically.
  • accompanying silver ions (Ag + ) in a formulation would be reduced to silver metal (Ag (s) ) and would deposit (plate) onto the electrode.
  • the cathode material can be an intercalation material, an amalgam, or other material that can take electrolyte cations such as sodium out of solution, below the reduction potential of water.
  • other materials can be used that permit the plating out of a metal from the appropriate electrolyte solution.
  • metals such as silver, copper, zinc, and nickel, and other materials, such as carbon, can be employed when an appropriate metal salt such as silver nitrate or zinc sulfate is in solution in the electrolyte reservoir. While such materials may develop increased resistivity as a metal plates out during use, they are not eroded or depleted during use as cathodic current distributing members. They are therefore not strictly.
  • sacrificial in this context. Nonetheless, the term “sacrificial” encompasses such materials as it is intended to include materials that undergo physical and/or chemical changes during iontophoresis, such as to affect their function as measured by their lifetime or current carrying capacity, etc. Additional types of materials useful as current distributing members according to the invention are disclosed in detail in a co-pending application Serial No. 08/536,029 to Reddy et al., entitled “Low-Cost Electrodes for an Iontophoretic Device,” filed on September 29, 1995, the disclosure of which is incorporated by reference herein.
  • the current distributing member can take any form known in the art, such as the form of a plate, foil layer, screen, wire, dispersion of conductive particles embedded in a conductive matrix, and the like.
  • an electrolyte reservoir is constructed to permit electrical communication with a current distributing member.
  • electrical communication requires that electrons of the current distributing member are exchanged with ions in the electrolyte reservoir upon the application of electrical current.
  • Such electrical communication is preferably not impeded to any excessive degree by any intervening material(s) used in the construction ofthe iontophoretic device.
  • the resistivity ofthe interface between the current distributing member and the electrolyte reservoir is preferably low.
  • the electrolyte reservoir comprises at least one electrolyte, i.e., an ionic or ionizable component that can act to conduct current toward or away from the current distributing member.
  • the electrolyte comprises one or more mobile ions, the selection of which is dependent upon the desired application.
  • suitable electrolytes include aqueous solutions of salts.
  • a preferred electrolyte is an aqueous solution of sodium chloride (NaCI), having a concentration of less than 1 mole/liter ( ⁇ 1 M), more preferably at about physiological concentration.
  • Other suitable electrolytes include salts of physiological ions including, but not limited to, potassium (IC), chloride (Cl " ), and phosphate (PO 4 3 ⁇ ). The salt and its concentration can be selected as desired for particular applications.
  • chelation agents e.g., citrate ions, EDTA
  • surfactants e.g., non-ionic, cationic, or anionic
  • buffers e.g., ionic excipients
  • osmolarity adjusters e.g., polyethylene glycols, sugars
  • penetration enhancers e.g., alkanols
  • stabilizers e.g., enzyme inhibitors, preservatives, thickening agents (e.g., acrylic acids, cellulosic resins, clays, polyoxyethylenes), and the like.
  • thickening agents e.g., acrylic acids, cellulosic resins, clays, polyoxyethylenes
  • the electrolyte can comprise a material that is itself relatively immobile in the absence of an electric field, but that acts to deliver mobile ions in the presence of an electric field.
  • the electrolyte can more properly be termed an "ion source.' " Examples of ion sources according to the invention include polyelectrolytes, ion exchange membranes and resins, non-ionic buffers that become ionic upon pH change, and other known ion sources.
  • the electrolyte reservoir can contain counterions, i.e.. ions that form a soluble salt with an electrochemically generated ion.
  • a suitable counterion might be acetate
  • the electrolyte reservoir can provide at least one ion ofthe same charge as the electrochemically generated ion, to permit current to be conducted, and at least one oppositely charged ion.
  • the reservoir structure ofthe iontophoretic apparatus of the invention further includes an agent reservoir in the active electrode, containing the agent to be delivered, i.e., the CAR antagonist.
  • the agent is present as an ionized or ionizable form of the agent or a precursor of the agent such as an ester prodrug.
  • the agent reservoir must be capable of ionic communication with an epithelial surface, which means that the boundary between the agent reservoir and the epithelial surface must be permeable to some form of the agent (and may also be permeable to other ions), as the current is carried by ions traversing across the boundary.
  • the agent reservoir is also in electrical communication with the anode or the cathode ofthe iontophoresis device.
  • the construction ofthe agent reservoir must be consistent with the requirements for ionic communication with the epithelial surface and electrical communication with the current distribution member. Accordingly, the structure of the agent reservoir would vary, depending upon the desired application.
  • the agent reservoir can include a liquid, semi-liquid, semi-solid, or solid material.
  • the agent reservoir preferably further comprises means for at least substantially inhibiting the flow ofthe contents out ofthe reservoir. In such situations, the flow ofthe contents is desirably minimized when the device is in storage.
  • a membrane can be deployed to define a wall ofthe agent reservoir. In certain situations the flow ofthe contents ofthe reservoir can be minimized while in storage, but increased in use.
  • a membrane can be used that increases in porosity, permeability, or conductivity upon the application of an electric field across the membrane.
  • Examples of such membranes are disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,080,546; 5,169,382; and 5,232,438, the disclosures of which are incorporated by reference herein.
  • the agent reservoir is constructed to retain its physical integrity and to inherently resist passive migration and loss ofthe ionized substance.
  • Such embodiments include those in which the agent reservoir includes a solid or semi-solid material such as a gel or other polymeric material.
  • the agent reservoir includes a polymeric film in which the substance to be iontophoretically delivered is dispersed.
  • a film would resist passive loss or dispersion ofthe ionized substance in the absence of an applied electrical field, the mobility ofthe substance to be delivered is substantially increased upon the application ofthe electric field, permitting effective and controlled delivery across the target epithelial surface.
  • a film need not contain any significant amount of hydrating material.
  • a cross- linked hydrogel a material that inherently contains significant amounts of water, can be used in the electrolyte reservoir to serve as a water reservoir during iontophoresis. It may be desirable to provide the solution of active ingredient with a buffer.
  • the buffer ion having a charge of the same sign as the drug ion should have low ionic mobility.
  • the limiting ionic mobility of this ion is preferably no greater that 1 x 10 "4 cm 2 /volt-sec.
  • ionic drugs can be delivered from either the anode, the cathode, or both simultaneously.
  • the agent to be driven into the body has a net positive charge, i.e, a cation
  • the positive electrode (anode) will be the active electrode
  • the negative electrode (cathode) will serve to complete the electrochemical circuit.
  • This method of delivery is termed "anodic delivery.”
  • the agent to be delivered has a net negative charge, i.e., an anion
  • the negative electrode (cathode) will be the active electrode and the positive electrode (anode) will be the indifferent electrode. This method of delivery is termed "cathodic delivery.”
  • the iontophoretic apparatus ofthe invention can also include a suitable backing film positioned on top ofthe electrolyte reservoir.
  • the backing film provides protection against contamination and damage to the current distributing member, if present, and the electrolyte reservoir of the apparatus.
  • the iontophoretic apparatus of the invention optionally includes a release liner that can be affixed to the underside ofthe agent reservoir by an adhesive.
  • the release liner protects the surface ofthe agent reservoir that contacts the epithelial surface from contamination and damage when the device is not in use.
  • the release liner can be peeled off to expose the epithelial contacting surface of the agent reservoir for application ofthe device to a patient.
  • iontophoretic devices require at least two electrodes to provide a potential to drive drug ions into the skin of a patient. Both electrodes are disposed to be in intimate electrical contact with the skin thereby completing the electrochemical circuit formed by the anode pad and cathode pad ofthe iontophoretic device.
  • the electrode pads can be further defined as an active electrode from which an ionic drug is delivered into the body.
  • An indifferent or ground electrode serves to complete the electrochemical circuit.
  • Various types of electrodes can be employed, such as is described in United States application Serial
  • an embodiment of the iontophoretic device of the invention 50 is configured as follows: An anode patch 10 has an anode electrode compartment 1 1 in ionic communication with a skin contacting compartment 13. The skin contacting compartment 13 and the anode electrode compartment 11 are separated by a compartment separation means (membrane) 17. The anode electrode compartment 11 also contains an anode 14 and an electrolyte (anolyte) 15. The skin contacting compartment is attached to the patient's skin 36.
  • a cathode patch 20, has a cathode electrode compartment 21 in ionic communication with a skin contacting compartment 23.
  • the skin contacting compartment 23 and the cathode electrode compartment 21 are separated by a compartment separation means (membrane) 27.
  • the cathode electrode compartment 21 also contains a cathode 24 and an electrolyte (catholyte) 25.
  • the skin contacting compartment is attached to the patient's skin 36.
  • Another embodiment of the present invention relates to an iontophoretic device for non-invasively administering a therapeutic concentration of cell adhesion antagonist molecules to a mammal, such therapeutic concentration of cell adhesion antagonist molecules being capable of inhibiting platelet aggregation.
  • This device is capable of delivering an amount of cell adhesion antagonist molecules effective for inhibiting platelet aggregation in the patient to whom its delivered for a selected period of time;
  • iontophoretic delivery devices have been developed in which the donor and counter electrode assemblies have a "multi-laminate" construction.
  • the donor and counter electrode assemblies are each formed by multiple layers of usually polymeric matrices.
  • U.S. Patent No. 4,731 ,049 discloses a donor electrode assembly having a hydrophilic polymer based electrolyte reservoir and drug reservoir layers, a skin-contacting hydrogel layer, and optionally one or more semipermeable membrane layers.
  • U.S. Patent No. 4,474,570 discloses an iontophoresis device wherein the electrode assemblies include a conductive resin film electrode layer, a hydrophilic gel reservoir layer, and aluminum foil conductor layer and an insulating backing layer.
  • the drug and electrolyte reservoir layers ofthe iontophoretic delivery device can be, for example, formed of hydrophilic polymers, as described, for example, in U.S. Patent Nos.
  • Hydrophilic polymers may be desired since water is the preferred solvent for ionizing many drug salts, and hydrophilic polymer components of the drug reservoir in the donor electrode and the electrolyte reservoir in the counter electrode can be hydrated in situ while attached to the body by absorbing water from the skin through transepidermal water loss or sweat or from a mucosal membrane by absorbing saliva in the case of oral mucosal membranes. Once hydrated, the device begins to deliver ionized agent to the body. This enables the drug reservoir to be manufactured in a dry state, giving the device a longer shelf life.
  • Hydrogels have been particularly favored for use as the drug reservoir matrix and electrolyte reservoir matrix in iontophoretic delivery devices, in part due to their high equilibrium water content and their ability to quickly absorb water. In addition, hydrogels tend to have good biocompatibility with the skin and with mucosal membranes.
  • Iontophoresis devices useful in the present invention are described, for example, in the following U.S. Patent documents, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference: 3,991,755; 4,141,359; 4,250,878; 4,395,545; 4,744,787; 4,747,819; 4,927,408; 5,080,646; 5,084,006; 5,125,894; 5,135,477; 5,135,480; 5,147,296; 5,147,297; 5,158,537;
  • the present invention is generally described in connection with iontophoresis, it should be appreciated that other principles of active introduction, i.e., motive forces, can be employed to deliver CAR antagonists as contemplated herein. Accordingly, the invention is understood to be operative in connection with electrophoresis, which includes the movement of particles in an electric field toward one or the other electric pole (anode or cathode), and electroosmosis, which includes the transport of uncharged compounds due to the bulk migration of water induced by an electric field.
  • electrophoresis which includes the movement of particles in an electric field toward one or the other electric pole (anode or cathode)
  • electroosmosis which includes the transport of uncharged compounds due to the bulk migration of water induced by an electric field.
  • the delivery of an uncharged medicament into a patient cannot directly be achieved through iontophoresis, as by definition the compound has no net charge.
  • an uncharged medicament into a patient may be accomplished by modifying the process in any of several ways.
  • uncharged compounds an charged compounds having no net charge, i.e., zwitterions
  • electroosmosis an electrical device is used to induce the flow of a polar liquid medium, carrying the medicament, into a patient by imposing an electric field across the skin.
  • the uncharged medicament is indirectly transported along with the liquid medium into the patient.
  • the delivery of a medicament through electroosmosis is highly dependent on skin pH.
  • the drug delivery aspect of electroosmosis is a minor or secondary effect in comparison to iontophoretic repulsion. Accordingly, the amount of the medicament delivered by electroosmosis tends to be lower than that in iontophoresis.
  • Iontophoresis of agents having no net charge can also be accomplished by combining the agent with a charged carrier moiety.
  • a charged carrier moiety For example the promotion of iontophoresis by combining the agent with ionic or charge-bearing cyclodextrins is disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,068,226 to Weinshenker et al.
  • the agent can be incorporated into the device with an amphipathic material as the carrier moiety, i.e., a material having lipophilic and hydrophilic domains.
  • the hydrophilic domains can present with either net positive or net negative charge, permitting the electric field applied through the iontophoretic device to impel the amphipathic carrier moiety across the skin ofthe subject.
  • Preferred amphipathic materials include, for example, phospholipids.
  • the amphipathic material can be delivered in a variety of structural (supramolecular) forms, such as liposomes, uni-lamellar or multi- lamellar vesicles, micelles, and the like.
  • the production ofthe structural forms can be accomplished using known methods, such as the methods for making liposomes described in U.S. Patent No. 4,522,803 to Lenk et al. and U.S. Patent No. 4,610,868 to Fountain et al., or the method for making micelles incorporating medicaments as described in U.S. Patent No.
  • the present invention is a method and system for the non-invasive administration of therapeutic concentration of cell adhesion antagonist molecules to a human or animal subject.
  • the invention permits iontophoretic transdermal administration of numerous cell adhesion receptor antagonists or inhibitors, including:
  • Integrin inhibitors such as, for example, glycoprotein Ilb/IIIa ( ⁇ 1Ib ⁇ 3 ) antagonists, glycoprotein Ic/IIIa antagonists, ⁇ v ⁇ 3 antagonists, ⁇ v ⁇ 3 antagonists, ⁇ 5 ⁇ , (GP Ic/IIa) antagonists, ⁇ 2 ⁇ , (GP Ia/IIa) antagonists, and ⁇ 6 ⁇ , antagonists;
  • Non-Integrin Receptor inhibitors such as, for example, glycoprotein lb (GP lb) antagonists, and glycoprotein IV (GP IV) antagonists; as well as other CAR antagonists.
  • the present invention enables non-invasive administration of a therapeutic concentration of cell adhesion antagonist molecules to a mammal.
  • the cell adhesion antagonist molecules are iontophoretically passed through a predetermined area of skin of the mammal, and a therapeutic concentration of cell adhesion antagonist molecules is achieved.
  • the method and device of the present invention can be used to administer a cell adhesion antagonist molecule to a mammal.
  • Mammals include, for example, humans, as well as pet animals such as dogs and cats, laboratory animals such as rats and mice, and farm animals such as horses, pigs, sheep, and cows.
  • Ilb/IIIa antagonists bind to Ilb/IIIa expressed on the membranes of platelets. By binding to Ilb/IIIa, these agents prevent platelets from aggregating. Platelet aggregation is associated with various cardiovascular and cerebrovascular disorders, including unstable angina, myocardial infarction, stroke, and atherosclerosis.
  • Ilb/IIIa antagonists are useful in preventing platelet aggregation and thrombosis, and for the treatment, including prevention, of various cardiovascular and cerebrovascular disorders.
  • Ilb/IIIa antagonists have been found to have relatively steep dose versus response profiles. Thus, within a relatively narrow range of plasma concentrations, the effect of a Ilb/IIIa antagonist could vary from no anticoagulant effect, to partial inhibition of platelet aggregation, to excessive prolongation of coagulation. In addition, Ilb/IIIa antagonists can have relatively low to modest or variable oral bioavailability. Low and variable oral bioavailability can be associated with variability, if not unpredictability, in plasma concentrations and poor control of pharmacologic and toxic responses.
  • the controlled iontophoretic transdermal delivery methods of the present invention provide methods for administering a Ilb/IIIa antagonist at a constant, relatively low rate, thereby to provide plasma concentrations and effects that do not vary excessively with time or from patient to patient. Accordingly, the methods and apparatus of the invention provide therapeutic advantages over methods of drug delivery that produce variable plasma concentrations and effects.
  • Another preferred aspect of this invention relates to iontophoretic methods of pharmaceutical delivery of compounds that are antagonists of the ⁇ v ⁇ 3 integrin. Such compounds inhibit the binding of vitronectin or other RGD-containing ligands to ⁇ v ⁇ 3 and inhibit cell adhesion.
  • the present invention also includes iontophoresis devices containing such ⁇ v ⁇ 3 inhibitor compounds and methods of using such devices for the inhibition of angiogenesis, the treatment of disorders mediated by angiogenesis, thrombosis, restenosis, and other diseases or conditions mediated by or involving cell adhesion and/or cell migration and/or angiogenesis, including, but not limited to, other thromboembolic disorders, inflammation, inflammatory bowel disease and other autoimmune diseases, rheumatoid arthritis, asthma, allergies, adult respiratory distress syndrome, graft versus host disease, organ transplantation, septic shock, psoriasis, eczema, contact dermatitis, osteoporosis, osteoarthritis, atherosclerosis, cancer metastasis, wound healing, diabetic retinopathy, ocular vasculopathies, bone degradation, diabetic retinopathy, macular degeneration, and wound healing.
  • other thromboembolic disorders inflammation, inflammatory bowel disease and other autoimmune diseases
  • the cell adhesion antagonist molecule is administered to the mammal in the treatment of diseases associated with any ofthe following conditions: abnormal platelet aggregation, thrombosis, rheumatoid arthritis, osteoporosis, coronary angioplasty, restenosis, cancer metastasis, asthma, organ transplant, septic shock, osteoarthritis, diabetes retinopathy, inflammatory bowel disease, atherosclerosis.
  • the device is used to administer such molecules to a human or animal patient during coronary angioplasty, or for the treatment of diseases associated with abnormal platelet aggregation, thrombosis, rheumatoid arthritis, osteoporosis, restenosis, cancer metastasis, asthma, organ transplantation, septic shock, osteoarthritis, diabetes retinopathy, inflammatory bowel disease, or atherosclerosis.
  • treatment of a disorder includes not only the clinical intervention in an existing disorder in the mammal, but also the prevention of the incidence or recurrence of such a disorder.
  • angiogenic disorders means conditions involving abnormal neovascularization, such as tumor metastasis and ocular neovascularization, including, for example, diabetic retinopathy, neovascular glaucoma, age-related macular degeneration, and retinal vein occlusion.
  • thromboembolic disorders includes conditions involving platelet activation and aggregation, such as arterial or venous cardiovascular or cerebrovascular thromboembolic disorders, including, for example, thrombosis, unstable angina, first or recurrent myocardial infarction, ischemic sudden death, transient ischemic attack, stroke, atherosclerosis, venous thrombosis, deep vein thrombosis, thrombophlebitis, arterial embolism, coronary and cerebral arterial thrombosis, myocardial infarction, cerebral embolism, kidney embolisms, pulmonary embolisms, or such disorders associated with diabetes.
  • thrombosis unstable angina, first or recurrent myocardial infarction, ischemic sudden death, transient ischemic attack, stroke, atherosclerosis, venous thrombosis, deep vein thrombosis, thrombophlebitis, arterial embolism, coronary and cerebral arterial thrombosis, myocardial
  • terapéuticaally effective amount means an amount of a CAR antagonist that when administered alone or in combination with an additional therapeutic agent to a cell or mammal is effective to treat, i.e., prevent or ameliorate, the specified disease condition or its progression.
  • the extrinsic current applied to drive the agent from the agent reservoir into the skin is selected by the artisan.
  • the current applied is from about 10 ⁇ A to about 3 mA.
  • the current is preferably applied continuously to the system for periods of up to about 24 hours, to provide smooth, constant flux ofthe agent effective to provide therapeutic blood concentration.
  • a current of from about 10 ⁇ A to about 3 mA can also be applied discontinuously to the system for periods of up to about 24 hours.
  • cell adhesion antagonist molecules are zwitterions, carrying both positive and negative charges.
  • the charges offset one another, such that the individual zwitterionic molecules have no net charge — they are electrically neutral and, therefore, substantially insensitive to electromotive force such as that imposed during iontophoresis.
  • the molecules may need to be modified in order to deliver them iontophoretically.
  • modification can be accomplished through processes and methods known to those of ordinary skill in the art. By way of example and not limitation, such modification can be accomplished by esterification of the molecule, or by addition or deletion of amino acids, or by association with a charged carrier moiety as mentioned hereinabove..
  • CAR antagonist compounds including Ilb/IIIa inhibitors, that can be delivered iontophoretically in the method ofthe present invention are disclosed in the following patents and patent applications: PCT Patent Application 95/14683; copending, commonly assigned U.S. Patent Application Serial Number 08/455,768 filed 5/31/95; copending, commonly assigned U.S. Patent Application Serial Number 08/449,597 filed 5/24/95; copending, commonly assigned U.S. Patent Application Serial Number 08/455,768 filed 5/31/95; copending, commonly assigned U.S. Patent Application Serial Number 60/009,088 filed 12/22/95; copending, commonly assigned U.S.
  • One aspect of this invention provides novel compounds of Formula I:
  • the substituent groups are as defined hereinbelow.
  • These compounds are useful as antagonists of, for example, the ⁇ v ⁇ 3 or vitronectin receptor.
  • the compounds ofthe present invention inhibit the binding of vitronectin and other RGD-containing ligands to ⁇ v ⁇ 3 and inhibit cell adhesion.
  • the present invention also includes pharmaceutical compositions containing such compounds of Formula I with or without a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and methods of using such compounds for the inhibition of angiogenesis, and/or for the treatment of angiogenic disorders.
  • any variable for example, but not limited to, R 2 , R 4 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 12 , and R 14 , n, etc.
  • its definition on each occurrence is independent of its definition at every other occurrence.
  • R 4 at each occurrence is selected independently from the defined list of possible R 4 .
  • R 4 at each occurrence is selected independently from the defined list of possible R 4 .
  • R 5a substituents on N is selected independently from the defined list of possible R 5a .
  • each ofthe two R 7 substituents on C is selected independently from the defined list of possible R 7 .
  • substituent when a substituent is listed without indicating the atom via which such substituent is bonded to the rest ofthe compound, then such substituent can be bonded via any atom in such substituent.
  • substituent when the substituent is piperazinyl, piperidinyl, or tetrazolyl, unless specified otherwise, the piperazinyl, piperidinyl, tetrazolyl group can be bonded to the rest of the compound via any atom in such piperazinyl, piperidinyl, tetrazolyl group.
  • stable compound or stable structure it is meant herein a compound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation to a useful degree of purity from a reaction mixture, and formulation into an efficacious therapeutic agent.
  • substituted means that any one or more hydrogen on the designated atom is replaced with a selection from the indicated group, provided that the designated atom's normal valency is not exceeded, and that the substitution results in a stable compound.
  • 2 hydrogens on the atom are replaced.
  • alkyl is intended to include both branched and straight-chain saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups having the specified number of carbon atoms (for example, "C 0 -C 10 " denotes alkyl having 0 to 10 carbon atoms; thus, C 0 denotes a direct bond between the groups linked by the C 0 group);
  • alkoxy represents an alkyl group of indicated number of carbon atoms attached through an oxygen bridge;
  • cycloalkyl is intended to include saturated ring groups, including mono-,bi- or poly-cyclic ring systems, such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycl
  • Alkenyl is intended to include hydrocarbon chains of either a straight or branched configuration and one or more unsaturated carbon-carbon bonds that can occur in any stable point along the chain, such as ethenyl, propenyl and the like; and "alkynyl” is intended to include hydrocarbon chains of either a straight or branched configuration and one or more triple carbon-carbon bonds that can occur in any stable point along the chain, such as ethynyl, propynyl and the like.
  • alkylene alkenylene
  • phenylene phenylene
  • alkylene alkenylene
  • phenylene phenylene
  • Halo or "halogen” as used herein refers to fluoro, chloro, bromo and iodo; and "counterion” is used to represent a small, negatively charged species such as chloride, bromide, hydroxide, acetate, sulfate and the like.
  • aryl or “aromatic residue” is intended to mean phenyl or naphthyl; the term “arylalkyl” represents an aryl group attached through an alkyl bridge.
  • carbocycle or “carbocyclic residue” is intended to mean any stable 3- to 7-membered monocyclic or bicyclic or 7- to 14-membered bicyclic or tricyclic or an up to 26-membered polycyclic carbon ring, any of which can be saturated, partially unsaturated. or aromatic.
  • carbocyles include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, indanyl, adamantyl, or tetrahydronaphthyl (tetralin).
  • heterocycle or “heterocyclic” is intended to mean a stable 5- to 7-membered monocyclic or bicyclic or 7- to 10-membered bicyclic heterocyclic ring that can be saturated, partially unsaturated, or aromatic, and that consists of carbon atoms and from 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S and wherein the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms can optionally be oxidized, and the nitrogen can optionally be quaternized, and including any bicyclic group in which any ofthe above-defined heterocyclic rings is fused to a benzene ring.
  • the heterocyclic ring can be attached to its pendant group at any heteroatom or carbon atom that results in a stable structure.
  • the heterocyclic rings described herein can be substituted on carbon or on a nitrogen atom if the resulting compound is stable.
  • Examples or such heterocycles include, but are not limited to, pyridyl (pyridinyl), pyrimidinyl, furanyl (furyl), thiazolyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, tetrazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, indolyl, indolenyl, isoxazolinyl, isoxazolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzimidazolyl, piperidinyl, 4-piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, 2-pyrrolidonyl, pyrrolinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl
  • heteroaryl refers to aromatic heterocyclic groups. Such heteroaryl groups are preferably 5- to 6-membered monocyclic groups or 8- to 10-membered fused bicyclic groups. Examples of such heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to pyridyl (pyridinyl), pyrimidinyl, furanyl (furyl), thiazolyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, indolyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, benzofuranyl, benzothienyl, benzimidazolyl, quinolinyl, or isoquinolinyl.
  • prodrugs refer to any covalently bonded carriers that release the active parent drug in vivo when such prodrug is administered to a mammalian subject.
  • Prodrugs ofthe CAR antagonist compounds specified herein are prepared by modifying functional groups present in the compounds in such a way that the modifications are cleaved, either in routine manipulation or in vivo, to the parent compounds.
  • Prodrugs include compounds wherein hydroxyl, amino, sulfhydryl, or carboxyl groups are bonded to any group that, when administered to a mammalian subject, cleaves to form a free hydroxyl, amino, sulfhydryl, or carboxyl group respectively.
  • Examples of prodrugs include, but are not limited to, acetate, formate and benzoate derivatives of alcohol and amine functional groups in the compounds, and the like.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salts refer to derivatives of the disclosed compounds wherein the parent compound is modified by making acid or base salts ofthe compound.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, but are not limited to, mineral or organic acid salts of basic residues such as amines; alkali or organic salts of acidic residues such as carboxylic acids; and the like.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds useful in the present invention include the conventional non-toxic salts or the quaternary ammonium salts ofthe compounds, formed, for example, from non-toxic inorganic or organic acids.
  • such conventional non-toxic salts include those derived from inorganic acids such as hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, sulfamic, phosphoric, nitric and the like; and the salts prepared from organic acids such as acetic, propionic, succinic, glutaric, glutaconic, tricarballylic, glycolic, stearic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, ascorbic, pamoic, maleic, hydroxymaleic, phenylacetic, glutamic, benzoic, naphthoic, salicylic, sulfanilic, 2-acetoxybenzoic, fumaric, toluenesulfonic, methanesulfonic, ethane disulfonic, oxalic,
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds ofthe present invention that contain a basic or acidic moiety can be prepared by conventional chemical methods. Generally, the salts are prepared by reacting the free base or acid with stoichiometric amounts or with an excess ofthe desired salt-forming inorganic or organic acid or base in a suitable solvent or various combinations of solvents.
  • compositions ofthe compounds ofthe invention can be prepared by reacting the free acid or base forms of these compounds with a stoichiometric amount of the appropriate base or acid, respectively, in water or in an organic solvent, or in a mixture of the two; generally, nonaqueous media like ether, ethyl acetate, ethanol, isopropanol, or acetonitrile are preferred. Lists of suitable salts are found on p. 1418 in Remington 's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 17th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton, PA (1985), the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference.
  • the device includes, and can be used to deliver, a compound of Formula I:
  • R 2 and R 3 are selected independently from:
  • W is selected from: a single bond, -(C,-C 7 alkyl)-, -(C 2 -C 7 alkenyl)-, -(C 2 -C 7 alkynyl)-, or
  • X is selected from: a single bond
  • Y is selected from: hydroxy, C,-C 10 alkyloxy, C 3 -C n cycloalkyloxy, Q-C, 0 aryloxy, C 7 -C,, aralkyloxy,
  • R 4 and R 4b are selected independently from:
  • R 5 is selected from:
  • C,-C 8 alkyl C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 3 cycloalkyl, C 3 -C n cycloalkyl, C 4 -C ⁇ cycloalkylmethyl, C 6 -C, 0 aryl, C 7 -C n arylalkyl, or C,-C 10 alkyl substituted with
  • R 5a is selected from: hydrogen, hydroxy, C,-C 8 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 3 -C n cycloalkyl, C 4 -C n cycloalkylmethyl, C,-C 6 alkoxy, benzyloxy, C 6 -C, 0 aryl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, C 7 -C, , arylalkyl, adamantylmethyl or C,-C 10 alkyl substituted with
  • R 5 and R 5a can be taken together to be:
  • 3-azabicyclononyl 1 -piperidinyl, 1 -morpholinyl or 1 -piperazinyl, each optionally substituted with C,-C 6 alkyl, C 6 -C 10 aryl, heteroaryl, C 7 -C ⁇ arylalkyl, C,-C 6 alkylcarbonyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkylcarbonyl, C,-C 6 alkoxycarbonyl,
  • R 5b is selected from:
  • R 6 is selected from:
  • R 8 is selected from:
  • R 6 C,-C, 0 alkyl, substituted with 0-3 R 6 , C 2 -C, 0 alkenyl, substituted with 0-3 R 6 , C 2 -C 10 alkynyl, substituted with 0-3 R «, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, substituted with 0-3 R 6 , C 5 -C 6 cycloalkenyl, substituted with 0-2 R 6 , aryl, substituted with 0-2 R 6 ; 5-10 membered heterocyclic ring containing 1 -3 N, O, or S heteroatoms, wherein the heterocyclic ring can be saturated, partially saturated, or fully unsaturated, the heterocyclic ring being substituted with 0-2 R 6 ; R 12 and R 13 are selected independently from:
  • R 14 is selected from:
  • R 15 is selected from:
  • R 6 C,-C )0 alkyl, substituted with 0-8 R 6 ; C 2 -C 10 alkenyl, substituted with 0-6 R 6 ; C,-C 10 alkoxy, substituted with 0-6 R 6 ; aryl, substituted with 0-5 R 6 ; 5-6 membered heterocyclic ring containing 1-2 N, O, or S heteroatoms.
  • R 2 is selected from:
  • R 8 is selected from: H, C,-C, 0 alkyl, C 2 -C, 0 alkenyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 5 -C 6 cycloalkenyl, aryl, 5-6 membered heterocyclic ring containing 1-2 N, O, or S heteroatoms, wherein the heterocyclic ring can be saturated, partially saturated, or fully unsaturated; and R 6 and R 7 are selected independently from:
  • Suitable compounds of this embodiment also include compounds wherein: X is selected from: a single bond; -(C,-C 7 alkyl)-, substituted with 0-2 groups selected independently from R 4 , R 8 or R 14 ; -(C,-C 7 alkenyl)-, substituted with 0-2 groups selected independently from R 4 , R 8 or R 14 ; -(C,-C 7 alkynyl)- , substituted with 0-2 groups selected independently from R ⁇ R 8 or R 14 ; and R 8 is selected from:
  • V is phenylene or pyridylene; n is 1 or 2;
  • X is -(C,-C 2 ) alkyl- substituted with 0-2 R 4 ;
  • Y is selected from: hydroxy; C,-C 10 alkoxy; methylcarbonyloxymethoxy; ethylcarbonyloxymethoxy;
  • R 4 is -NR 12 R 13 ;
  • R 12 is selected from: H, C,-C 4 alkoxycarbonyl, C,-C 4 alkylcarbonyl, C,-C 4 alkylsulfonyl, arylalkylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, benzyl, benzoyl, phenoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, arylalkylsulfonyl, pyridylcarbonyl, or pyridylmethylcarbonyl; and R ,3 is H.
  • this embodiment includes compounds of Formula I including the following exemplary compounds, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms thereof: 5(/?,S)-3-[[4-(2-piperidin-4-yl)-ethoxyphenyl]isoxazolin-5-yl]acetic acid; 5( ⁇ ,5)-N-(butanesulfonyl)-L- ⁇ 3-[4-(2-piperidin-4 yl)-ethoxyphenyl]- isoxazolin-5-yl ⁇ -glycine; 5(i?,S)-N-( ⁇ -toluenesulfonyl)-L- ⁇ 3-[4-(2-piperidin-4-yl)-ethoxyphenyl]- isoxazolin-5-yl ⁇ -glycine; 5( ⁇ ,5)-N-[(benzyloxy)-carbonyl]-L- ⁇ 3-[4-(2-piperidin-4-yl)-ethoxyphenyl]- isox
  • the iontophoretic device ofthe invention includes a compound having Formula I:
  • R 1 is selected from:
  • R 2 and R 3 are selected independently from:
  • C 7 -C arylalkyl optionally substituted with 0-3 groups selected from hydroxy, halogen, C,-C 6 alkoxy, C,-C 6 alkyl, CF 3 , S(O) m CH 3 , -N(CH 3 ) 2 , C,-C 4 haloalkyl, methylenedioxydiyl, ethylenedioxydiyl;
  • C 7 -C n arylcarbonyl optionally substituted with 0-3 groups selected from hydroxy, halogen, C,-C 6 alkoxy, C,-C 6 alkyl, CF 3 , S(O) m CH 3 , -N(CH 3 ) 2 , C,-C 4 haloalkyl, methylenedioxydiyl , ethylenedioxydiyl ; (C,-C 10 alkoxy )carbonyl;
  • C 7 -C n aryloxycarbonyl optionally substituted with 0-3 groups selected from hydroxy, halogen, C,-C 6 alkoxy, C,-C 6 alkyl, CF 3 , S(O) m CH 3 , -N(CH 3 ) 2 , C,-C 4 haloalkyl, methylenedioxydiyl, ethylenedioxydiyl; aryl(C,-C, 0 alkoxy )carbonyl where the aryl group is optionally substituted with 0-3 groups selected from hydroxy, halogen, C,-C 6 alkoxy, C,-C 6 alkyl, CF 3 , S(0) m CH 3 , -N(CH 3 ) 2 , C,-C 4 haloalkyl, methylenedioxydiyl, ethylenedioxydiyl; (C,-C 6 alkyl)carbonyloxy(C,-C 4 alkoxy)carbonyl;
  • R 2 or R 2 (R 3 )N(R 2 N )C- ;
  • U is selected from: a single bond, -(C,-C 7 alkyl)-, -(C 2 -C 7 alkenyl)- , -(C 2 -C 7 alkynyl)- ;
  • V is selected from: a single bond; -(C 2 -C 7 alkyl)-, substituted with 0-3 groups selected independently from R 6 or R 7 ; -(C 2 -C 7 alkenyl)-, substituted with 0-3 groups selected independently from R 6 or R 7 ; -(C 2 -C 7 alkynyl)-, substituted with 0-3 groups selected independently from R 6 or R 7 ; - (phenyl)- Q-, the phenyl substituted with 0-2 groups selected independently from R 6 or R 7 ; - (pyridyl)- Q-, the pyridyl substituted with 0-2 groups selected independently from R 6 or R 7 ; or - (pyridazinyl)- Q-, the pyridazinyl substituted with 0-2 groups selected independently from R 6 or R 7 ; Q is selected from: a single bond, -0-, -S(0) m -, -N(R 12 )-
  • W is selected from:
  • Y is selected from: hydroxy, C r C 10 alkyloxy, C 3 -C ⁇ cycloalkyloxy, C 6 -C 10 aryloxy, C 7 -C,, aralkyloxy, C 3 -C, 0 alkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C 3 -C 10 alkoxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C 2 -C 10 alkoxycarbonylalkyloxy, C 5 -C 10 cycloalkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy,
  • R 4 is selected from:
  • R 4a is selected from: hydroxy, C,-C 10 alkoxy, nitro, -N(R 5 )R 5a , -N(R 12 )R 13 , -N(R 16 )R 17 , aryl substituted with 0-3 R 6 , or (C,-C 10 alkyl)carbonyl;
  • R 4b is selected from: H, C,-C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, C 7 -C 14 bicycloalkyl, hydroxy, C,-C 6 alkoxy, C,-C 6 alkylthio, C,-C 6 alkylsulfinyl, C,-C 6 alkylsulfonyl, nitro, (C,-C 6 alkyl)carbonyl, C 6 -C 10 aryl, -N(R I2 )R 13 , halo,
  • R 5 is selected from:
  • R 5a is selected from: hydrogen, hydroxy, C,-C 8 alkyl. C 3 -C 6 alkenyl, C 3 -C n cycloalkyl,
  • R 5b is selected from: C r C ⁇ alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 3 -C,, cycloalkyl, C 4 -C M cycloalkylmethyl, C 6 -C, 0 aryl,
  • R 6 is selected from:
  • C 6 -C 10 aryl optionally substituted with 1-3 groups selected from halogen, C,-C 6 alkoxy, C,-C 6 alkyl, CF 3 , S(0) m CH 3 , or -N(CH 3 ) 2 ; C 7 -C u arylalkyl, the aryl being optionally substituted with 1-3 groups selected from halogen, C,-C 6 alkoxy, C,-C 6 alkyl, CF 3 , S(O) m CH 3 , or -N(CH 3 ) 2 ; methylenedioxy when R 6 is a substituent on aryl; or a 5-10 membered heterocyclic ring containing 1-3 N, O, or S heteroatoms, wherein the heterocyclic ring can be saturated, partially saturated, or fully unsaturated, the heterocyclic ring being substituted with 0-2 R 7 ; R 7 is selected from:
  • R 8 is selected from: R 6 ; C,-C
  • R 12 and R 13 are selected independently from:
  • R 15 is selected from:
  • R 6 ; -C0 2 R 5 ; - C( O)N(R 5 )R 5a ; C,-C 10 alkoxycarbonyl substituted with 0-2 R 6 ; C,-C l0 alkyl, substituted with 0-3 R 6 ; C 2 -C 10 alkenyl, substituted with 0-3 R 6 ;
  • R 16 is selected from:
  • R' 7 is selected from:
  • R 18a is selected from:
  • the compound can be a of Formula Ic:
  • R 1 is selected from:
  • Z is selected from a bond, O, or S;
  • R 2 and R 3 are selected independently from: H; C,-C 6 alkyl; C 7 -C,
  • U is a single bond
  • V is selected from: a single bond; -(C,-C 7 alkyl)- , substituted with 0-3 groups selected independently from R 6 or R 7 ; -(C 2 -C 7 alkenyl)-, substituted with 0-3 groups selected independently from R 6 or R 7 ; -(C 2 -C 7 alkynyl)-, substituted with 0-3 groups selected independently from R 6 or R 7 ; - (phenyl)- Q-, the phenyl substituted with 0-2 groups selected independently from R 6 or R 7 ; - (pyridyl)- Q- , the pyridyl substituted with 0-2 groups selected independently from R 6 or R 7 ; or - (pyridazinyl)- Q- , the pyridazinyl substituted with 0-2 groups selected independently from R 6 or R 7 ; Q is selected from: a single bond, -0-, -S(O) m
  • W is selected from:
  • X is: -C(R 4 )(R 8 )-CHR 4a -;
  • R 4 is selected from: H, C,-C
  • R 4a is selected from: hydroxy, C,-C 10 alkoxy, nitro, -N(R 5 ) R 5a , -N(R I2 )R' ⁇ or -N(R' 6 ) R 17 , aryl substituted with 0-3 R 6 , or (C,-C, 0 alkyl)carbonyl;
  • R 4b is selected from:
  • R 5a is selected from: hydrogen, hydroxy, C,-C 8 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 3 -C ⁇ cycloalkyl,
  • R 5 and R 5a can be taken together to be:
  • R 5b is selected from:
  • C,-C 8 alkyl C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 3 -Cn cycloalkyl, C 4 -C ⁇ cycloalkylmethyl, C 6 -C, 0 aryl, C 7 -C, , arylalkyl, or C,-C 10 alkyl substituted with 0-2 R 4b ;
  • Y is selected from: hydroxy, C,-C, 0 alkyloxy, C 3 -C n cycloalkyloxy, C 6 -C 10 aryloxy, C 7 -C ⁇ aralkyloxy, C 3 -C 10 alkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C 3 -C 10 alkoxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C 2 -C, 0 alkoxycarbonylalkyloxy, C 5 -C, 0 cycloalkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C 5 -C 10 cycloalkoxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C 5 -C, 0 cycloalkoxycarbonylalkyloxy,
  • R 6 and R 7 are each selected independently from: H, C,-C 10 alkyl, hydroxy, C,-C, 0 alkoxy, nitro, (C,-C 10 alkyl)carbonyl, -N(R 12 )R 13 , cyano, or halo;
  • R 12 and R 13 are each selected independently from:
  • R 16 is selected from:
  • R 17 is selected from:
  • R 18a is selected from:
  • R 18b is selected from: R l8a or ⁇ ;
  • R' 9 is selected from:
  • halogen CF 3 , CN, NO 2 , NR 12 R 13 , C,-C, alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C,-C 6 alkoxy, C 3 -C n cycloalkyl, C 4 -C ⁇ cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl(C,-C 6 alkyl)-, (C,-C 4 alkyl)sulfonyl, aryl-sulfonyl, or C,-C 4 alkoxycarbonyl; n is 0-4; p' is 1-7; p" is 1-7; r is 0-3.
  • the device can include a compound of Formula lb:
  • R 1 is selected from:
  • Y is selected from: hydroxy; C,-C 10 alkoxy; methylcarbonyloxymethoxy; ethylcarbonyloxymethoxy;
  • R 16 is selected from:
  • R 17 is selected from: H or C r C 5 alkyl
  • R 18a is selected from: C,-C 8 alkyl substituted with 0-2 R 19 , C 2 -C 8 alkenyl substituted with 0-2 R 19 ,
  • R 1 is f T an ⁇ ⁇ is a single bond, and n is 1 or 2;
  • R 18a is selected from:
  • the device of this embodiment includes a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt form thereof, selected from: N 3 -[2- ⁇ 3-(4-fo ⁇ namidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5( ⁇ ,S)-yl ⁇ -acetyl]- N 2 -(phenylsulfonyl)-2,3(5)-diaminopropanoic acid; N 3 -[2- ⁇ 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-(/?,5)-yl ⁇ -acetyl]-
  • N 2 (propanesulfonyl)-2,3(5)-diaminopropanoic acid; N 3 -[2- ⁇ 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5( ⁇ ,S)-yl ⁇ -acetyl]-
  • N 2 (benzyloxycarbonyl)-2,3(-7)-diaminopropanoic acid; N 3 -[2- ⁇ 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(/?,S)-yl ⁇ -acetyl]-
  • N 2 (4-methoxybenzyloxycarbonyl)-2,3(5)-diaminopropanoic acid; N 3 -[2- ⁇ 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(/?,S)-yl ⁇ -acetyl]-
  • N 2 (4-fluorobenzyloxycarbonyI)-2,3(S)-diaminopropanoic acid; N 3 -[2- ⁇ 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(/?,S)-yl ⁇ -acetyl]-
  • N 2 (2-pyridyl-methyloxycarbonyl)-2,3(S)-diaminopropanoic acid; N 3 -[2- ⁇ 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(/?,5)-yl ⁇ -acetyl]-
  • N 2 (3-pyridyl-methyloxycarbonyl)-2,3(S)-diaminopropanoic acid; N 3 -[2- ⁇ 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(/?,S)-yl ⁇ -acetyl]-
  • N 2 (2-thienylsulfonyl)-2,3(5)-diaminopropanoic acid; N 3 -[2- ⁇ 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(/?,S)-yl ⁇ -acetyl]-
  • N 2 (3-methylphenylsulfonyl)-2,3( ⁇ ,5)-diaminopropanoic acid; N 3 -[2- ⁇ 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(/?,S)-yl ⁇ -acetyl]-
  • N 2 (3-methylphenylsulfonyl)-2,3(5)-diaminopropanoic acid; N 3 -[2- ⁇ 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(i?,5)-yl ⁇ -acetyl]-
  • N 2 (3-methylphenylsulfonyl)-2,3( ⁇ )-diaminopropanoic acid; N 3 -[2- ⁇ 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5( ⁇ ,5)-y 1 ⁇ -acetyl]-
  • N 2 (2-trifluoromethylphenylsulfonyl)-2,3(5)-diaminopropanoic acid; N 3 -[2- ⁇ 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(/?,5 ⁇ -yl ⁇ -acetyl]-
  • N 2 (2-phenylethylsulfonyl)-2,3(5)-diaminopropanoic acid; N 3 -[2- ⁇ 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(A!,5)-yl ⁇ -acetyl]-
  • N 2 (4-isopropylphenylsulfonyl)-2,3(5)-diaminopropanoic acid; N 3 -[2- ⁇ 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(/vl, 1 S)-yl ⁇ -acetyl]-
  • N 2 (3-phenylpropylsulfonyl)-2,3(5)-diaminopropanoic acid; N 3 -[2- ⁇ 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5( ⁇ ,5)-yl ⁇ -acety 1]-
  • N 2 (3-pyridylsulfonyl)-2,3(S)-diaminopropanoic acid; N 3 -[2-(3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(/v!,5 , )-yl ⁇ -acetyl]-
  • N 2 (phenylaminosulfonyl)-2,3(5)-diaminopropanoic acid; N 3 -[2- ⁇ 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(/ ⁇ S)-yl ⁇ -acetyl]-
  • N 2 ( «-butyloxycarbonyl)-2,3(5)-diaminopropanoic acid; N 3 -[2- ⁇ 3-(2-formamidino-5-pyridinyl)-isoxazolin-5( ⁇ ,5)-yl ⁇ -acetyl]-
  • N 2 (3-methylphenylsulfonyl)-2,3(S)-diarninopropanoic acid; N 3 -[2- ⁇ 3-(3-formamidino-6-pyridinyl)-isoxazolin-5( ⁇ ,S)-y 1 ⁇ -acety 1]-
  • N 2 ( «-butyloxycarbonyl)-2,3(LS)-diaminopropanoic acid; N 3 -[2- ⁇ 3-(3-formamidino-6-pyridinyl)-isoxazolin-5( ⁇ ,5)-yl ⁇ -acetyl]-
  • N 2 (4-fluorophenylaminocarbonyl)-2,3(5)-diaminopropanoic acid; N 3 -[2-(3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(/?,S)-yl ⁇ -acetyl]-
  • N 2 ( 1 -naphthylaminocarbonyl)-2,3(5)-diaminopropanoic acid; N 3 -[2- ⁇ 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(i ⁇ ,5)-yl ⁇ -acetyl]-
  • N 3 [2- ⁇ 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5( ⁇ y S)-yl ⁇ -acetyl]- N 2 -(isobutyloxycarbonyl)-2,3(S)-diaminopropanoic acid; N 3 -[2- ⁇ 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(/?)-yl ⁇ -acetyl]-
  • N 2 (2-cyclopropylethoxycarbonyl)-2,3(5)-diaminopropanoic acid; N 3 -[2- ⁇ 3-(4-guanidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5( ⁇ ,S)-yl ⁇ -acetyl]-
  • N 2 ( «-butyloxycarbonyl)-2,3(S)-diaminopropanoic acid
  • N 3 [2- ⁇ 3-(4-guanidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(i?)-yl ⁇ -acetyl]- N 2 -(n-butyloxycarbonyl)-2,3(5)-diaminopropanoic acid;
  • the device of this embodiment preferably includes a compound, or an enantiomeric or diastereomeric form thereof, or a mixture of enantiomeric or diastereomeric forms thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt form thereof, selected from:
  • N 2 (phenylsulfonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N 3 -[2- ⁇ 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl ⁇ -acetyl]-
  • N 2 ( 1 -(2-methyl)-propy loxycarbony l)-2,3 -diaminopropanoic acid; N 3 -[2- ⁇ 3-(4-formarnidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl ⁇ -acetyl]-
  • N 2 (2-pyridinylcarbonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N 3 -[2- ⁇ 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl ⁇ -acetyl]-
  • N 3 [2- ⁇ 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl ⁇ -acetyl]- N 2 -(4-pyridyl-methyloxycarbonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N 3 -[2- ⁇ 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl ⁇ -acetyl]-
  • N 2 (3-methylphenylsulfonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N 3 -[2- ⁇ 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl ⁇ -acetyl]-
  • N 2 (4-iodophenylsulfonyl)-2,3 -diaminopropanoic acid; N 3 -[2- ⁇ 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl ⁇ -acetyl]-
  • N 2 (3-trifluoromethylphenylsulfonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N 3 -[2- ⁇ 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl ⁇ -acetyl]-
  • N 2 (4-trifluoromethylphenylsulfonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N 3 -[2- ⁇ 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl ⁇ -acetyl]-
  • N 2 (4-fluorophenylsulfonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N 3 -[2- ⁇ 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl ⁇ -acetyl]-
  • N 2 (4-methoxyphenylsulfonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N 3 -[2- ⁇ 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl ⁇ -acetyl]-
  • N 2 (4-cyanophenylsulfonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N 3 -[2- ⁇ 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl ⁇ -acetyl]-
  • N 2 (4-chlorophenylsulfonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N 3 -[2- ⁇ 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl ⁇ -acetyl]-
  • N 2 (3-phenylpropylsulfonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N 3 - [2- ⁇ 3 -(4-formamidinopheny l)-isoxazolin-5-y 1 ⁇ -acetyl]-
  • N 2 (3-pyridylsulfonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N 3 -[2- ⁇ 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl ⁇ -acetyl]-
  • N 2 (phenylaminosulfonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N 3 -[2- ⁇ 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl ⁇ -acetyl]-
  • N 2 (3-methylphenylsulfonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N 3 -[2- ⁇ 3-(2-formamidino-5-pyridinyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl ⁇ -acetyl]-
  • N 2 ( «-butyloxycarbonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N 3 -[2- ⁇ 3-(2-formamidino-5-pyridinyl)-isoxazolin-5-yI ⁇ -acetyl]-
  • N 2 (3-methylphenylsulfonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N 3 -[2- ⁇ 3-(3-formamidino-6-pyridinyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl ⁇ -acetyl]-
  • N 3 [2- ⁇ 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl ⁇ -acetyl]- N 2 -(phenylaminocarbonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N 3 -[2- ⁇ 3-(4-formamidinophenyI)-isoxazolin-5-yl ⁇ -acetyl]-
  • N 2 (4-fluorophenylaminocarbonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid
  • N 3 [2- ⁇ 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl ⁇ -acetyl]- N ⁇ -naphthylaminocarbonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid
  • N 2 (3-bromo-2-thienylsulfonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N 3 -[2- ⁇ 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl ⁇ -acetyl]-
  • N 2 -(isobutyloxycarbonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid N 3 -[2- ⁇ 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yI ⁇ -acetyI]- N 2 -(isobutyloxycarbonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid,
  • N 2 (3-methylphenylsulfonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid
  • N 3 [2- ⁇ 5-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-3-yl ⁇ -acetyl]- N 2 -( «-butyloxycarbonyI)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid
  • N 2 (2-methyl-phenylsulfonyl)-2,3-diaminopropionic acid; N 3 -[2- ⁇ 3-(3-formamidino-6-pyridiny l)-isoxazolin-5-yl ⁇ -acetyl]-
  • N 2 (3-methylphenylsulfonyl)-2,3-diaminopropionic acid; N 3 -[2- ⁇ 3-(2-formamidino-5-pyridinyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl ⁇ -acetyl]-
  • N 2 (3-methylphenylsulfonyI)-2,3-diaminopropionic acid; N 3 -[2- ⁇ 3-(2-fluoro-4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl ⁇ -acetyl]-
  • N 2 (3-methylphenylsulfonyl)-2,3-diaminopropionic acid; N 3 -[2- ⁇ 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl-acetyl]-
  • the prodrug ester is selected from the group consisting of: methyl; ethyl; and isopropyl.
  • Preferred pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms include, for example, acetate, methanesulfonate, hydrochloride, benzenesulfonate, or para-toluenesulfonate.
  • Highly preferred compounds of this embodiment include: N 3 -[2- ⁇ 3-(4-fo ⁇ man ⁇ idinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5( ⁇ )-yl ⁇ -acetyl]-N 2 -
  • Still more preferred is a compound: methyl-N 3 -[2- ⁇ 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5( ⁇ )-yl ⁇ -acetyl]-N 2 - (n-butyloxycarbonyl)-2,3-(S)-diaminopropanoate methanesulfonate salt.
  • Z is selected from: a bond, O, or S;
  • R 2 is selected from: H, aryl(C.-C, 0 alkoxy)carbonyl, or C,-C 10 alkoxycarbonyl;
  • X is -(C(R 4 ) 2 ) n -C(R 4 )(R 8 )-CH(R 4 )-, with the proviso that: when n is 0 or 1 , then at least one of R 4a or R 8 is other than H or methyl; R 5 is selected from: H or C,-C l0 alkyl substituted with 0-6 R 4b ; R 6 is selected from:
  • 0 aryl optionally substituted with 1-3 groups selected from halogen, C,-C 6 alkoxy, C,-C 6 alkyl, CF 3 , S(O) m CH 3 , or -N(CH 3 ) 2 ;
  • C 7 -C u arylalkyl the aryl being optionally substituted with 1-3 groups selected from halogen, C,-C 6 alkoxy, C,-C 6 alkyl, CF 3 , S(0) m CH 3 , or -N(CH 3 ) 2 ; methylenedioxy when R 6 is a substituent on aryl; or a 5-10 membered heterocyclic ring containing 1-3 N, O, or S heteroatoms, wherein the heterocyclic ring can be saturated, partially saturated, or fully unsaturated, the heterocyclic ring being substituted with 0-2 R 7 ;
  • R 7 is selected from: H, C
  • R 8 is selected from:
  • R 12 and R 13 are selected independently from: H, C,-C 10 alkyl, C,-C 10 alkoxycarbonyl, C,-C ]0 alkylcarbonyl, C,-C, 0 alkylsulfonyl, aryl(C,-C, 0 alkyl)sulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, aryl, heteroaryl carbonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, or heteroarylalkylcarbonyl, wherein the aryl groups are optionally substituted with 0-3 substituents selected from the group consisting of: C,-C 4 alkyl, C,-C 4 alkoxy, halo, CF 3 , and N0 2 . Still more preferably, in a compound of Formula Ia:
  • Z is selected from: a bond or O
  • X is -C(R 4 )(R 8 )-C(R 4 ) 2 -.
  • the compounds of this embodiment also include compounds of Formula Ia, wherein: either:
  • R 1 is selected from:
  • n 1 or 2;
  • X is -CHR 8 CH 2 -;
  • Y is selected from: hydroxy; C,-C 10 alkoxy; methylcarbonyloxymethoxy; ethylcarbonyloxymethoxy; r-butylcarbonyloxymethoxy; cyclohexylcarbonyloxymethoxy; 1 -(methylcarbonyloxy)-ethoxy ; 1 -(ethylcarbonyloxy)-ethoxy; 1 -(/-butylcarbonyloxy)-ethoxy ; 1 -(cyclohexylcarbony loxy)-ethoxy; i-propyloxycarbonyloxymethoxy; r-butyloxycarbonyloxymethoxy; 1 -(/-propyloxycarbonyloxy)-ethoxy; 1 -(cyclohexyloxycarbonyloxy)-ethoxy ;
  • R 6 is selected from:
  • aryl optionally substituted with 1-3 groups selected from halogen, C,-C 6 alkoxy, C,-C 6 alkyl, CF 3 , S(0) m CH 3 , or -N(CH 3 ) 2 ; methylenedioxy when R 6 is a substituent on aryl; or a heterocyclic ring system selected from pyridinyl, furanyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, benzofuranyl, indolyl, indolinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzimidazolyl, piperidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyranyl, pyridinyl, 3H-indolyl, carbazolyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, indolinyl, isoxazolyl, isoxa
  • Suitable integrin inhibitors of this embodiment include, among others, the following compounds of Formula I, and pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms thereof: 3( ⁇ ,5)- ⁇ 5( ⁇ ,5)-N-[3-(4-amidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl-acetyl]-amino ⁇ -
  • the device includes, and can be used to deliver, a compound of Formula Id:
  • R 1 is selected from is selected from:
  • R 2 and R 3 are selected independently from:
  • R 14 and W are attached to the same carbon and taken together to form a spiro-fused
  • D, E, F, and G are each selected independently from:
  • R 6 and R 7 are each selected independently from:
  • R 12 and R 13 are selected independently from:
  • R' 5 is selected from:
  • R 2 and R 3 are selected independently from: H; C,-C 6 alkyl; C 7 -C n arylalkyl optionally substituted with 0-3 groups selected from hydroxy, halogen, C,-C 6 alkoxy, C,-C 6 alkyl, CF 3 , S(O) m CH 3 , -N(CH 3 ) 2 , C,-C 4 haloalkyl, methylenedioxydiyl, ethylenedioxydiyl; aryl(C,-C 10 alkoxy)carbonyl where the aryl group is optionally substituted with 0-3 groups selected from hydroxy, halogen, C,-C 6 alkoxy, C,-C 6 alkyl, CF 3 , S(O) m CH 3 , -N(CH 3 ) 2 , C,-C 4 haloalkyl, methylenedioxydiyl, ethylenedioxydiyl; heteroaryl(C,-C 5
  • V is selected from: a single bond; C,-C 7 alkylene substituted with 0-6 R 6 or R 7 ; C 2 -C7 alkenylene substituted with 0-4 R 6 or R 7 ; C 2 -C 7 alkynylene substituted with 0-4 R 6 or R 7 ; phenylene substituted with 0-3 R 6 or R 7 ; pyridylene substituted with 0-3 R 6 or R 7 ; pyridazinylene substituted with 0-3 R 6 or R 7 ; X is selected from:
  • Y is selected from: hydroxy, C,-C, 0 alkyloxy, C 3 -C cramp cycloalkyloxy, C 6 -C, 0 aryloxy, C 7 -C n aralkyloxy, C 3 -C 10 alkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C 3 -C 10 alkoxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C 2 -C 10 alkoxycarbonylalkyloxy, C 5 -C 10 cycloalkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C,-C, 0 cycloalkoxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C 5 -C, 0 cycloalkoxycarbonylalkyloxy, C 7 -C ⁇ aryloxycarbonylalkyloxy, C 8 -C 12 aryloxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C 8 -C 12 arylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C 5 -C 10 alkyloxy, C 5 -C 10 al
  • C 10 -C 14 (5-aryl-l,3-dioxa-cyclopenten-2-one-yl)-methyloxy; Z is selected from:
  • D, E, F and G are each selected independently from: CH 2 ; carbonyl; a heteroatom moiety selected from N, NH, O, provided that no more than 2 of D, E, F and G are N, NH, O or S; alternatively, the bond between D and E, E and F, or F and G in such spiro-fused ring can be a carbon-nitrogen double bond or a carbon-carbon double bond;
  • R 6 and R 7 are each selected independently from: H, C,-C 10 alkyl, hydroxy, C r C 10 alkoxy, nitro, C,-C 10 alkylcarbonyl, -N(R 12 )R 13 , cyano, or halo;
  • R 12 and R 13 are each selected independently from:
  • This embodiment also includes compounds wherein: either:
  • R 1 is and V is a single bond; n is 1 or 2;
  • X is C,-C 4 alkylene substituted with 0-1 R 4 ;
  • Y is selected from: hydroxy; C,-C, 0 alkoxy; methylcarbonyloxymethoxy; ethylcarbonyloxymethoxy; f-butylcarbonyloxymethoxy; cyclohexylcarbonyloxymethoxy;
  • R 12 and R 13 are each selected independently from:
  • R 13 is H, C,-C 6 alkyl, C,-C 4 alkoxycarbonyl, C,-C 4 alkylcarbonyl, C,-C 4 alkylsulfonyl, aryl(C,-C 4 alkyl)sulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, heteroaryalkylcarbonyl or aryl; and R 13 is H.
  • the compounds of this embodiment include the following exemplary compounds, and pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms thereof: 5( ⁇ ,S)-3-(4-amidinophenyl)-8-(2-carboxyethyl)-l-oxa-
  • the device includes, and can be used to deliver, a compound of Formula I:
  • R 1 is selected from:
  • R 2 and R 3 are selected independently from:
  • V is selected from: a single bond; C,-C 7 alkylene substituted with 0-6 R 6 or R 7 ; C 2 -C 7 alkenylene substituted with 0-4 R 6 or R 7 ; C 2 -C 7 alkynylene substituted with 0-4 R 6 or R 7 ; phenylene substituted with 0-4 R 6 or R 7 ; pyridylene substituted with 0-3 R 6 or R 7 ; pyridazinylene substituted with 0-3 R 6 or R 7 ; W is -(aryl)-Z', wherein the aryl is substituted with 0-6 R 6 or R 7 ;
  • Z 1 is selected from a single bond, -CH 2 -, O or S;
  • X is selected from: a single bond; C,-C 7 alkylene substituted with 0-6 R 4 , R 8 or R 15 ; C 2 -C 7 alkenylene substituted with 0-4 R ⁇ R 8 or R' 5 ; C 2 -C 7 alkynylene substituted with.0-4 R 4 , R 8 or R 15 ;
  • Y is selected from: hydroxy, C,-C, 0 alkyloxy, C 3 -C ⁇ cycloalkyloxy, C 6 -C, 0 aryloxy, C 7 -C u aralkyloxy, C 3 -C
  • R 6 and R 7 are each selected independently from:
  • R 8 is selected from:
  • R 6 C,-C, 0 alkyl, substituted with 0-8 R 6 ; C 2 -C 10 alkenyl, substituted with 0-6 R 6 ;
  • R 14 is selected from: H, C,-C 10 alkyl, C 2 -C 10 alkenyl, C 2 -C 10 alkynyl, C,-C 10 alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl or
  • R 5 and R 5a are selected independently from:
  • R 15 is selected from: H; R 6 ; C,-C, 0 alkyl, substituted with 0-8 R 6 ; C 2 -C l0 alkenyl, substituted with 0-6 R 6 ; C,-C 10 alkoxy, substituted with 0-6 R 6 ; aryl, substituted with 0-5 R 6 ; 5-6 membered heterocyclic ring containing 1 -2 N, O, or S heteroatoms, wherein the heterocyclic ring can be saturated, partially saturated, or fully unsaturated, the heterocyclic ring being substituted with 0-5 R 6 ; C,-C I0 alkoxycarbonyl substituted with 0-8 R 6 ;
  • R 1 is selected from:
  • Z is O
  • R 2 is selected from:
  • V is selected from: a single bond; C,-C 7 alkylene substituted with 0-6 R 6 or R 7 ; C 2 -C 7 alkenylene substituted with 0-4 R 6 or R 7 ; C 2 -C 7 alkynylene substituted with 0-4 R 6 or R 7 ; phenylene substituted with 0-3 R 6 or R 7 ; pyridylene substituted with 0-3 R 6 or R 7 ; pyridazinylene substituted with 0-3 R 6 or R 7 ; Z 1 is selected from a single bond, O or S; X is selected from: a single bond; C,-C 7 alkylene substituted with 0-4 R ⁇ R 8 or R 15 ; C 2 -C 7 alkenylene substituted with 0-3 R ⁇ R 8 or R 15 ; C 2 -C 7 alkynylene substituted
  • R 6 and R 7 are selected independently from:
  • R 8 is selected from: H, C
  • R 12 and R 13 are selected independently from:
  • R 14 is selected from:
  • R 5 is selected from:
  • this embodiment includes compounds wherein:
  • V is C,-C 3 alkylene; Z 1 is a single bond or O; X is C,-C 3 alkylene substituted with 0-1 R 4 ; Y is selected from: hydroxy; C,-C I0 alkoxy; methylcarbonyloxymethoxy; ethylcarbonyloxymethoxy; /-butylcarbonyloxymethoxy; cyclohexylcarbonyloxymethoxy; 1 -(methy lcarbony loxy)-ethoxy ; 1 -(ethylcarbonyloxy)-ethoxy ; l-(/-butylcarbonyloxy)-ethoxy; l-(cyclohexylcarbonyloxy)-ethoxy; i-propyloxycarbonyloxymethoxy; r-butyloxycarbonyloxymethoxy;
  • R 12 and R 13 are selected independently from:
  • R 13 is H.
  • the compounds of this embodiment include the following exemplary compounds, and pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms thereof: 5(i?,5)-4-[3-(piperidin-4-yl)oxymethylisoxazolin-5-yl]hydrocinnamic acid; 5(i-,S)-4-[3-(2-aminoethoxymethyi)-isoxazolin-5-yl]hydrocinnamic acid; 5( ⁇ r 5)-4-[3-(3-aminopropyloxymethyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl]hydrocinnamic acid; 5(i? ⁇ S)-4-[3-(piperidin-4-yl)oxymethylisoxazolin-5-yl]phenoxyacetic acid; 5( ⁇ ,5)-4-[3-(2-aminoethoxymethyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl]phenoxyacetic acid; and 5( ⁇ ,5)-4-[3-(3-aminopropyloxymethyl)
  • the device includes, and can be used to deliver, a compound of Formula I:
  • b is a carbon-carbon single or double bond
  • R 1 is selected from:
  • R 2 and R 3 are selected independently from:
  • Q-C,o arylcarbonyloxy(C,-C 4 alkoxy )carbonyl where the aryl group is optionally substituted with 0-3 groups selected from hydroxy, halogen, C,-C 6 alkoxy, C,-C 6 alkyl, CF 3 , S(O) m CH 3 , -N(CH,) 2 , C,-C 4 haloalkyl, methylenedioxydiyl, ethylenedioxydiyl; C 4 -C u cycioalkylcarbonyloxy(C,-C 4 alkoxy)carbonyl; heteroaryl optionally substituted with 0-2 groups selected from hydroxy, halogen, C,-C 6 alkoxy,
  • V is selected from: a single bond
  • W is selected from:
  • X is selected from: a single bond, -(C(R 4 ) 2 ) n -C(R 4 )(R 8 )-C(R 4 )(R 4a )- , with the proviso that when n is O or 1 , then at least one of R 4a or R 8 is other than H or methyl;
  • Y selected from: hydroxy, C,-C, 0 alkyloxy, C 3 -C ⁇ cycloalkyloxy, C 6 -C 10 aryloxy, C 7 -C M aralkyloxy, C 3 -C
  • 4 (5-aryl-1.3-dioxa-cyclopenten-2-one-yl)-methyloxy, (R 2 )(R 3 )N-(C,-C 10 alkoxy)- ;
  • Z' is -C-, -0-, or -NR 22 -;
  • Z 2 is -0-, or -NR 22 -;
  • R 4 is selected from: H, C,-C, 0 alkyl, C,-C. 0 alkylcarbonyl, aryl, arylalkylene cycloalkyl, or cycloalkylalkylene; alternately, two R 4 groups on adjacent carbon atoms can join to form a bond, thereby to form a carbon-carbon double or triple bond between such adjacent carbon atoms; R 4a is selected from:
  • R 4b is selected from:
  • R 5 is selected from:
  • R 5a is selected from: hydrogen, hydroxy, C,-C 8 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 3 -C ⁇ cycloalkyl,
  • R 5b is selected from:
  • C 6 -C,o aryl optionally substituted with 1-3 groups selected from halogen, C,-C 6 alkoxy, C,-C 6 alkyl, CF 3 , S(0) m CH 3 , or -N(CH 3 ) 2 ;
  • C 7 -C M arylalkyl the aryl being optionally substituted with 1-3 groups selected from halogen, C,-C 6 alkoxy, C,-C 6 alkyl, CF 3 , S(O) m CH 3 , or -N(CH 3 ) 2 ; methylenedioxy when R 6 is a substituent on aryl; or a 5-6 membered heterocyclic ring containing 1-2 N, O, or S heteroatoms, wherein the heterocyclic ring can be saturated, partially saturated, or fully unsaturated, the heterocyclic ring being substituted with 0-2 R 7 ;
  • R 6a is selected from: C,-C 4 alkyl, C,-C 4 alkoxy, halo, CF 3 , NO 2 , or NR 12 R 13 ;
  • R 7 is selected from:
  • R 8 is selected from:
  • R 6 C 2 -C 10 alkyl, substituted with 0-3 R 6 ; C 2 -C I0 alkenyl, substituted with 0-3 R 6 ; C 2 -C 10 alkynyl, substituted with 0-3 R 6 ; C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, substituted with 0-3 R 6 ;
  • R' 2 and R 13 are selected independently from: H, C,-C, 0 alkyl, C,-C, 0 alkoxycarbonyl, C,-C l0 alkylcarbonyl, C,-C 10 alkylsulfonyl, aryl(C
  • R 15 is selected from:
  • R 17 is selected from:
  • R l8a is selected from: C,-C friction alkyl substituted with 0-2 R 19 , C 2 -C 8 alkenyl substituted with 0-2 R 19 , C 2 -C 8 alkynyl substituted with 0-2 R 19 , C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-2 R 19 , aryl substimted with 0-4 R 19 , aryl(C,-C 6 alkyl) substituted with 0-4 R 19 , a 5-10 membered heterocyclic ring system having 1-3 heteroatoms selected independently from O, S, and N, the heterocyclic ring being substimted with 0-4 R 19 ,
  • R ,8b is selected from: R l8a or H; R 19 is selected from:
  • H halogen, CF 3 , CN, NO 2 , -NR 12 R 13 , C,-C, alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, C 3 -C ⁇ cycloalkyl, C 4 -C n cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aryl(C,-C 6 alkyl), C,-C 6 alkoxy, or C,-C 4 alkoxycarbonyl;
  • R 22 is selected from:
  • Z is selected from: a bond, O, or S;
  • R 2 and R 3 are selected independently from:
  • X is -CHR 4a - ;
  • R 5 is selected from: H or C ,-C , 0 alkyl substimted with 0-6 R 4b ;
  • R 6 and R 7 are each selected independently from:
  • R 12 and R 13 are each selected independently from: H, C,-C, 0 alkyl, C,-C 10 alkoxycarbonyl, C,-C, 0 alkylcarbonyl, C r C, 0 alkylsulfonyl, aryl(C,-C, 0 alkyl)sulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, or aryl, wherein the aryls are optionally substituted with 0-3 substituents selected from the group consisting of: C,-C 4 alkyl, C,-C 4 alkoxy, halo, CF 3 , and NO 2 ; R 15 is selected from: H, C,-C, 0 alkyl,
  • R l ⁇ is selected from:
  • R 17 is selected from: H or C,-C 4 alkyl
  • R l8a is selected from: C,-C 8 alkyl substimted with 0-2 R 19 , C 2 -C 8 alkenyl substimted with 0-2 R 19 ,
  • R 1 is selected from:
  • R 3 is H or C,-C 5 alkyl; V is a single bond, or -(phenyl)- X is selected from:
  • Y is selected from: hydroxy; C,-C
  • R ,8a is selected from:
  • a heterocyclic ring system selected from pyridinyl, furanyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, pyrroly
  • n 1-2;
  • R 3 is H or C,-C 5 alkyl; X is selected from:
  • CH n 2 -, -CHN(R ,6 )R 17 -, or -CHNR 5 R 5a - W is selected from:
  • n 1-3;
  • Y is selected from: hydroxy; C,-C l0 alkoxy; methylcarbonyloxymethoxy; ethylcarbonyloxymethoxy; 15 /-butylcarbonyloxymethoxy; cyclohexylcarbonyloxymethoxy;
  • R 19 is H, halogen, C,-C 4 alkyl, C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl, cyclopropylmethyl, aryl, or benzyl; R 20 and R 21 are both H; and R 22 is H, C,-C 4 alkyl or benzyl.
  • This embodiment comprises the following exemplary compounds, and pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms thereof: 2( ⁇ ,-S)-2-carboxymethyl-l- ⁇ 5( ⁇ )-N-[3-(4-amidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl- acetyl]piperidine; 2( ⁇ ,5)-2-carboxymethyl-l- ⁇ 5( ⁇ y S)-N-[3-(4-amidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl- acetyljazepine; 2( ⁇ ,S)-2-carboxymethyl- 1 - ⁇ 5( ⁇ ,S)-N-[3-(4-amidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl- acetyl]pyrrolidine; 3( ⁇ S)-carboxymethyl-4- ⁇ 5(i? r 5)-N-[3-(4-amidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl- acetyl]piperaz
  • the device in another embodiment (designated embodiment XXXVI), includes, and can be used to deliver, a compound of Formula IX:
  • Y is selected from:
  • R 4 is selected from:
  • R 4a is selected from:
  • R 4b is selected from:
  • R 5 is selected from:
  • R 5a is selected from: hydrogen, hydroxy, C,-C 8 alkyl, C 3 -C 6 alkenyl, C 3 -C M cycloalkyl,
  • R 6 is selected from: H, C,-C 4 alkyl, hydroxy, C,-C 4 alkoxy, nitro, C,-C 10 alkylcarbonyl, -N(R I2 )R 13 ,
  • R 8 is selected from:
  • R 12 is selected from:
  • R' 7 is selected from:
  • R 18a is selected from: C,-C 8 alkyl substimted with 0-2 R 19 , C 2 -C 8 alkenyl substituted with 0-2 R 19 , C 2 -C 8 alkynyl substimted with 0-2 R 19 , C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl substimted with 0-2 R 19 , aryl substimted with 0-4 R 19 , aryI(C,-C 6 alkyl)- substimted with 0-4 R 19 , a heterocyclic ring system selected from pyridinyl, furanyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, benzofuranyl, indolyl, indolinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, isoxazolyl, isoxazolinyl, benzimid
  • R 19 is selected from:
  • halogen CF 3 , CN, NO 2 , NR ,2 R 13 , C,-C 8 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -Q alkynyl, C 3 -C,, cycloalkyl, C 4 -C ⁇ cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aryl(C r C 6 alkyl), C,-C 6 alkoxy, or C,-C 4 alkoxycarbonyl; m is 0-2; n is 0-4; q is 1-7; and r is 0-3.
  • the device includes, and can be used to deliver, a compound of Formulae Ie or If:
  • R l8a is selected from:
  • R l8b is selected from:
  • R ,8a or H; R 19 is selected from:
  • halogen CF 3 , CN, NO 2 , NR 12 R 13 , C,-C, alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -Q alkynyl, C 3 -C n cycloalkyl, C 4 -C u cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aryl(C,-C 6 alkyl), C,-C 6 alkoxy, or
  • Y is selected from: hydroxy, C,-C 10 alkyloxy, C 3 -C ⁇ cycloalkyloxy, C 6 -C 10 aryloxy, C 7 -C ⁇ aralkyloxy, C 3 -C 10 alkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C 3 -C, 0 alkoxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C 2 -C 10 alkoxycarbonylalkyloxy, C 5 -C 10 cycloalkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy,
  • the device in another embodiment (designated embodiment XXXIX), includes, and can be used to deliver, a compound ofthe formula:
  • R' is: hydrogen, (C
  • Y is selected from: hydroxy, C,-C, 0 alkyloxy, C 3 -C n cycloalkyloxy, aryl C,-C 6 alkyloxy,
  • aryl is: phenyl or naphthyl optionally substimted by 1-3 substiments selected independently from methyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, amino, dimethylamino, F, Cl, Br, and I.
  • This embodiment includes compounds wherein:
  • R 1 is: H, methoxy carbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, or benzyloxycarbonyl.
  • R' is H
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of: hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, ⁇ -propoxy, /i-butoxy, r-butoxy, /-butoxy, j-butoxy, methylcarbonyloxymethoxy, ethylcarbonyloxymethoxy, r-butylcarbonyloxymethoxy, cyclohexylcarbonyloxymethoxy, l-(methylcarbonyloxy)-ethoxy, l-(ethylcarbonyloxy)-ethoxy,
  • the compounds useful according to this embodiment comprise the following exemplary compounds:
  • the iontophoretic device ofthe invention includes an integrin antagonist, such as a peptide or peptidomimetic compound having a structure that binds to the RGD-binding domain of an integrin, provided that the integrin antagonist is not a compound of Formula L:
  • an integrin antagonist such as a peptide or peptidomimetic compound having a structure that binds to the RGD-binding domain of an integrin, provided that the integrin antagonist is not a compound of Formula L:
  • An alternative method ofthe invention is to iontophoretically deliver an integrin antagonist, provided that the integrin antagonist is not a compound not a compound of Formula L:
  • the invention is an iontophoretic device that includes an integrin antagonist, provided that the integrin antagonist is not a compound of embodiments IV, IX, XIX, XXIII, XXVII, XXXVI, XXXVIII, or XXXIX.
  • An alternative method ofthe invention is to iontophoretically deliver an integrin antagonist, provided that the integrin antagonist is not a compound of embodiments IV, IX, XIX, XXIII, XXVII, XXXVI, XXXVIII, or XXXIX.
  • a preferred device includes compound having the structure:
  • the invention includes a method of administering an integrin inhibitor compound as described above, the method comprising iontophoretically administering to a mammal a therapeutically effective amount of the integrin inhibitor using an iontophoresis device.
  • the invention further includes a method for the treatment of thrombosis, comprising administering to a mammal a therapeutically effective amount of an integrin inhibitor, as described above, using an iontophoresis device.
  • the invention includes a method of inhibiting the aggregation of blood platelets, comprising administering to a mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a Ilb/IIIa inhibitor using an iontophoresis device.
  • the invention further includes a method of treating a thromboembolic disorder selected from thrombus or embolus formation, harmful platelet aggregation, reocclusion following thrombolysis, reperfusion injury, restenosis, atherosclerosis, stroke, myocardial infarction, and unstable angina, the method comprising administering to a mammal a therapeutically effective amount of an integrin inhibitor, as described,, using an iontophoresis device.
  • a thromboembolic disorder selected from thrombus or embolus formation, harmful platelet aggregation, reocclusion following thrombolysis, reperfusion injury, restenosis, atherosclerosis, stroke, myocardial infarction, and unstable angina
  • the CAR antagonist compounds delivered by iontophoresis in accordance with the present invention possess activity as antagonists of CARs such as, for example, Ilb/IIIa, ⁇ v ⁇ 3 , ⁇ and ⁇ 5 ⁇ ,, and as such have utility in the treatment of a variety of disease conditions as discussed herein.
  • the CAR antagonist activity of the compounds iontophoretically delivered in the present invention can be demonstrated using assays that measure the binding of a specific CAR to a native ligand, for example, using the ELISA assay described below for the binding of vitronectin to the oc v ⁇ 3 receptor, or for example, an ELISA assay for the binding of fibrinogen to the Ilb/IIIa receptor.
  • Compounds useful in the present invention include those that possess selectivity for the ⁇ v ⁇ 3 receptor relative to the Ilb/IIIa receptor as demonstrated by their lack of activity in standard assays of platelet aggregation, such as the platelet aggregation assay described below.
  • CARs One of the major roles of CARs in vivo is to mediate cellular interactions wim adjacent cells.
  • Cell-based adhesion assays can be used to mimic these interactions in vitro.
  • a cell based assay is more representative of the in vivo situation than an ELISA since me receptor is maintained in membranes in the native state.
  • the compounds ofthe present invention have activity in cell-based assays of adhesion, for example as demonstrated in using the cell adhesion assays described below.
  • ⁇ v ⁇ 3 integrin antagonist compounds used in this invention have the ability to suppress/inhibit angiogenesis in vivo, for example, as demonstrated using animal models of ocular neovascularization.
  • the Ilb/IIIa inhibitor compounds used in this invention possess antiplatelet efficacy, as evidenced by their activity in standard platelet aggregation assays or platelet fibrinogen binding assays, as described below.
  • the utility ofthe compounds ofthe present invention can be assessed by testing using any of the methods accepted in the art, including, for example, by one or more ofthe following assays as described in detail below: a) Purified a ⁇ 3 (Human Placenta)-Vitronectin ELISA; b) ⁇ v ⁇ 3 -Vitronectin Binding Assay; c) Cell Adhesion Receptor Cell-Based Adhesion Assay; d) Platelet Aggregation Assay; e) Purified GPIIb/IIIa-Fibrinogen Binding Assay; f) Platelet-Fibrinogen Binding Assay; g) Thrombolytic Assay; h) Human Aortic Smooth Muscle Cell Migration Assay; i) In vivo An
  • ⁇ g denotes microgram
  • mg denotes milligram
  • g denotes gram
  • kg denotes kilogram
  • ⁇ L denotes microliter
  • mL denotes milliliter
  • L denotes liter
  • nM denotes nanomolar
  • ⁇ M denotes micromolar
  • mM denotes millimolar
  • M denotes molar
  • mA denotes milliampere
  • ⁇ A denotes microampere
  • min denotes minute
  • h denotes hour.
  • Sigma stands for the Sigma-Aldrich Co ⁇ . of St. Louis, MO.
  • a compound ofthe present invention is considered to be active if it has an IC 50 or K, value of less than about 10 ⁇ M for the inhibition of ⁇ v ⁇ 3 -Vitronectin Binding Assay, with compounds preferably having K, values of less than about 0.1 ⁇ M. Tested compounds ofthe present invention are active in the ⁇ v ⁇ 3 -Vitronectin Binding Assay.
  • the ⁇ v ⁇ 3 receptor was isolated from human placental extracts prepared using ocrylglucoside. The extracts were passed over an affinity column composed of anti- ⁇ v ⁇ 3 monoclonal antibody (LM609) to Affigel. The column was subsequently washed extensively at pH 7 and pH 4.5 followed by elution at pH 3. The resulting sample was concentrated by wheat germ agglutinin chromatography to provide gave two bands on SDS gel which were confirmed as ⁇ v ⁇ 3 by western blotting. Affinity purified protein was diluted at different levels and plated to 96 well plates.
  • LM609 anti- ⁇ v ⁇ 3 monoclonal antibody
  • ELISA was performed using fixed concentration of biotinylated vitronectin (approximately 80 nM/well).
  • This receptor preparation contains the ⁇ v ⁇ 3 with no detectable levels of ⁇ v ⁇ 5 according to the gel ( ⁇ v ⁇ 3 ) and according to effects of blocking antibodies for the ⁇ v ⁇ 3 or ⁇ v ⁇ 5 in the ELISA.
  • a submaximal concentration of biotinylated vitronectin was selected based on concentration-response curve with fixed receptor concentration and variable concentrations of biotinylated vitronectin.
  • the purified receptor is diluted with coating buffer (20 mM Tris HC1, 150 mM NaCI, 2.0 mM CaCl 2 , 1.0 mM MgCl 2 » 6H 2 O, 1.0 mM MnCl 2 »4H 2 O) and coated (100 ⁇ L/well) on Costar (3590) high capacity binding plates overnight 5 at 4°C.
  • B/B buffer 50 mM Tris HC1, 100 mM NaCI, 2.0 mM CaCl 2 , 1.0 mM MgCl 2 .6H 2 O, 1.0 mM MnCl 2 «4H 2 0).
  • Receptor is then blocked (200 ⁇ L/well) with 3.5% BSA in B/B buffer for 2 hours at room temperature.
  • biotinylated vitronectin 100 ⁇ L
  • inhibitor 11 ⁇ L
  • B/B buffer w/1.0% ssA 11 ⁇ L
  • the plates are incubated 2 hours at room temperature.
  • the plates are washed twice with B/B buffer and incubated 1 hour at room temperature with anti-biotin alkaline phosphatase (100 ⁇ L/well) in
  • B/B buffer containing 1.0% BSA The plates are washed twice with B/B buffer and alkaline phosphatase substrate (100 ⁇ L) is added. Color is developed at room temperature.
  • IC 50 is the concentration of test substance needed to block 50% ofthe vitronectin binding to the receptor.
  • a 96 well plate was coated with the ligand (i.e., fibrinogen) and incubated overnight at 4°C. The following day, the cells were harvested, washed and loaded with a fluorescent dye. Compounds and cells were added together and then were immediately added to the coated plate. After incubation, loose cells are removed from the plate, and the plate (with adherent cells) is counted on a fluorometer. The ability of test compounds to inhibit cell adhesion by 50% is given by the IC 50 value and represents a measure of potency of inhibition of CAR mediated binding. Compounds were tested for their ability to block cell adhesion using assays specific for ⁇ , ⁇ v ⁇ , and ⁇ 5 ⁇ , CAR interactions.
  • the ligand i.e., fibrinogen
  • Venous blood was obtained from anesthetized mongrel dogs or from healthy human donors who were drug- and aspirin-free for at least two weeks prior to blood collection. Blood was collected into citrated Vacutainer tubes. The blood was centrifuged for 15 min at 150 x g (850 RPM in a Sorvall RT6000 Tabletop Centrifuge with H-l 000 B rotor) at room temperature, and platelet-rich plasma (PRP) was removed. The remaining blood was centrifuged for 15 min at 1500 x g (26,780 RPM) at room temperature, and platelet-poor plasma (PPP) was removed. Samples were assayed on a PAP-4 Platelet Aggregation Profiler, using PPP as the blank (100% transmittance).
  • PPP platelet-poor plasma
  • GPIIb/IIIa-Fibrinogen Binding ELISA The following reagents are used in the GPIIb/IIIa-fibrinogen binding, ELISA: purified GPIIb/IIIa (148.8 ⁇ g/mL); biotinylated fibrinogen ( ⁇ 1 mg/mL or 3000 nM); anti-biotin alkaline phosphatase conjugate (Sigma No. A7418); flat-bottom, high binding, 96-well plates (Costar Cat. No. 3590); phosphatase substrate (Sigma No. 104) (40 mg capsules); bovine serum albumin (BSA) (Sigma No. A3294); Alkaline Phosphatase buffer:
  • Binding buffer 20 mM Tris-HCl, 150 mM NaCI, 1 mM CaCl 2 «2H 2 0, 0.02% NaN 3 , pH 7.0;
  • Tris-HCl 100 mM NaCI, 2 mM CaCl 2 -2H 2 0, 0.02% NaN 3 , pH 7.4; Buffer A + 3.5% BSA (Blocking buffer); Buffer A + 0.1% BSA (Dilution buffer); and 2N NaOH.
  • Activation of the human gel purified platelets was achieved using ADP, collagen, arachidonate, epinephrine, and/or thrombin in the presence ofthe ligand, l25 I-fibrinogen.
  • the 125 I-fibrinogen bound to the activated platelets was separated from the free form by centrifugation and then counted on a gamma counter.
  • the test compounds were added at various concentrations prior to the activation ofthe platelets.
  • the CAR antagonist compounds used in the present invention can also possess thrombolvtic efficacy, that is, they are capable of lysing (breaking up) already formed platelet-rich fibrin blood clots, and thus are useful in treating a thrombus formation, as evidenced by their activity in the tests described below.
  • Venous blood was obtained from the arm of a healthy human donor who was drug-free and aspirin free for at least two weeks prior to blood collection, and placed into 10 mL citrated vacutainer tubes. The blood was centrifuged for 15 min at 1500 x g at room temperature, and platelet rich plasma (PRP) was removed.
  • PRP platelet rich plasma
  • Coulter Counter (Coulter Electronics, Inc., Hialeah, FL), to determine the platelet count at the zero time point. After obtaining the zero time point, test compounds were added at various concentrations. Test samples were taken at various time points and the platelets were counted using the Coulter Counter. To determine the percent of lysis, the platelet count at a time point subsequent to the addition ofthe test compound was subtracted from the platelet count at the zero time point, and the resulting number divided by the platelet count at the zero time point. Multiplying this result by 100 yielded the percentage of clot lysis achieved by the test compound. For the IC 50 evaluation, the test compounds were added at various concentrations, and the percentage of lysis caused by the test compounds was calculated.
  • Dosage and Formulation CAR antagonist compounds are iontophoretically delivered in accordance with this invention by transdermal iontophoretic delivery to provide contact ofthe active agent with the agent's site of action, the desired CAR, in the body of a mammal. They can be administered by any conventional iontophoresis means available for use in conjunction with pharmaceuticals, either as individual therapeutic agents or in a combination of therapeutic agents.
  • the dosage ofthe CAR antagonist compounds administered will, of course, vary depending upon known factors, such as the pharmacodynamic characteristics ofthe particular agent; the age, health and weight of the recipient; the nature of the target CAR; the nature and extent ofthe symptoms; the kind of concurrent treatment; the frequency of treatment; and the effect desired.
  • a daily dosage of active ingredient can be expected to be in the range of from about 0.001 to about 10 milligrams per kilogram (mg/kg) of body weight.
  • Suitable pharmaceutical carriers are described in Remington s Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Company, a standard reference text in this field, the disclosure of which inco ⁇ orated herein by reference.
  • the 2 compartment patch design includes an absorbent drug reservoir with 2 cm 2 skin-contacting area and volume of 0.30 mL.
  • the drug reservoir is separated from the electrode compartment with a 100 M WCO ultrafiltration membrane.
  • the electrode compartment included a silver anode and cation exchange media in a hydrogel.
  • a monolithic patch design was also used, consisting of a sandwich composed of a silver anode in the middle of 2 layers of absorbent material. The patches are assembled and loaded with the dosing solution just before applying to the skin.
  • the patch was loaded a 10 mg/mL solution ofthe Ilb/IIIa antagonist in 154 mM saline.
  • a silver chloride mesh return cathode was located upstream of the polycarbonate flow-through cells.
  • Freshly dermatomed (1 mm) porcine skin was mounted in the cells on a porous support.
  • the patches were dosed with aqueous solutions ofthe drug and then placed on top ofthe excised skin.
  • the patches were secured by a spring-loaded mechanism that maintained even pressure over the patch.
  • the cells were "perfused" by means of a peristakic pump which pulls receiver solution through them. Effluents from the cells were collected with a fraction collector. Flow rates were typically 0.25 mL/min.
  • the receiver solution was an isotonic pH 7.4 buffered saline solution containing 10 mM HEPES, 100 mM NaCI, PEG 400, and a surfactant, Pluronic P-103.
  • Iontophoresis current 50 ⁇ A was provided by WPI power cells, and the applied currents and cell voltages were recorded with a Fluke databucket.
  • Results The effluent receiver solution was measured in a series of six runs, to determine whether the ester was hydrolyzed during the period ofthe iontophoresis. Results were obtained by means of liquid scintillation counting (radioactivity), and HPLC-UV. The HPLC results are estimates based on calibration for the ester form only. The data are summarized in Table I, below.
  • Figure 2 demonstrates very clearly that iontophoresis transport the positively charged ester in a predictable, reproducible and constant manner to constant flux levels over a period of 24 hours.
  • the variability in delivery from skin to skin is also unexpectedly low.
  • Figure 3 shows that the in vitro delivery is proportional to increase in current and that the flux is again very constant over the 24 hour period and between skin specimens as well.
  • the flux reaches "steady state” rapidly and it is also evident that flux levels drop rapidly on termination ofthe current. This latter feature is likely to be valuable in situations where the administration ofthe drug must be stopped rapidly to avoid a risk of harm or injury to the patient, such a situation may be one in which the patient has an adverse reaction to the drug.
  • Plasma samples were withdrawn from the vena cava through an IV catheter into VACUTATNERTM blood collection tubes containing EDTA. After gentle mixing, the tubes were centrifuged to separate the plasma, which was transferred to clean polypropylene tubes and frozen on dry ice. Frozen samples were stored at - 80°C until assayed.
  • Figures 4 and 5 provide a comparative illustration ofthe in vivo delivery ofthe GPIIb/IIIa antagonist (mentioned in Example 1 ) to pigs using constant IV infusion ( Figure 4) and constant iontophoresis (Figure 5).
  • IV infusion employed the acid form ofthe drug at an infusion rate of 1 O ⁇ g/h. The results show that blood levels obtained from both delivery techniques are similar, and that the variability in plasma levels seen with the iontophoresis is extremely low.
  • Patches A dual compartment 2 cm 2 patch design, loaded with 100 mg/mL of the GPIIb/IIIa antagonist of Example 1, with a size exclusion or anion exchange membrane separator.
  • Figure 6 compares the delivery rate profiles for the dual compartment patches at 400 ⁇ A. While the anion exchange membrane patch provided somewhat greater delivery, the two profiles are similar. These results fit the bolus or peaked profile, the flux starts high, and falls as electrolyte cations accumulate with time.

Abstract

This invention relates to novel methods and devices for iontophoretically administering therapeutic doses of cell adhesion receptor antagonists in a controlled manner through the skin. Such antagonist compounds include but are not limited to antagonists of the IIb/IIIa integrins and related cell surface adhesive protein receptors. The present invention includes iontophoretic delivery devices (50) comprising cell adhesion receptor antagonists. Such methods and devices are useful, alone or in combination with other therapeutic agents, for the treatment of thromboembolic disorders, angiogenic disorders, inflammation, bone degradation, cancer metastasis, diabetic retinopathy, restenosis, macular degeneration and other conditions mediated by cell adhesion and/or cell migration and/or angiogenesis.

Description

IONTOPHORETIC DELIVERY OF CELL ADHESION INHIBITORS
This application is a continuation-in-part of copending United States applications Serial Nos.:
08/724,105, filed on September 30, 1996,
08/724,106, filed on September 30, 1996, and
60/020,277, filed on June 19, 1996, the entire disclosures of which, including the specifications and claims, are incorporated herein by reference.
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
This invention relates to methods and devices for iontophoretically administering therapeutic doses of cell adhesion receptor antagonists in a controlled manner through the skin. Such cell adhesion receptor antagonists include but are not limited to antagonists ofthe Ilb/IIIa and αvβ3 integrins and related cell surface adhesive protein receptors. Such methods and devices are useful, alone or in combination with other therapeutic agents, for the treatment of conditions mediated by cell adhesion and/or cell migration and/or angiogenesis such as thromboembolic disorders, angiogenic disorders, inflammation, bone degradation, cancer metastasis, diabetic retinopathy, restenosis, macular degeneration, and the like.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
A number of cell surface receptor proteins, referred to as "cell adhesion receptors" (CARs) have been identified that bind to extracellular matrix ligands or other cell adhesion protein ligands thereby mediating cell-cell and cell-matrix adhesion processes. The CARs are encoded by genes belonging to a gene superfamily and are composed of heterodimeric transmembrane glycoproteins containing α- and β-subunits. CAR subfamilies contain a common β-subunit combined with different α-subunits to form adhesion protein receptors with different specificities. The genes for at least eight distinct β-subunits have been cloned and sequenced to date.
One ofthe larger classes of CARs includes the integrins, which comprise inter alia perhaps the most significant CAR, that is glycoprotein Ilb/IIIa ("GPIIb/IIIa" or "Ilb/IIIa"), GP Ilb/IIIa is also referred to as the fibrinogen receptor, and is the principal membrane protein mediating platelet aggregation. GP Ilb/IIIa in activated platelets is known to a group of soluble proteins defined by their common amino acid motif Arg-Gly-Asp (RGD). These proteins include fibrinogen, von Willebrand factor, fibronectin, and vitronectin. The RGD recognition sequence is important to the binding of these proteins to the Ilb/IIIa receptor, as well as other integrins.
As noted, a number of cell surface cell adhesion receptors have been identified and their functions are being elucidated. For example, certain members ofthe β, subfamily, i.e., α4β, and α5β,, have been implicated in various inflammatory processes, including rheumatoid arthritis. In addition, studies with monoclonal anti-α4 antibodies provide evidence that α4β, may additionally have a role in allergy, asthma, and autoimmune disorders. Anti-α4 antibodies block the migration of leukocytes to the site of inflammation.
The αvβ3 integrin, also referred to as the vitronectin receptor, is a heterodimer and is a member ofthe β3 integrin subfamily. The αvβ3 integrin is found on platelets, endothelial cells, melanoma cells, smooth muscle cells, and osteoclasts. Like the CAR Ilb/IIIa, the αvβ3 integrin binds a variety of RGD-containing adhesive proteins such as vitronectin, fibronectin, von Willebrand factor, fibrinogen, osteopontin, bone sialo protein II and thrombospondin, again mediated by the RGD sequence. Thus, αvβ3 acts as the endothelial cell, fibroblast, and smooth muscle cell receptor for adhesive proteins including von Willebrand factor, fibrinogen (fibrin), vitronectin, thrombospondin, and osteopontin. The αvβ3 integrin allows endothelial cells to interact with a wide variety of extracellular matrix components. These adhesive interactions are considered to be important for angiogenesis since vascular cells must ultimately be capable of invading virtually all tissues. αvβ3 is also involved in bone resorption since a key event in bone resorption is the adhesion of osteoclasts to the matrix of bone. As a consequence of injury to the endothelium, the basement membrane zones of blood vessels express several adhesive proteins, including von Willebrand factor, fibronectin, and fibrin. Additionally, several members ofthe integrin family of adhesion protein receptors are expressed on the surface of endothelial, smooth muscle and on other circulating cells. Among these CARs is the αvβ3 integrin. These CARs initiate a calcium-dependent signaling pathway that can lead to endothelial cell, smooth muscle cell migration and, therefore, may play a fundamental role in vascular cell biology. Several cell adhesion inhibitory molecules, that act as CAR antagonists, are currently being investigated as drug candidates. Inhibitors of αvβ3 have been shown to inhibit angiogenesis and are recognized as being useful as therapeutic agents for the treatment of human diseases such as cancer, restenosis, thromboembolic disorders, rheumatoid arthritis and ocular vasculopathies. The binding of fibrinogen and von Willebrand factor to the RGD-binding domain of GP Ilb/IIIa causes platelets to aggregate. RGD-peptidomimetic
Ilb/IIIa antagonist compounds are known to block fibrinogen binding and prevent platelet aggregation and the formation of platelet thrombi. Therefore, Ilb/IIIa antagonists represent an important new approach for antiplatelet therapy for the treatment of thromboembolic disorders. See, for example, the discussion of αvβ3 antagonists in Lefkovitz J et al., "Platelet glycoprotein Ilb/IIIa receptors in cardiovascular medicine," New EngI J Med 332: 1553- 1559
(1995), indicating the potential utility of such compounds in the treatment of various disease states, e.g., restenosis, unstable angina, stroke, prevention of secondary myocardial infarction, etc.
The usefulness of pharmacological intervention at the level ofthe cell adhesion receptor has already been demonstrated with the commercially available murine monoclonal antibody Abciximab sold under the trade name ReoPro™. This agent is directed against the human GPIIb/IIIa receptor, and is currently marketed as an intravenous infusion for prevention of restenosis following angioplasty.
Smaller molecules that bind to platelets at the GPIIb/IIIa receptor are currently being developed as intravenous infusion, oral, and passive transdermal preparations. To be effective and safe, such agents would have to be administered, to target plasma levels, continuously with little variation in blood level concentrations. This is required since the therapeutic window for the drug is likely to be narrow. Consequently, intravenous infusions of these drugs would be ideal from a pharmacokinetic viewpoint. Unfortunately, prolonged intravenous infusion is both costly and impractical, particularly if these agents have to be given chronically in the home setting. Oral dosing of such agents has the advantage of being well-tolerated. However, to be useful an oral agent would have to be found with a relatively long elimination plasma half- life, as a short elimination plasma half-life would necessitate frequent daily dosing. In addition, oral bioavailability would need to be relatively high and not be affected by food, alcohol, etc., to avoid variations in dosing.
Ester prodrugs are often developed to improve the oral bioavailability of poorly absorbed drugs. Such prodrugs are rapidly broken down by hydrolysis or through esterase metabolism to the parent carboxylic acid. For certain drugs, such as the narcotic analgesic remifentanil, the ester function allows the drug to be rapidly metabolized to less active metabolites and, therefore, its pharmacological action can be rapid when given by intravenous infusion. For prodrugs, ester degradation is desirable to allow for transformation to the active agent. However, certain drugs that have narrow therapeutic windows and/or that require continuous delivery are unsuitable for oral delivery. A viable alternative to intravenous infusion or oral delivery of medicaments is transdermal delivery, which has recently become acceptable and increasingly important means of administering drugs.
Presently there are two types of transdermal drug delivery systems, i.e., "passive" and "active." In passive transdermal systems chemical potential gradients provide the dominant driving force to deliver the drug through the skin. For these drugs, a patch containing the drug is applied to the surface ofthe body and the drug moves into the body predominantly driven by diffusion controlled transport. Passive transdermal delivery has been shown to be an effective and convenient form for delivering a number of molecules. Some examples of passive transdermal systems include: delivery of nicotine, nitroglycerine, scopolamine, clonidine, fentanyl, testosterone, estradiol, etc. However, this method of delivery may not be amenable for certain ester drugs since it has been shown that the skin contains esterases that are sufficient to metabolize topically applied esters. See, Zhou XH and Li Wan Po A,
"Comparison of enzymatic activities of tissues lining portals of drug absorption, using the rat as the model," Int J Pharmacol 62:259-267 (1990). Additionally, passive transdermal delivery is only really effective for delivery of potent small molecules that are relatively lipophilic. Passive transdermal administration is also unlikely to provide enough drug input, for these agents are typically charged and hydrophilic in nature and therefore would not expect to permeate readily across the lipophilic outermost layer ofthe skin. Chemical enhancers have also been employed to improve passive transdermal delivery of GPIIb/IIIa receptor inhibitors, see WO 95/13825 to Feigen LP and Griffen MJ, entitled: "Transdermal compositions of N- [N-[5-[4[(aminoethyl)phenyl]-l-oxopentyl]-L-phenylalanine or its ester and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts," and incorporated herein by reference. However, the variability associated with this delivery technique is likely to be too high for drugs with high or narrow therapeutic windows, such as cell adhesion molecules.
The second type of transdermal drug delivery is active transdermal delivery. In active transdermal systems, additional, extrinsically applied driving forces, either electrical (iontophoresis) or ultrasonic (phonophoresis), are used to control delivery ofthe drugs through the skin.
Iontophoresis, according to Stedman 's Medical Dictionary, is defined as "the introduction into the tissues, by means of an electric current, ofthe ions of a chosen medicament." Iontophoretic devices have been known since the 1900's to be an effective means of delivery of hydrophilic and charged drugs across the skin and into the systemic circulation. In iontophoretic transdermal systems applied electric potential provide the dominant driving force to deliver the ionized drug through the skin. For these drugs, an iontophoretic patch containing the drug is applied to the surface ofthe body, controlled current is driven through the patch via electrodes in contact with the patch and the drug moves into the body predominantly driven by migration controlled transport. Some examples of iontophoretic transdermal systems include: delivery of pilocarpine in diagnosing cystic fibrosis, delivery of topical anesthetic to name a few.
The iontophoretic patch primarily consists, at a minimum, of two compartments, an anode and a cathode, each of which is individually in contact with the body. The electrode compartments house the electrodes in contact with the ionic media and are disposed to be in intimate ionic contact with some portion ofthe body through the skin, to complete the internal electrical circuit. The electrodes are connected externally to a power supply to complete the external electrical circuit. During operation the entire system, power source, electrode, electrolyte, the skin and the body, forms one integrated electrochemical cell. The electrode connected to the positive pole ofthe power supply is called the anode and the electrode connected to the negative pole ofthe power supply is called the cathode. When the current is turned on at the power supply, current flows from the anode to the cathode in the system controlled externally (to the patch) by electron transport and internally (inside the patch between the electrodes) by ion transport. This is possible because the electrodes act as transducers converting electron transport to ion transport via an electron transfer reaction (electrochemical reaction) at the electrode.
In general positive ions (cations) will tend to carry portion ofthe current and move towards the cathode and the negative (anions) ions will tend to carry portion of the current and move towards the anode. Hence by loading cationic drugs in the anode compartment and/or anionic drugs in the cathode compartment, iontophoresis can be used to deliver the ionized drug across the skin separator into the body.
In general, the flux of a drug across the skin from an iontophoretic device is directly proportional to the applied current. Thus, a way to obtain varied flux or drug delivery profiles would be to vary the current. By way of example, if one wanted to administer a bolus-like (or peaked) flux, one would need to increase the current at first and then decrease the current after the bolus has been achieved.
The iontophoresis process has been found to be useful in the transdermal administration of therapeutic drugs including lidocaine hydrochloride, hydrocortisone, fluoride, penicillin, dexamethasone sodium phosphate, insulin and other drugs. A common use of iontophoresis is in the diagnosis of cystic fibrosis by delivering pilocarpine salts iontophoretically, where the pilocarpine stimulates sweat production and the sweat is collected and analyzed for its chloride content to detect the presence of the disease.
As mentioned above, for a drug to be iontophoresed across the skin effectively it must be ionizable. In addition, it has been found that the drug must be able to maintain its charge during its passage across the epidermis. See, for example, U.S. Patent No. 5,494,679 to Sage et al., entitled "Molecules for iontophoretic delivery," the entire disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. For positively charged ester compounds, metabolism ofthe positively charged ester compound in the skin will result in the exposure of one or more charged carboxylic acid groups on the compound and, therefore, a neutralization or reversal ofthe positive charge on the compound as it is iontophoresed across the skin. One of ordinary skill in the art would expect that such metabolism would result in poor mobility and irregular delivery ofthe compound via an iontophoretic route. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention provides novel methods and devices for iontophoretically administering therapeutic doses of αvβ3 antagonists in a controlled manner through the skin. The present invention includes iontophoretic delivery devices comprising αvβ3 integrin antagonists.
In one embodiment, the invention is an iontophoretic device for non-invasively administering a therapeutic dose of a cell adhesion receptor antagonist to a mammal at a delivery rate of 0.5 μg/h or greater, comprising:
(a) a current distributing member; (b) an agent reservoir containing an ionized or ionizable substance, in electrical communication with the current distributing member and adapted to be placed in ionic communication with an epithelial surface, wherein the ionized or ionizable substance is a cell adhesion receptor antagonist; and
(c) an electrolyte reservoir containing an electrolyte, in electrical communication with an indifferent electrode and adapted to be placed in ionic communication with an epithelial surface;
(d) an electrical power source in current delivering connection with the current distribution member and the electrolyte reservoir.
Preferably, the cell adhesion receptor antagonist is an integrin antagonist, such as a glycoprotein Ilb/IIIa antagonist, an α6β, or α2β, antagonist, or a glycoprotein Ic/IIa antagonist.
In the device, the agent reservoir can further comprise competing ions of a charge similar in sign to the charge on cell adhesion receptor in its ionized form.
In another embodiment, the invention is an iontophoresis device comprising an integrin inhibitor compound. Preferably, the integrin inhibitor compound is an inhibitor of the Ilb/IIIa integrin.
The device preferably further comprises: a cathode and an anode each disposed so as to be in electrical connection with a source of electrical energy and in intimate contact with skin of a subject, and a drug reservoir electrically connected to the cathode or the anode for containing the integrin inhibitor for delivery into the body of the subject. In another embodiment, the invention is an iontophoresis device for non-invasively administering a therapeutic dose of a positively charged ester to a mammal, comprising:
(a) a current distributing member;
(b) an agent reservoir containing an ionized or ionizable substance, in electrical communication with a current distributing member and adapted to be placed in ionic communication with an epithelial surface, wherein the ionized or ionizable substance is a positively charged ester; and
(c) an electrolyte reservoir containing an electrolyte, in electrical communication with an indifferent electrode and adapted to be placed in ionic communication with an epithelial surface;
(d) an electrical power source in current delivering connection with the current distribution member and the electrolyte reservoir.
Preferably, the positively charged ester is a glycoprotein Ilb/IIIa antagonist. Also, the agent reservoir of the device can further comprise competing ions having a like charge to the positively charged ester.
The invention, therefore, further includes a method of administering an integrin inhibitor compound, the method comprising iontophoretically administering to a mammal a therapeutically effective amount ofthe integrin inhibitor using an iontophoresis device. In another embodiment, the invention is method for the treatment of thrombosis, comprising administering to a mammal a therapeutically effective amount of an integrin inhibitor using an iontophoresis device.
In still another embodiment, the invention is a method of inhibiting the aggregation of blood platelets, comprising administering to a mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a Ilb/IIIa inhibitor using an iontophoresis device. In a further embodiment, the invention is a method of treating a thromboembolic disorder selected from thrombus or embolus formation, harmful platelet aggregation, reocclusion following thrombolysis, reperfusion injury, restenosis, atherosclerosis, stroke, myocardial infarction, and unstable angina, the method comprising administering to a mammal a therapeutically effective amount of an integrin inhibitor using an iontophoresis device. In another embodiment, the invention is a method of non-invasively administering a therapeutic dose of a cell adhesion receptor antagonist to a mammal, comprising the step of iontophoretically driving the cell adhesion receptor antagonist through a predetermined area of skin ofthe mammal at a delivery rate of 0.5 μg/h or greater. Preferably, the cell adhesion receptor antagonist is an integrin antagonist, such as a glycoprotein Ilb/IIIa antagonist, a glycoprotein Ic/IIa antagonist, or an α6β, or α2β, antagonist
In the method, the iontophoretically driving step can comprise driving the cell adhesion receptor antagonist with competing ions thereto.
The method can include administering the cell adhesion receptor antagonist continuously at a current of from about 10 μA to about 3 mA over a period of time up to about 24 hours, or discontinuously at a current of from about 10 μA to about 3 mA over a period of time up to about 24 hours.
In still another embodiment, the invention is a method of non-invasively administering a therapeutic dose of a positively charged ester to a mammal, comprising the step of iontophoretically driving the positively charged ester through a predetermined area of skin of the mammal. An exemplary positively charged ester is a glycoprotein Ilb/IIIa antagonist.
The iontophoretically driving step of the method can comprise driving the positively charged ester with competing ions thereto. In another embodiment, the invention is an iontophoretic device for non-invasively administering to a mammal a therapeutic dose of a cell adhesion receptor antagonist, wherein the cell adhesion receptor antagonist is a peptide or peptidomimetic compound having a structure that binds to the RGD-binding domain of a cell adhesion receptor, provided that the cell adhesion receptor inhibitor is not a compound of Formula L:
Figure imgf000011_0001
or a salt solvate or ester thereof, or a salt or solvate of such ester, in which X represents either CH2-CH2 or CH=CH. Such methods and devices are useful, alone or in combination with other therapeutic agents, for the treatment of thromboembolic disorders, angiogenic disorders, inflammation, bone degradation, cancer metastasis, diabetic retinopathy, restenosis, macular degeneration, and other conditions mediated by cell adhesion and/or cell migration and/or angiogenesis. These and other advantages of the present invention will be appreciated from the detailed description and examples which are set forth herein. The detailed description and examples enhance the understanding ofthe invention, but are not intended to limit the scope ofthe invention.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS Preferred embodiments ofthe invention have been chosen for purposes of illustration and description, but are not intended in any way to restrict the scope ofthe invention. The preferred embodiments of certain aspects ofthe invention are shown in the accompanying drawing, wherein:
FIGURE 1 is a cross-sectional view of an idealized iontophoresis device suitable for use according to the invention.
FIGURE 2 depicts in vitro delivery with 10 mg/mL of a GPIIb/IIIa antagonist and 154 mM NaCI at 50 μA with 2 cm2.
FIGURE 3 depicts iontophoretic delivery across excised pig skin of a 10 mg/mL positively charged ester drug (GPIIb/IIIa antagonist) and 9 mg/mL NaCI to therapeutic flux levels( 1-10 μg/h).
FIGURE 4 depicts plasma concentrations ofthe acid drug form during IV infusion of the acid drug form at a rate equivalent to 10 μg/h active component of the GPIIb/IIIa antagonist in unanesthetized swine.
FIGURE 5 depicts plasma concentration ofthe GPIIb/IIIa antagonist acid drug form following iontophoretic delivery in an unanesthetized swine using a 2 cm2 patch with
20 mg/mL of GPIIb/IIIa antagonist and 154 mM NaCI at 200 μA.
FIGURE 6 compares the delivery rate profiles for the dual compartment patches at a current of 400 μA.
FIGURE 7 depicts the delivery profile of dual compartment patches loaded with 50 mg/mL chloride salt and run at a current of 100 μA and 200 μA. FIGURE 8 depicts the delivery rate profile of dual compartment patches loaded with 1 mM NaCI, 150 mg/mL formulation and run at a current of 100 μA and loaded with 75 mM NaCI, 100 mg/mL formulation and run at a current of 400 μA.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS The present invention provides novel methods and devices for iontophoretically administering therapeutic doses of cell adhesion receptor antagonists in a controlled manner through the skin. Such cell adhesion receptor antagonists include but are not limited to antagonists ofthe Ilb/IIIa and αvβ3 integrins and related cell surface adhesive protein receptors. The present invention includes iontophoretic delivery devices comprising cell adhesion receptor inhibitors/antagonists. Such methods and devices are useful, alone or in combination with other therapeutic agents, for the treatment of thromboembolic disorders, angiogenic disorders, inflammation, bone degradation, cancer metastasis, diabetic retinopathy, restenosis, macular degeneration, and other conditions mediated by cell adhesion and/or cell migration and/or angiogenesis. The therapeutic compounds deliverable by the iontophoresis method of the invention are compounds that bind to CAR proteins, thereby mediating controllable alteration of cell-matrix and cell-cell adhesion processes. Such compounds are referred to herein as "cell adhesion receptor inhibitors" or "cell adhesion receptor antagonists," and act as inhibitors of the binding ofthe CAR protein(s) to endogenous protein ligands of such CAR. Preferred cell adhesion receptor antagonists (inhibitors) used in the present invention are
RGD-peptidomimetic compounds. As used herein, the term "RGD-peptidomimetic compounds" refers to chemical compounds that bind to the RGD-binding region ofthe cell adhesion receptor and that block RGD-mediated binding of one or more adhesive proteins to the receptor. The present invention provides methods of CAR antagonist drug delivery that permit controlled, continuous delivery ofthe drug at a relatively low rate. Such controlled, continuous delivery of the CAR antagonist ensures relatively constant plasma concentrations and control of pharmacologic and toxic drug effects. This is particularly desirable for drugs having steep dose versus response profiles, for which there are relatively small differences between ineffective, therapeutic, and toxic plasma concentrations or doses. Transdermal iontophoretic delivery provides a means of controlled, continuous drug delivery and avoids the uncertainties of oral administration and the inconvenience and discomfort of administration by injection. In addition, iontophoresis transdermal delivery methods are used in the present invention since generally the CAR antagonist compounds do not passively diffuse through skin at rates sufficient for delivering therapeutic doses and the skin is especially impermeable to polar and ionic drugs.
The present invention relates to iontophoretic delivery of a cell adhesion receptor antagonist to constant therapeutic levels at remarkably low variability, as demonstrated in the Examples contained herein. Applicants have conducted in vitro iontophoretic transport experiments involving an esterified CAR antagonist, and have discovered unexpectedly that a positively charged ester, although metabolized to some extent in the skin or in the receptor fluid to the net uncharged zwitterion, can be transported in a reproducible and constant manner, to flux levels capable of producing therapeutic plasma levels. Additional in vivo studies in pigs have also demonstrated that a positively charged ester will be transported across the skin by iontophoresis in such a manner. One of the significant advantages of this invention is that it overcomes the shortcomings of the current routes of administration for the identified therapeutics and may therefore be an enabling technology for such therapeutics to be administered chronically, as well as for the ability to deliver drugs rapidly to the systemic circulation and to control delivery profiles. Cell adhesion receptor antagonists are exemplary compounds capable of delivery as positively charged esters for the treatment of various disease states, e.g., restenosis following coronary angioplasty, unstable angina, stroke, prevention of secondary myocardial infarction, etc. For example, GPIIb/IIIa antagonists bind to receptors on a platelet to block fibrinogen binding and inhibit platelet aggregation. Such compounds, therefore, have enormous potential for the treatment of arterial thrombosis. Other examples of positively charged esters and various diseases treatable by administration ofthe esters to the afflicted patient are by way of example and not limitation, remifentanil which is a narcotic analgesic used in the treatment of acute pain.
Iontonhoretic Apparatus As used herein, the term "iontophoresis device" or "iontophoresis patch" or "patch" refers generally to an electrically assisted device or apparatus suitable for the transdermal iontophoretic delivery of therapeutic levels of a compound to a mammal. Such iontophoresis devices are well known in the art and are also referred to as "iontophoretic delivery devices" or "electrotransport devices."
The iontophoretic drug delivery device used in the present invention comprises a power source for generation of an electrical current and two electrode compartments that, when adhering to the skin of a subject, will pass a generated electrical current through the subject's skin. In the presence ofthe electrical current, the passage ofthe CAR antagonist from the agent reservoir through the skin is enhanced. As is appreciated by one of skill in the art of iontophoresis drug delivery, the rate of transdermal delivery ofthe CAR antagonist in accordance with the present invention can be controlled by appropriate selection ofthe patch design, including the selection ofthe contents ofthe electrode compartments, the surface area ofthe patch, and by the strength ofthe generated electrical current. The iontophoretic device ofthe present invention can include, by way of example and not limitation, the following components and materials.
In general, the iontophoretic device includes at least two electrodes. Both ofthe electrodes are disposed so as to be in intimate electrical contact with some portion of the skin ofthe body. The circuit of the device is completed by connection ofthe electrodes to a source of electrical energy, for example, a battery, in conjunction with the electrode contacts with the patient's skin.
In electrical terms, the electrodes include a positive electrode or "anode," and a negative electrode or a "cathode." In functional terms, however, the electrodes are characterized independently of their electrical nature. Thus, in relation to their function in iontophoresis, one electrode is the electrode from which the ionic CAR antagonist drug precursor or drug is delivered into the body by iontophoresis. This is called the "active" or "donor" electrode. The other electrode serves to close the electrical circuit through the body. The latter electrode is called the "counter" or "return" electrode, or the "indifferent" electrode. The functional definition of the electrodes is dependent upon the charge sign of the agent to be delivered. To illustrate, if the CAR antagonist to be delivered is positively charged (i.e., a cation), then the anode (positive electrode) will be the active electrode and the cathode will serve to complete the circuit. If the CAR antagonist to be delivered is negatively charged (i.e., an anion), then the cathode (negative electrode) will be the active electrode and the anode (positive electrode) will be the counter electrode. Alternatively, both the anode and cathode can be used to deliver drugs of opposite charge into the body simultaneously. In such a case, both electrodes are considered to be active or donor electrodes. In this situation, the anode is used to deliver a positively charged ionic substance into the body while the cathode is used to deliver a negatively charged ionic substance into the body. A. The Current Distributing Member (Active Electrode)
The iontophoretic device of the invention includes a current distributing member that conveys electrical current into the iontophoretic reservoirs for the delivery of an agent (ionized substance). The current distributing member can be constructed of any of a large variety of electrically conductive materials, including inert and sacrificial materials. Inert conductive materials are those electrically conductive materials that, when employed in the iontophoretic devices ofthe invention, do not themselves undergo or participate in electrochemical reactions. Thus, an inert material distributes current without being eroded or depleted due to the distribution of the current, and conducts current through generation of hydronium ions (H3O*) or hydroxyl ions (OH") by, respectively, reduction or oxidation of water. Inert conductive materials typically include, for example, stainless steel, platinum, gold, and carbon or graphite.
Alternatively, the current distributing member can be constructed from a sacrificial conductive material. A material can be considered sacrificial if, when employed as an electrode in an iontophoretic device of the invention, the material is eroded or depleted due to its oxidation or reduction. Such erosion or depletion occurs when the materials and formulations used in the iontophoresis device enable a specific electrochemical reaction, such as when a silver electrode is used with a formulation containing chloride ions. In this situation, the current distributing member would not cause electrolysis of water, but would itself be oxidized or reduced. Typically, for anodes, a sacrificial material would include an oxidizable metal such as silver, zinc, copper, etc. In contrast to the hydroxyl and hydronium ions electrochemically generated via an inert material, the ions electrochemically generated via a sacrificial material would include metal cations resulting from oxidation of the metal. Metal/metal salt anodes can also be employed. In such cases, the metal would oxidize to metal ions, which would then be precipitated as an insoluble salt. For cathodes, a sacrificial current distributing member can be constructed from any electrically conductive material provided an appropriate electrolyte formulation is provided. For example, a cathodic current distributing member can be constructed from a metal/metal salt material. A preferred cathodic material is a silver/silver halide material. In such embodiments, a metal halide salt is preferably employed as the electrolyte. In this case, the device would generate halide ions from the electrode as the metal is reduced electrochemically. Also, accompanying silver ions (Ag+) in a formulation would be reduced to silver metal (Ag(s)) and would deposit (plate) onto the electrode. In other embodiments, the cathode material can be an intercalation material, an amalgam, or other material that can take electrolyte cations such as sodium out of solution, below the reduction potential of water. In addition, other materials can be used that permit the plating out of a metal from the appropriate electrolyte solution. Thus, metals such as silver, copper, zinc, and nickel, and other materials, such as carbon, can be employed when an appropriate metal salt such as silver nitrate or zinc sulfate is in solution in the electrolyte reservoir. While such materials may develop increased resistivity as a metal plates out during use, they are not eroded or depleted during use as cathodic current distributing members. They are therefore not strictly
"sacrificial" in this context. Nonetheless, the term "sacrificial" encompasses such materials as it is intended to include materials that undergo physical and/or chemical changes during iontophoresis, such as to affect their function as measured by their lifetime or current carrying capacity, etc. Additional types of materials useful as current distributing members according to the invention are disclosed in detail in a co-pending application Serial No. 08/536,029 to Reddy et al., entitled "Low-Cost Electrodes for an Iontophoretic Device," filed on September 29, 1995, the disclosure of which is incorporated by reference herein.
The current distributing member can take any form known in the art, such as the form of a plate, foil layer, screen, wire, dispersion of conductive particles embedded in a conductive matrix, and the like. B. The Electrolyte Reservoir
In the iontophoretic device of the invention, an electrolyte reservoir is constructed to permit electrical communication with a current distributing member. Typically, electrical communication requires that electrons of the current distributing member are exchanged with ions in the electrolyte reservoir upon the application of electrical current. Such electrical communication is preferably not impeded to any excessive degree by any intervening material(s) used in the construction ofthe iontophoretic device. In other words, the resistivity ofthe interface between the current distributing member and the electrolyte reservoir is preferably low. The electrolyte reservoir comprises at least one electrolyte, i.e., an ionic or ionizable component that can act to conduct current toward or away from the current distributing member. Typically, the electrolyte comprises one or more mobile ions, the selection of which is dependent upon the desired application. Examples of suitable electrolytes include aqueous solutions of salts. A preferred electrolyte is an aqueous solution of sodium chloride (NaCI), having a concentration of less than 1 mole/liter (< 1 M), more preferably at about physiological concentration. Other suitable electrolytes include salts of physiological ions including, but not limited to, potassium (IC), chloride (Cl"), and phosphate (PO4 3~). The salt and its concentration can be selected as desired for particular applications.
Other chemical species can be selected by the skilled artisan for inclusion in the electrolyte reservoir. Such other species include, without limitation, chelation agents (e.g., citrate ions, EDTA) surfactants (e.g., non-ionic, cationic, or anionic), buffers, ionic excipients, osmolarity adjusters (e.g., polyethylene glycols, sugars), ionic antibiotics, penetration enhancers (e.g., alkanols), stabilizers, enzyme inhibitors, preservatives, thickening agents (e.g., acrylic acids, cellulosic resins, clays, polyoxyethylenes), and the like. Inclusion of such species is made to selectively control or modulate the function ofthe electrolyte reservoir in particular circumstances.
Alternatively, the electrolyte can comprise a material that is itself relatively immobile in the absence of an electric field, but that acts to deliver mobile ions in the presence of an electric field. In the latter case, the electrolyte can more properly be termed an "ion source.'" Examples of ion sources according to the invention include polyelectrolytes, ion exchange membranes and resins, non-ionic buffers that become ionic upon pH change, and other known ion sources.
Alternatively, the electrolyte reservoir can contain counterions, i.e.. ions that form a soluble salt with an electrochemically generated ion. For example, in an apparatus employing a silver anodic current distributing member, a suitable counterion might be acetate
(CH3COO") or nitrate (NO3 ~). Such counterions are useful when other means are provided for sequestering electrochemically generated ions.
Thus, the electrolyte reservoir can provide at least one ion ofthe same charge as the electrochemically generated ion, to permit current to be conducted, and at least one oppositely charged ion.
C. The Agent Reservoir
The reservoir structure ofthe iontophoretic apparatus of the invention further includes an agent reservoir in the active electrode, containing the agent to be delivered, i.e., the CAR antagonist. Preferably, the agent is present as an ionized or ionizable form of the agent or a precursor of the agent such as an ester prodrug. The agent reservoir must be capable of ionic communication with an epithelial surface, which means that the boundary between the agent reservoir and the epithelial surface must be permeable to some form of the agent (and may also be permeable to other ions), as the current is carried by ions traversing across the boundary. The agent reservoir is also in electrical communication with the anode or the cathode ofthe iontophoresis device.
The construction ofthe agent reservoir must be consistent with the requirements for ionic communication with the epithelial surface and electrical communication with the current distribution member. Accordingly, the structure of the agent reservoir would vary, depending upon the desired application. The agent reservoir can include a liquid, semi-liquid, semi-solid, or solid material. With a flowable material, the agent reservoir preferably further comprises means for at least substantially inhibiting the flow ofthe contents out ofthe reservoir. In such situations, the flow ofthe contents is desirably minimized when the device is in storage. For example, a membrane can be deployed to define a wall ofthe agent reservoir. In certain situations the flow ofthe contents ofthe reservoir can be minimized while in storage, but increased in use. For example, a membrane can be used that increases in porosity, permeability, or conductivity upon the application of an electric field across the membrane. Examples of such membranes are disclosed in U.S. Patent Nos. 5,080,546; 5,169,382; and 5,232,438, the disclosures of which are incorporated by reference herein. In preferred embodiments, the agent reservoir is constructed to retain its physical integrity and to inherently resist passive migration and loss ofthe ionized substance. Such embodiments include those in which the agent reservoir includes a solid or semi-solid material such as a gel or other polymeric material. In an especially preferred embodiment, the agent reservoir includes a polymeric film in which the substance to be iontophoretically delivered is dispersed. While such a film would resist passive loss or dispersion ofthe ionized substance in the absence of an applied electrical field, the mobility ofthe substance to be delivered is substantially increased upon the application ofthe electric field, permitting effective and controlled delivery across the target epithelial surface. Such a film need not contain any significant amount of hydrating material. In preferred embodiments, a cross- linked hydrogel, a material that inherently contains significant amounts of water, can be used in the electrolyte reservoir to serve as a water reservoir during iontophoresis. It may be desirable to provide the solution of active ingredient with a buffer. The buffer ion having a charge of the same sign as the drug ion should have low ionic mobility. The limiting ionic mobility of this ion is preferably no greater that 1 x 10"4cm2/volt-sec.
Additionally, as disclosed and claimed in U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 60/026,862, filed on September 30, 1996, and entitled "Selectable Drug Delivery Profiles Using Competing Ions" (Attorney Docket No. P-3730), it may be desirable to control the flux profile ofthe drug being delivered by iontophoresis by adding to or having present in the agent reservoir, ions that would compete with the drug ions for current (competing ions). To achieve various flux profiles for the drug being iontophoretically delivered, one can apply constant current but vary the concentration ofthe competing ions. P. The Ionizable Substance (Agent) for Iontophoretic Delivery
As noted, ionic drugs can be delivered from either the anode, the cathode, or both simultaneously. For example, if the agent to be driven into the body has a net positive charge, i.e, a cation, then the positive electrode (anode) will be the active electrode, and the negative electrode (cathode) will serve to complete the electrochemical circuit. This method of delivery is termed "anodic delivery." Alternatively, if the agent to be delivered has a net negative charge, i.e., an anion, then the negative electrode (cathode) will be the active electrode and the positive electrode (anode) will be the indifferent electrode. This method of delivery is termed "cathodic delivery."
It is believed that this invention has utility in connection with the delivery of agents within the broad class of cell adhesion antagonist molecules as well as chemical modifications of cell adhesion antagonist molecules.
E. Protective Backing
The iontophoretic apparatus ofthe invention can also include a suitable backing film positioned on top ofthe electrolyte reservoir. The backing film provides protection against contamination and damage to the current distributing member, if present, and the electrolyte reservoir of the apparatus.
F. Release Liner
The iontophoretic apparatus of the invention optionally includes a release liner that can be affixed to the underside ofthe agent reservoir by an adhesive. The release liner protects the surface ofthe agent reservoir that contacts the epithelial surface from contamination and damage when the device is not in use. When the device is ready for use, the release liner can be peeled off to expose the epithelial contacting surface of the agent reservoir for application ofthe device to a patient.
G. Indifferent Electrode
Again, as noted above, iontophoretic devices require at least two electrodes to provide a potential to drive drug ions into the skin of a patient. Both electrodes are disposed to be in intimate electrical contact with the skin thereby completing the electrochemical circuit formed by the anode pad and cathode pad ofthe iontophoretic device. The electrode pads can be further defined as an active electrode from which an ionic drug is delivered into the body.
An indifferent or ground electrode serves to complete the electrochemical circuit. Various types of electrodes can be employed, such as is described in United States application Serial
No. 08/536,029, mentioned hereinabove.
To further illustrate the iontophoretic device ofthe invention, the reader's attention is directed to Figure 1. As shown in Figure 1 , an embodiment of the iontophoretic device of the invention 50 is configured as follows: An anode patch 10 has an anode electrode compartment 1 1 in ionic communication with a skin contacting compartment 13. The skin contacting compartment 13 and the anode electrode compartment 11 are separated by a compartment separation means (membrane) 17. The anode electrode compartment 11 also contains an anode 14 and an electrolyte (anolyte) 15. The skin contacting compartment is attached to the patient's skin 36. A cathode patch 20, has a cathode electrode compartment 21 in ionic communication with a skin contacting compartment 23. The skin contacting compartment 23 and the cathode electrode compartment 21 are separated by a compartment separation means (membrane) 27. The cathode electrode compartment 21 also contains a cathode 24 and an electrolyte (catholyte) 25. The skin contacting compartment is attached to the patient's skin 36.
Another embodiment of the present invention relates to an iontophoretic device for non-invasively administering a therapeutic concentration of cell adhesion antagonist molecules to a mammal, such therapeutic concentration of cell adhesion antagonist molecules being capable of inhibiting platelet aggregation.
(a) a current distributing member;
(b) an agent reservoir containing an ionized or ionizable substance, in electrical communication with the current distributing member and adapted to be placed in ionic communication with the epithelial surface; wherein the ionized or ionizable substances are cell adhesion antagonist molecules. This device is capable of delivering an amount of cell adhesion antagonist molecules effective for inhibiting platelet aggregation in the patient to whom its delivered for a selected period of time; and
(c) an electrolyte reservoir containing an electrolyte, in electrical communication with an indifferent electrode and in ionic communication with the epithelial surface;
(d) an electrical power source in current delivering connection with the current distribution member and the electrolyte reservoir. A variety of iontophoresis patch designs can be suitably used in the present invention.
For example, iontophoretic delivery devices have been developed in which the donor and counter electrode assemblies have a "multi-laminate" construction. In these devices, the donor and counter electrode assemblies are each formed by multiple layers of usually polymeric matrices. For example, U.S. Patent No. 4,731 ,049 discloses a donor electrode assembly having a hydrophilic polymer based electrolyte reservoir and drug reservoir layers, a skin-contacting hydrogel layer, and optionally one or more semipermeable membrane layers. U.S. Patent No. 4,474,570 discloses an iontophoresis device wherein the electrode assemblies include a conductive resin film electrode layer, a hydrophilic gel reservoir layer, and aluminum foil conductor layer and an insulating backing layer.
The drug and electrolyte reservoir layers ofthe iontophoretic delivery device can be, for example, formed of hydrophilic polymers, as described, for example, in U.S. Patent Nos.
4,474,570, 4,383,529, 4,764,164. Hydrophilic polymers may be desired since water is the preferred solvent for ionizing many drug salts, and hydrophilic polymer components of the drug reservoir in the donor electrode and the electrolyte reservoir in the counter electrode can be hydrated in situ while attached to the body by absorbing water from the skin through transepidermal water loss or sweat or from a mucosal membrane by absorbing saliva in the case of oral mucosal membranes. Once hydrated, the device begins to deliver ionized agent to the body. This enables the drug reservoir to be manufactured in a dry state, giving the device a longer shelf life. Hydrogels have been particularly favored for use as the drug reservoir matrix and electrolyte reservoir matrix in iontophoretic delivery devices, in part due to their high equilibrium water content and their ability to quickly absorb water. In addition, hydrogels tend to have good biocompatibility with the skin and with mucosal membranes.
Iontophoresis devices useful in the present invention are described, for example, in the following U.S. Patent documents, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference: 3,991,755; 4,141,359; 4,250,878; 4,395,545; 4,744,787; 4,747,819; 4,927,408; 5,080,646; 5,084,006; 5,125,894; 5,135,477; 5,135,480; 5,147,296; 5,147,297; 5,158,537;
5,162,042; 5,162,043; 5,167,616; 5,169,382; 5,169,383; 5,415.628; 5,203,768; 5,207,752; 5,221,254; 5,232,438; 5,234,992; 5,240,995; 5,246,417; 5,288,389; 5,298,017; 5,310,404; 5,312,326; 5,314,502; 5,320,598; 5,322,502; 5,326,341 ; 5,344,394; 5,374,242; 5,380,271; 5,385,543; 5,387,189; 5,395,310; 5,403,275; 5,405,317; 5,415,628; 5,423,739; 5,443,442; 5,445,606; 5,445,609; 5,464,387; 5,466,217; 4,950,229; 5,246,418; 5,256,137; 5,284,471;
5,302,172; 5,306,235; 5,310,403; 5,320,597; 5,458,569; 5,498,235; 4,557,723; 4,713,050; 4,865,582; 4,752,285; 5,087,242; 5,236,412; 5,281,287.
Other useful iontophoretic methods and devices are described in U.S. applications Serial Nos. 08/ 707,555, filed on September 4, 1996; 08/722,813, filed on September 27, 1996; 08/722,816, filed on September 27, 1996; 08/720,125, filed on September 27, 1996; 08/722,814, filed on September 27, 1996; and 08/722,760, filed on September 27, 1996; the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference.
Nonetheless, while the present invention is generally described in connection with iontophoresis, it should be appreciated that other principles of active introduction, i.e., motive forces, can be employed to deliver CAR antagonists as contemplated herein. Accordingly, the invention is understood to be operative in connection with electrophoresis, which includes the movement of particles in an electric field toward one or the other electric pole (anode or cathode), and electroosmosis, which includes the transport of uncharged compounds due to the bulk migration of water induced by an electric field. In particular, the delivery of an uncharged medicament into a patient cannot directly be achieved through iontophoresis, as by definition the compound has no net charge. However, the delivery of an uncharged medicament into a patient may be accomplished by modifying the process in any of several ways. For example, uncharged compounds (an charged compounds having no net charge, i.e., zwitterions) can be delivered through the process of electroosmosis. In electroosmosis, an electrical device is used to induce the flow of a polar liquid medium, carrying the medicament, into a patient by imposing an electric field across the skin. As a result of this bulk flow ofthe liquid medium, the uncharged medicament is indirectly transported along with the liquid medium into the patient. The delivery of a medicament through electroosmosis is highly dependent on skin pH. The drug delivery aspect of electroosmosis is a minor or secondary effect in comparison to iontophoretic repulsion. Accordingly, the amount of the medicament delivered by electroosmosis tends to be lower than that in iontophoresis.
Iontophoresis of agents having no net charge can also be accomplished by combining the agent with a charged carrier moiety. For example the promotion of iontophoresis by combining the agent with ionic or charge-bearing cyclodextrins is disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,068,226 to Weinshenker et al. Alternatively, the agent can be incorporated into the device with an amphipathic material as the carrier moiety, i.e., a material having lipophilic and hydrophilic domains. The hydrophilic domains can present with either net positive or net negative charge, permitting the electric field applied through the iontophoretic device to impel the amphipathic carrier moiety across the skin ofthe subject. Preferred amphipathic materials include, for example, phospholipids. The amphipathic material can be delivered in a variety of structural (supramolecular) forms, such as liposomes, uni-lamellar or multi- lamellar vesicles, micelles, and the like. The production ofthe structural forms can be accomplished using known methods, such as the methods for making liposomes described in U.S. Patent No. 4,522,803 to Lenk et al. and U.S. Patent No. 4,610,868 to Fountain et al., or the method for making micelles incorporating medicaments as described in U.S. Patent No.
5,051,435 to Paradies.
Methods of Use Generally, the present invention is a method and system for the non-invasive administration of therapeutic concentration of cell adhesion antagonist molecules to a human or animal subject. The invention permits iontophoretic transdermal administration of numerous cell adhesion receptor antagonists or inhibitors, including:
Integrin inhibitors such as, for example, glycoprotein Ilb/IIIa (α1Ibβ3) antagonists, glycoprotein Ic/IIIa antagonists, αvβ3 antagonists, αvβ3 antagonists, α5β, (GP Ic/IIa) antagonists, α2β, (GP Ia/IIa) antagonists, and α6β, antagonists; Non-Integrin Receptor inhibitors such as, for example, glycoprotein lb (GP lb) antagonists, and glycoprotein IV (GP IV) antagonists; as well as other CAR antagonists.
The present invention enables non-invasive administration of a therapeutic concentration of cell adhesion antagonist molecules to a mammal. The cell adhesion antagonist molecules are iontophoretically passed through a predetermined area of skin of the mammal, and a therapeutic concentration of cell adhesion antagonist molecules is achieved.
The method and device of the present invention can be used to administer a cell adhesion antagonist molecule to a mammal. Mammals include, for example, humans, as well as pet animals such as dogs and cats, laboratory animals such as rats and mice, and farm animals such as horses, pigs, sheep, and cows.
Inhibitors of the Ilb/IIIa CAR are useful as therapeutic antithrombotic agents. Ilb/IIIa antagonists bind to Ilb/IIIa expressed on the membranes of platelets. By binding to Ilb/IIIa, these agents prevent platelets from aggregating. Platelet aggregation is associated with various cardiovascular and cerebrovascular disorders, including unstable angina, myocardial infarction, stroke, and atherosclerosis. Ilb/IIIa antagonists are useful in preventing platelet aggregation and thrombosis, and for the treatment, including prevention, of various cardiovascular and cerebrovascular disorders.
Ilb/IIIa antagonists have been found to have relatively steep dose versus response profiles. Thus, within a relatively narrow range of plasma concentrations, the effect of a Ilb/IIIa antagonist could vary from no anticoagulant effect, to partial inhibition of platelet aggregation, to excessive prolongation of coagulation. In addition, Ilb/IIIa antagonists can have relatively low to modest or variable oral bioavailability. Low and variable oral bioavailability can be associated with variability, if not unpredictability, in plasma concentrations and poor control of pharmacologic and toxic responses. By contrast, the controlled iontophoretic transdermal delivery methods of the present invention, provide methods for administering a Ilb/IIIa antagonist at a constant, relatively low rate, thereby to provide plasma concentrations and effects that do not vary excessively with time or from patient to patient. Accordingly, the methods and apparatus of the invention provide therapeutic advantages over methods of drug delivery that produce variable plasma concentrations and effects.
Another preferred aspect of this invention relates to iontophoretic methods of pharmaceutical delivery of compounds that are antagonists of the αvβ3 integrin. Such compounds inhibit the binding of vitronectin or other RGD-containing ligands to αvβ3 and inhibit cell adhesion. The present invention also includes iontophoresis devices containing such αvβ3 inhibitor compounds and methods of using such devices for the inhibition of angiogenesis, the treatment of disorders mediated by angiogenesis, thrombosis, restenosis, and other diseases or conditions mediated by or involving cell adhesion and/or cell migration and/or angiogenesis, including, but not limited to, other thromboembolic disorders, inflammation, inflammatory bowel disease and other autoimmune diseases, rheumatoid arthritis, asthma, allergies, adult respiratory distress syndrome, graft versus host disease, organ transplantation, septic shock, psoriasis, eczema, contact dermatitis, osteoporosis, osteoarthritis, atherosclerosis, cancer metastasis, wound healing, diabetic retinopathy, ocular vasculopathies, bone degradation, diabetic retinopathy, macular degeneration, and wound healing. In preferred embodiments, the cell adhesion antagonist molecule is administered to the mammal in the treatment of diseases associated with any ofthe following conditions: abnormal platelet aggregation, thrombosis, rheumatoid arthritis, osteoporosis, coronary angioplasty, restenosis, cancer metastasis, asthma, organ transplant, septic shock, osteoarthritis, diabetes retinopathy, inflammatory bowel disease, atherosclerosis.
In a preferred scenario, the device is used to administer such molecules to a human or animal patient during coronary angioplasty, or for the treatment of diseases associated with abnormal platelet aggregation, thrombosis, rheumatoid arthritis, osteoporosis, restenosis, cancer metastasis, asthma, organ transplantation, septic shock, osteoarthritis, diabetes retinopathy, inflammatory bowel disease, or atherosclerosis.
As used herein, the term "treatment" of a disorder includes not only the clinical intervention in an existing disorder in the mammal, but also the prevention of the incidence or recurrence of such a disorder.
As used herein the term "angiogenic disorders" means conditions involving abnormal neovascularization, such as tumor metastasis and ocular neovascularization, including, for example, diabetic retinopathy, neovascular glaucoma, age-related macular degeneration, and retinal vein occlusion.
The term "thromboembolic disorders" as used herein includes conditions involving platelet activation and aggregation, such as arterial or venous cardiovascular or cerebrovascular thromboembolic disorders, including, for example, thrombosis, unstable angina, first or recurrent myocardial infarction, ischemic sudden death, transient ischemic attack, stroke, atherosclerosis, venous thrombosis, deep vein thrombosis, thrombophlebitis, arterial embolism, coronary and cerebral arterial thrombosis, myocardial infarction, cerebral embolism, kidney embolisms, pulmonary embolisms, or such disorders associated with diabetes.
The term "therapeutically effective amount" as used herein means an amount of a CAR antagonist that when administered alone or in combination with an additional therapeutic agent to a cell or mammal is effective to treat, i.e., prevent or ameliorate, the specified disease condition or its progression.
In the method, the extrinsic current applied to drive the agent from the agent reservoir into the skin is selected by the artisan. Preferably, the current applied is from about 10 μA to about 3 mA. The current is preferably applied continuously to the system for periods of up to about 24 hours, to provide smooth, constant flux ofthe agent effective to provide therapeutic blood concentration. However, a current of from about 10 μA to about 3 mA can also be applied discontinuously to the system for periods of up to about 24 hours.
Applicants have recognized that some cell adhesion antagonist molecules are zwitterions, carrying both positive and negative charges. Typically, the charges offset one another, such that the individual zwitterionic molecules have no net charge — they are electrically neutral and, therefore, substantially insensitive to electromotive force such as that imposed during iontophoresis. To deliver a zwitterionic molecule iontophoretically across the skin in adequate quantity, the molecule must have a net charge. Therefore, it is recognized that the molecules may need to be modified in order to deliver them iontophoretically. Such modification can be accomplished through processes and methods known to those of ordinary skill in the art. By way of example and not limitation, such modification can be accomplished by esterification of the molecule, or by addition or deletion of amino acids, or by association with a charged carrier moiety as mentioned hereinabove..
Chemical Structures of CAR Antagonists Representative CAR antagonist compounds, including Ilb/IIIa inhibitors, that can be delivered iontophoretically in the method ofthe present invention are disclosed in the following patents and patent applications: PCT Patent Application 95/14683; copending, commonly assigned U.S. Patent Application Serial Number 08/455,768 filed 5/31/95; copending, commonly assigned U.S. Patent Application Serial Number 08/449,597 filed 5/24/95; copending, commonly assigned U.S. Patent Application Serial Number 08/455,768 filed 5/31/95; copending, commonly assigned U.S. Patent Application Serial Number 60/009,088 filed 12/22/95; copending, commonly assigned U.S. Patent Application Serial Number 60/013,539 filed 3/15/96; PCT Patent Application 95/32710; U.S. Patent No. 5,334,596; U.S. Patent No. 5,276,049; U.S. Patent No. 5,281,585; European Patent Application 478,328; European Patent Application 478,363; European Patent Application
512,831; PCT Patent Application 94/08577; PCT Patent Application 94/08962; PCT Patent Application 94/18981 ; PCT Patent Application 93/16697; Canada Patent Application 2,075,590; PCT Patent Application 93/18057; European Patent Application 445,796; Canada Patent Application 2,093,770; Canada Patent Application 2,094,773; Canada Patent Application 2,101,179; Canada Patent Application 2,074,685; Canada Patent Application 2,094,964; Canada Patent Application 2,105,934; Canada Patent Application 2,1 14,178; Canada Patent Application 2,1 16,068; European Patent Application 513,810; PCT Patent Application 95/06038; European Patent Application 381,033; PCT Patent Application 93/07867; and PCT Patent Application 94/02472. Other useful compounds are disclosed in PCT publication WO 96/41803. The entire disclosures of all of these documents are incorporated herein by reference.
One aspect of this invention provides novel compounds of Formula I:
Figure imgf000029_0001
Λ
in which the substituent groups are as defined hereinbelow. These compounds are useful as antagonists of, for example, the αvβ3 or vitronectin receptor. The compounds ofthe present invention inhibit the binding of vitronectin and other RGD-containing ligands to αvβ3 and inhibit cell adhesion. The present invention also includes pharmaceutical compositions containing such compounds of Formula I with or without a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and methods of using such compounds for the inhibition of angiogenesis, and/or for the treatment of angiogenic disorders.
The compounds herein described can have asymmetric centers. Unless otherwise indicated, all chiral, diastereomeric and racemic forms are included in the present invention. Many geometric isomers of olefins, C=N double bonds, and the like can also be present in the compounds described herein, and all such stable isomers are contemplated in the present invention. It will be appreciated that compounds ofthe present invention that contain asymmetrically substituted carbon atoms can be isolated in optically active or racemic forms. It is well known in the art how to prepare optically active forms, such as by resolution of racemic forms or by synthesis, from optically active starting materials. All chiral, diastereomeric, racemic forms and all geometric isomeric forms of a structure are intended, unless the specific stereochemistry or isomer form is specifically indicated.
When any variable (for example, but not limited to, R2, R4, R6, R7, R8, R12, and R14, n, etc.) occurs more than one time in any constituent or in any formula, its definition on each occurrence is independent of its definition at every other occurrence. Thus, for example, if a group is shown to be substituted with 0-2 R4, then the group can optionally be substituted with up to two R4, and R4 at each occurrence is selected independently from the defined list of possible R4. Also, by way of example, for the group -N(R5a)2, each of the two R5a substituents on N is selected independently from the defined list of possible R5a. Similarly, by way of example, for the group -C(R7)2-, each ofthe two R7 substituents on C is selected independently from the defined list of possible R7.
When a bond to a substituent is shown to cross the bond connecting two atoms in a ring, then such substituent can be bonded to any atom on the ring. When a bond joining a substituent to another group is not specifically shown or the atom in such other group to which the bond joins is not specifically shown, then such substituent can form a bond with any atom on such other group.
When a substituent is listed without indicating the atom via which such substituent is bonded to the rest ofthe compound, then such substituent can be bonded via any atom in such substituent. For example, when the substituent is piperazinyl, piperidinyl, or tetrazolyl, unless specified otherwise, the piperazinyl, piperidinyl, tetrazolyl group can be bonded to the rest of the compound via any atom in such piperazinyl, piperidinyl, tetrazolyl group.
Combinations of substituents and/or variables are permissible only if such combinations result in stable compounds. By stable compound or stable structure it is meant herein a compound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation to a useful degree of purity from a reaction mixture, and formulation into an efficacious therapeutic agent.
The term "substituted," as used herein, means that any one or more hydrogen on the designated atom is replaced with a selection from the indicated group, provided that the designated atom's normal valency is not exceeded, and that the substitution results in a stable compound. When a substituent is keto (i.e., =O), then 2 hydrogens on the atom are replaced. As used herein, "alkyl" is intended to include both branched and straight-chain saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups having the specified number of carbon atoms (for example, "C0-C10" denotes alkyl having 0 to 10 carbon atoms; thus, C0 denotes a direct bond between the groups linked by the C0 group); "haloalkyl" is intended to include both branched and straight-chain saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups having the specified number of carbon atoms, substituted with 1 or more halogen (for example -CVFW where v = 1 to 3 and w = 1 to (2v+l)); "alkoxy" represents an alkyl group of indicated number of carbon atoms attached through an oxygen bridge; "cycloalkyl" is intended to include saturated ring groups, including mono-,bi- or poly-cyclic ring systems, such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, and adamantyl; and "biycloalkyl" is intended to include saturated bicyclic ring groups such as [3.3.0]bicyclooctane, [4.3.0]bicyclononane, [4.4.0]bicyclodecane (decalin), [2.2.2]bicyclooctane, and so forth.
"Alkenyl" is intended to include hydrocarbon chains of either a straight or branched configuration and one or more unsaturated carbon-carbon bonds that can occur in any stable point along the chain, such as ethenyl, propenyl and the like; and "alkynyl" is intended to include hydrocarbon chains of either a straight or branched configuration and one or more triple carbon-carbon bonds that can occur in any stable point along the chain, such as ethynyl, propynyl and the like.
The terms "alkylene," "alkenylene," "phenylene," and the like, refer to alkyl, alkenyl, and phenyl groups, respectively, which are connected by two bonds to the rest ofthe structure. Such "alkylene," "alkenylene," "phenylene," and the like, can alternatively and equivalently be denoted herein as "-(alkyl)-", "-(alkyenyl)-" and "(phenyl)-", and the like.
"Halo" or "halogen" as used herein refers to fluoro, chloro, bromo and iodo; and "counterion" is used to represent a small, negatively charged species such as chloride, bromide, hydroxide, acetate, sulfate and the like.
As used herein, "aryl" or "aromatic residue" is intended to mean phenyl or naphthyl; the term "arylalkyl" represents an aryl group attached through an alkyl bridge.
As used herein, "carbocycle" or "carbocyclic residue" is intended to mean any stable 3- to 7-membered monocyclic or bicyclic or 7- to 14-membered bicyclic or tricyclic or an up to 26-membered polycyclic carbon ring, any of which can be saturated, partially unsaturated. or aromatic. Examples of such carbocyles include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, indanyl, adamantyl, or tetrahydronaphthyl (tetralin).
As used herein, the term "heterocycle" or "heterocyclic" is intended to mean a stable 5- to 7-membered monocyclic or bicyclic or 7- to 10-membered bicyclic heterocyclic ring that can be saturated, partially unsaturated, or aromatic, and that consists of carbon atoms and from 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S and wherein the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms can optionally be oxidized, and the nitrogen can optionally be quaternized, and including any bicyclic group in which any ofthe above-defined heterocyclic rings is fused to a benzene ring. The heterocyclic ring can be attached to its pendant group at any heteroatom or carbon atom that results in a stable structure. The heterocyclic rings described herein can be substituted on carbon or on a nitrogen atom if the resulting compound is stable. Examples or such heterocycles include, but are not limited to, pyridyl (pyridinyl), pyrimidinyl, furanyl (furyl), thiazolyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, tetrazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, indolyl, indolenyl, isoxazolinyl, isoxazolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzimidazolyl, piperidinyl, 4-piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, 2-pyrrolidonyl, pyrrolinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl or octahydroisoquinolinyl, azocinyl, triazinyl,
6H-1,2,5 thiadiazinyl, 2H,6H-l,5,2-dithiazinyl, thianthrenyl, pyranyl, isobenzofuranyl, chromenyl, xanthenyl, phenoxathiinyl, 2H-pyrrolyl,-pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolinyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, indolizinyl, isoindolyl, 3H-indolyl, indolyl, lH-indazolyl, purinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, isoquinolinyl, quinolinyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, cinnolinyl, pteridinyl, 4aH-carbazole, carbazole, β-carbolinyl, phenanthridinyl, acridinyl, perimidinyl, phenanthrolinyl, phenazinyl, phenarsazinyl, phenothiazinyl, furazanyl, phenoxazinyl, isochromanyl, chromanyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, quinuclidinyl, moφholinyl or oxazolidinyl. Also included are fused ring and spiro compounds containing, for example, the above heterocycles.
As used herein, the term "heteroaryl" refers to aromatic heterocyclic groups. Such heteroaryl groups are preferably 5- to 6-membered monocyclic groups or 8- to 10-membered fused bicyclic groups. Examples of such heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to pyridyl (pyridinyl), pyrimidinyl, furanyl (furyl), thiazolyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, indolyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, benzofuranyl, benzothienyl, benzimidazolyl, quinolinyl, or isoquinolinyl.
As used herein, "prodrugs" refer to any covalently bonded carriers that release the active parent drug in vivo when such prodrug is administered to a mammalian subject. Prodrugs ofthe CAR antagonist compounds specified herein are prepared by modifying functional groups present in the compounds in such a way that the modifications are cleaved, either in routine manipulation or in vivo, to the parent compounds. Prodrugs include compounds wherein hydroxyl, amino, sulfhydryl, or carboxyl groups are bonded to any group that, when administered to a mammalian subject, cleaves to form a free hydroxyl, amino, sulfhydryl, or carboxyl group respectively. Examples of prodrugs include, but are not limited to, acetate, formate and benzoate derivatives of alcohol and amine functional groups in the compounds, and the like.
As used herein, "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" refer to derivatives of the disclosed compounds wherein the parent compound is modified by making acid or base salts ofthe compound. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, but are not limited to, mineral or organic acid salts of basic residues such as amines; alkali or organic salts of acidic residues such as carboxylic acids; and the like.
The pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds useful in the present invention include the conventional non-toxic salts or the quaternary ammonium salts ofthe compounds, formed, for example, from non-toxic inorganic or organic acids. For example, such conventional non-toxic salts include those derived from inorganic acids such as hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, sulfamic, phosphoric, nitric and the like; and the salts prepared from organic acids such as acetic, propionic, succinic, glutaric, glutaconic, tricarballylic, glycolic, stearic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, ascorbic, pamoic, maleic, hydroxymaleic, phenylacetic, glutamic, benzoic, naphthoic, salicylic, sulfanilic, 2-acetoxybenzoic, fumaric, toluenesulfonic, methanesulfonic, ethane disulfonic, oxalic, isothionic. and the like. Suitably acceptable salts also include inorganic base salts, such as alkali metal salts, for example, sodium or potassium salts.
The pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds ofthe present invention that contain a basic or acidic moiety can be prepared by conventional chemical methods. Generally, the salts are prepared by reacting the free base or acid with stoichiometric amounts or with an excess ofthe desired salt-forming inorganic or organic acid or base in a suitable solvent or various combinations of solvents.
Pharmaceutically acceptable salts ofthe compounds ofthe invention can be prepared by reacting the free acid or base forms of these compounds with a stoichiometric amount of the appropriate base or acid, respectively, in water or in an organic solvent, or in a mixture of the two; generally, nonaqueous media like ether, ethyl acetate, ethanol, isopropanol, or acetonitrile are preferred. Lists of suitable salts are found on p. 1418 in Remington 's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 17th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton, PA (1985), the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference.
In one embodiment (designated embodiment IV), the device includes, and can be used to deliver, a compound of Formula I:
^
Figure imgf000034_0001
or pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms thereof, wherein: b is a carbon-carbon single or double bond; R1 is selected from: R2(R3)N(CH2)qZ- , R2(R3)N(R2N=)CN(R2)(CH2)qZ- , piperazinyl-(CH2)qZ- , or
Figure imgf000034_0002
Z is selected from: O, S, S(=O), or S(=O)2; R2 and R3 are selected independently from:
H, C|-C,0 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C3-Cn cycloalkyl, C4-Cπ cycloalkylalkyl, C6-CI0 aryl, C7-C,, arylalkyl, C2-C7 alkylcarbonyl, C6-C,0 aryicarbonyl, C2-C10 alkoxycarbonyl,
C4-Cn cycloalkoxycarbonyl, C7-C,, bicycloalkoxycarbonyl, Q-C10 aryloxycarbonyl, aryl(CrC|0 alkoxy)carbonyl, C,-C6 alkylcarbonyloxy(CrC4 alkoxy )carbonyl, C6-C,0 arylcarbonyloxy(CrC4 alkoxy )carbonyl, C4-Cn cycloalkylcarbonyloxy(CrC4 alkoxy )carbonyl; U is selected from: a single bond, -(C,-C7 alkyl)-, -(C2-C7 alkenyl)-, -(C2-C7 alkynyl)-, -(aryl)-, substituted with 0-3 R6a, or -(pyridyl)-, substituted with 0-3 R6a; V is selected from: a single bond; -(C,-C7 alkyl)-, substituted with 0-3 groups selected independently from R6 or R7;
-(C2-C7 alkenyl)-, substituted with 0-3 groups selected independently from R6 or R7;
-(C2-C7 alkynyl)-, substituted with 0-2 groups selected independently from R6 or R7;
-(aryl)-, substituted with 0-2 groups selected independently from R6 or R7; -(pyridyl)-, substituted with 0-2 groups selected independently from R6 or R7; or
-(pyridazinyl)-, substituted with 0-2 groups selected independently from R6 or R7; W is selected from: a single bond, -(C,-C7 alkyl)-, -(C2-C7 alkenyl)-, -(C2-C7 alkynyl)-, or
-(C(R5)2)nC(=O)N(R5a)- ; X is selected from: a single bond;
-(C,-C7 alkyl)-, substituted with 0-3 groups selected independently from R\ R8, and R14;
-(C2-C7 alkenyl)-, substituted with 0-3 groups selected independently from: R4, R8, and R14;
- (C2-C7 alkynyl)- substituted with 0-2 groups selected independently from R\ R8, and R14; or
Figure imgf000035_0001
Y is selected from: hydroxy, C,-C10 alkyloxy, C3-Cn cycloalkyloxy, Q-C,0 aryloxy, C7-C,, aralkyloxy,
C3-C10 alkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C3-C,0 alkoxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C2-C10 alkoxycarbonylalkyloxy, C5-C,0 cycloalkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C5-C10 cycloalkoxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C5-C,0 cycloalkoxycarbonylalkyloxy, C7-Cu aryloxycarbonylalkyloxy, C8-C)2 aryloxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C8-C12 arylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C5-C10 alkoxyalkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy,
C5-C|0 (5-alkyl-l,3-dioxa-cyclopenten-2-one-yl)-methyloxy, C,0-C,4 (5-aryl-l,3-dioxa-cyclopenten-2-one-yl)-methyloxy; or (R2)(R3)N-(C,-C,0 alkoxy)- ; R4 and R4b are selected independently from:
H, C,-C,0 alkyl, hydroxy, Cl-C10 alkoxy, nitro, C,-C10 alkylcarbonyl, or -N(R12)R13; R5 is selected from:
H, C,-C8 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C3 cycloalkyl, C3-Cn cycloalkyl, C4-Cπ cycloalkylmethyl, C6-C,0 aryl, C7-Cn arylalkyl, or C,-C10 alkyl substituted with
0-2 R4b; R5a is selected from: hydrogen, hydroxy, C,-C8 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C3-Cn cycloalkyl, C4-Cn cycloalkylmethyl, C,-C6 alkoxy, benzyloxy, C6-C,0 aryl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, C7-C, , arylalkyl, adamantylmethyl or C,-C10 alkyl substituted with
0-2 R4b; alternately, R5 and R5a can be taken together to be:
3-azabicyclononyl, 1 -piperidinyl, 1 -morpholinyl or 1 -piperazinyl, each optionally substituted with C,-C6 alkyl, C6-C10 aryl, heteroaryl, C7-Cπ arylalkyl, C,-C6 alkylcarbonyl, C3-C7 cycloalkylcarbonyl, C,-C6 alkoxycarbonyl,
C7-Cπ arylalkoxycarbonyl, C,-C6 alkylsulfonyl or C6-CI0 arylsulfonyl; R5b is selected from:
C,-C8 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C3-Cπ cycloalkyl, C4-Cn cycloalkylmethyl, C6-C,0 aryl, C7-Cn arylalkyl, or C,-Cl0 alkyl substituted with 0-2 R4b; R6 is selected from:
H, C,-C10 alkyl, hydroxy, C,-Cl0 alkoxy, nitro, C,-C10 alkylcarbonyl, -N(RI2)R'\ cyano, halo, CF3, CHO, CO2R\ C(=O)R5a, CONR5R5a, 0C(O)R5a, OC(=0)OR5b, OR5a, OC(=0)NR5R5\ OCH2CO2R5, CO2CH2CO2R5, NO2, NR5aC(=O)R5a, NR5aC(=0)OR5b, NR5aC(=O)NR5R5a, NR5aSO2NR5R5a, NR5aSO2R5, S(O)pR5a, S02NR5R5a, C2-C6 alkenyl, C3-Cn cycloalkyl, C4-Cπ cycloalkylmethyl; Q-C,0 aryl optionally substituted with 1-3 groups selected from: halogen, C,-C6 alkoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, CF3, S(O)mCH3, or -N(CH3)2; C7-Cn arylalkyl, the aryl being optionally substituted with 1-3 groups selected from: halogen, C,-C6 alkoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, CF3, S(O)mCH3, or -N(CH3)2; methylenedioxy when R6 is a substituent on aryl; or a 5-10 membered heterocyclic ring containing 1-3 N, O, or S heteroatoms, wherein the heterocyclic ring can be saturated, partially saturated, or fully unsaturated, the heterocyclic ring being substituted with 0-2 R7; R6a is selected from C,-C4 alkyl, C,-C4 alkoxy, halo, CF3, N02, or NR'2R13; R7 is selected from: H, C,-C!0 alkyl, hydroxy, C,-C10 alkoxy, nitro, C,-C10 alkylcarbonyl, -N(R12)R13, cyano, halo, CF3, CHO, C02R5, C(=0)R5a, CONR5R5a, OC(=O)R5\ OC(=O)OR5b, OR5a, OC(=0)NR5R5a, OCH2CO2R5, C02CH2CO2R5, NO2, NR5aC(=0)R5a, NR5aC(=0)OR5b, NR5aC(=O)NR5R5a, NR5aSO2NR5R5a, NR5aSO2R5, S(O)pR5a, SO2NR5R5a, C2-C6 alkenyl, C3-Cπ cycloalkyl, C4-C„ cycloalkylmethyl, C6-C10 aryl, or C7-Cn arylalkyl;
R8 is selected from:
H, R6, C,-C,0 alkyl, substituted with 0-3 R6, C2-C,0 alkenyl, substituted with 0-3 R6, C2-C10 alkynyl, substituted with 0-3 R«, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, substituted with 0-3 R6, C5-C6 cycloalkenyl, substituted with 0-2 R6, aryl, substituted with 0-2 R6; 5-10 membered heterocyclic ring containing 1 -3 N, O, or S heteroatoms, wherein the heterocyclic ring can be saturated, partially saturated, or fully unsaturated, the heterocyclic ring being substituted with 0-2 R6; R12 and R13 are selected independently from:
H, C,-C10 alkyl, C,-C10 alkoxycarbonyl, C,-C,0 alkylcarbonyl, C,-C,0 alkylsulfonyl, aryl(C,-C10 alkyl)sulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, aryl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C3-CH cycloalkyl,
C4-Cπ cycloalkylalkyl, C7-Cn arylalkyl, C2-C7 alkylcarbonyl, C7-Cπ arylcarbonyl, C2-C]0 alkoxycarbonyl, C4-Cπ cycloalkoxycarbonyl, C7-Cπ bicycloalkoxycarbonyl, C7-Cn aryloxycarbonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, heteroarylalkylcarbonyl or aryl(C,-C,0 alkoxy)carbonyl; R14 is selected from:
H, C,-C|0 alkyl, C2-C10 alkenyl, C2-C,0 alkynyl, C,-C10 alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl or C,-C10 alkoxycarbonyl, CO2R5, or - C(=O)N(R5)R5a; R15 is selected from:
H; R6; C,-C)0 alkyl, substituted with 0-8 R6; C2-C10 alkenyl, substituted with 0-6 R6; C,-C10 alkoxy, substituted with 0-6 R6; aryl, substituted with 0-5 R6; 5-6 membered heterocyclic ring containing 1-2 N, O, or S heteroatoms. wherein the heterocyclic ring can be saturated, partially saturated, or fully unsaturated, the heterocyclic ring being substituted with 0-5 R6; C,-C10 alkoxycarbonyl substituted with 0-8 R6; C02R5; or -C(=O)N(R5)R5a; provided that when b is a double bond, only one of R14 or R15 is present; m is 0-2; n is 0-4; q is 2-7; r is 0-3; provided that n, q, and r are chosen such that the number of in-chain atoms between R1 and Y is in the range of 8-18.
The integrin inhibitors of this embodiment include compounds of Formula II:
Figure imgf000038_0001
wherein:
R' is selected from: R2HN(CH2)qO- , R2HN(R2N=)CNH(CH2)qO- , piperazinyl-(CH2)qO- , or
Figure imgf000038_0002
R2 is selected from:
H, aryl(C,-C|0 alkoxy )carbonyl, C,-C10 alkoxycarbonyl; R8 is selected from: H, C,-C,0 alkyl, C2-C,0 alkenyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C5-C6 cycloalkenyl, aryl, 5-6 membered heterocyclic ring containing 1-2 N, O, or S heteroatoms, wherein the heterocyclic ring can be saturated, partially saturated, or fully unsaturated; and R6 and R7 are selected independently from:
H, C,-C|o alkyl, hydroxy, C,-C10 alkoxy, nitro, C,-C,0 alkylcarbonyl, -N(R12)R13, cyano, or halo.
Suitable compounds of this embodiment also include compounds wherein: X is selected from: a single bond; -(C,-C7 alkyl)-, substituted with 0-2 groups selected independently from R4, R8 or R14; -(C,-C7 alkenyl)-, substituted with 0-2 groups selected independently from R4, R8 or R14; -(C,-C7 alkynyl)- , substituted with 0-2 groups selected independently from R\ R8 or R14; and R8 is selected from:
H, C,-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C5-C6 cycloalkenyl, aryl, 5-6 membered heterocyclic ring containing 1-2 N, O, or S heteroatoms, wherein the heterocyclic ring can be saturated, partially saturated, or fully unsaturated. This embodiment further includes compounds wherein:
Figure imgf000039_0001
V is phenylene or pyridylene; n is 1 or 2;
X is -(C,-C2) alkyl- substituted with 0-2 R4 ;
Y is selected from: hydroxy; C,-C10 alkoxy; methylcarbonyloxymethoxy; ethylcarbonyloxymethoxy;
'-butylcarbonyloxymethoxy; cyclohexylcarbonyloxymethoxy;
1 -(methylcarbonyloxy)-ethoxy ; 1 -(ethylcarbony loxy)-ethoxy ;
1 -(r-butylcarbonyloxy)-ethoxy; 1 -(cyclohexylcarbonyloxy)-ethoxy;
/-propyloxycarbonyloxymethoxy; /-butyloxycarbonyloxymethoxy; 1 -(J-propyloxycarbonyloxy)-ethoxy ; 1 -(cyclohexyloxycarbonyloxy)-ethoxy;
1 -(t-butyloxycarbonyloxy)-ethoxy; dimethylaminoethoxy; diethylaminoethoxy;
(5-methyl-l,3-dioxacyclopenten-2-on-4-yl)-methoxy;
(5-(/-butyl)-l ,3-dioxacyclopenten-2-on-4 yl)-methoxy;
( 1 ,3-dioxa-5-phenyl-cyclopenten-2-on-4-yl)-methoxy; 1 -(2-(2-methoxypropyl)-carbonyloxy)-ethoxy;
R4 is -NR12R13; R12 is selected from: H, C,-C4 alkoxycarbonyl, C,-C4 alkylcarbonyl, C,-C4 alkylsulfonyl, arylalkylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, benzyl, benzoyl, phenoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, arylalkylsulfonyl, pyridylcarbonyl, or pyridylmethylcarbonyl; and R,3 is H. Accordingly, this embodiment includes compounds of Formula I including the following exemplary compounds, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms thereof: 5(/?,S)-3-[[4-(2-piperidin-4-yl)-ethoxyphenyl]isoxazolin-5-yl]acetic acid; 5(Λ,5)-N-(butanesulfonyl)-L-{3-[4-(2-piperidin-4 yl)-ethoxyphenyl]- isoxazolin-5-yl} -glycine; 5(i?,S)-N-(α-toluenesulfonyl)-L-{3-[4-(2-piperidin-4-yl)-ethoxyphenyl]- isoxazolin-5-yl} -glycine; 5(Λ,5)-N-[(benzyloxy)-carbonyl]-L-{3-[4-(2-piperidin-4-yl)-ethoxyphenyl]- isoxazolin-5-yl} -glycine; 5(/?,->)-N-(pentanoyl)-L-{3-[4-(2-piperidin-4-yl)-ethoxyphenyl]isoxazolin-5-yl}-glycine; 5(Λ,5)-3-{[4-(piperidin-4-yl)-methoxyphenyl]isoxazolin-5-yl}-propanoic acid;
2(/v>,S)-5(Λ,5^-N-(butanesulfonyl)-amino-{3-[4-(piperidin-4-yl)-methoxyphenyl]- isoxazolin-5-yl}-propanoic acid; 2(Λ,S)-5(/?,5,)-N-(α-toluenesulfonyl)-amino-{3-[4-(piperidin-4-yl)-methoxyphenyl]- isoxazolin-5-yl)-propanoic acid; 2(Λ,S)-5(/?,5)-N-[(benzyloxy)-carbonyl]amino-{3-[4-(piperidin-4-yl)-methoxyphenyl] isoxazolin-5-yl}-propanoic acid; and 2(Λ,S)-5(Λ,5)-N-(pentanoyl)-amino-{3-[4-(piperidin-4-yl)-methoxyphenyl] isoxazolin-5-yl}-propanoic acid.
In another embodiment (designated embodiment IX), the iontophoretic device ofthe invention includes a compound having Formula I:
Figure imgf000040_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt form thereof, wherein: b is a carbon-carbon single or double bond; R1 is selected from:
R2a(R3)N-, R2(R3)N(R2N=)C- , R2a(R3)N(CH2)p.Z-, R2(R3)N(R2N=)C(CH2)p.Z-, R2(R3)N(R2N=)CN(R2)-, R2(R3)NC(O)- , R2(R5O)N(R2N=)C- , R2(R3)N(R5ON=)C-,
Figure imgf000041_0001
Z is selected from: a bond, O, S, S(=0), S(=O)2; R2 and R3 are selected independently from:
H; CI-C.Q alkyl; C3-C6 alkenyl; C3-C,, cycloalkyl; C4-Cπ cycloalkylalkyl; C6-C10 aryl optionally substituted with 0-3 groups selected from hydroxy, halogen, C,-C6 alkoxy,
C,-C6 alkyl, CF3, S(O)mCH3, -N(CH3)2, C,-C4 haloalkyl, methylenedioxydiyl, ethy 1 enedioxydiy 1 ;
C7-C,, arylalkyl optionally substituted with 0-3 groups selected from hydroxy, halogen, C,-C6 alkoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, CF3, S(O)mCH3, -N(CH3)2, C,-C4 haloalkyl, methylenedioxydiyl, ethylenedioxydiyl;
C2-C7 alkylcarbonyl;
C7-Cn arylcarbonyl optionally substituted with 0-3 groups selected from hydroxy, halogen, C,-C6 alkoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, CF3, S(O)mCH3, -N(CH3)2, C,-C4 haloalkyl, methylenedioxydiyl , ethylenedioxydiyl ; (C,-C10 alkoxy )carbonyl;
C4-C , , cycloalkoxycarbony 1 ;
C7-Cn bicycloalkoxycarbonyl;
C7-Cn aryloxycarbonyl optionally substituted with 0-3 groups selected from hydroxy, halogen, C,-C6 alkoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, CF3, S(O)mCH3, -N(CH3)2, C,-C4 haloalkyl, methylenedioxydiyl, ethylenedioxydiyl; aryl(C,-C,0 alkoxy )carbonyl where the aryl group is optionally substituted with 0-3 groups selected from hydroxy, halogen, C,-C6 alkoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, CF3, S(0)mCH3, -N(CH3)2, C,-C4 haloalkyl, methylenedioxydiyl, ethylenedioxydiyl; (C,-C6 alkyl)carbonyloxy(C,-C4 alkoxy)carbonyl; (C6-C,0 aryl)carbonyloxy(C,-C4 alkoxy)carbonyl where the aryl group is optionally substituted with 0-3 groups selected from hydroxy, halogen, C,-C6 alkoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, CF3, S(O)mCH3, -N(CH3)2, C,-C4 haloalkyl, methylenedioxydiyl, ethylenedioxydiyl; (C4-Cn cycloalkylcarbonyl)oxy(C,-C4 alkoxy )carbonyl; heteroaryl optionally substituted with 0-2 groups selected from hydroxy, halogen,
C,-C6 alkoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, CF3, S(0)mCH3, -N(CH3)2, C,-C4 haloalkyl, methylenedioxydiyl, ethylenedioxydiyl; or heteroaryl(C,-C5)alkyl where the heteroaryl group is optionally substituted with 0-2 groups selected from hydroxy, halogen, C,-C6 alkoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, CF3, S(0)mCH3, -N(CH3)2, C,-C4 haloalkyl, methylenedioxydiyl, ethylenedioxydiyl; provided that only one of R2 and R3 can be hydroxy; R2a is:
R2 or R2(R3)N(R2N=)C- ; U is selected from: a single bond, -(C,-C7 alkyl)-, -(C2-C7 alkenyl)- , -(C2-C7 alkynyl)- ;
V is selected from: a single bond; -(C2-C7 alkyl)-, substituted with 0-3 groups selected independently from R6 or R7; -(C2-C7 alkenyl)-, substituted with 0-3 groups selected independently from R6 or R7; -(C2-C7 alkynyl)-, substituted with 0-3 groups selected independently from R6 or R7; - (phenyl)- Q-, the phenyl substituted with 0-2 groups selected independently from R6 or R7; - (pyridyl)- Q-, the pyridyl substituted with 0-2 groups selected independently from R6 or R7; or - (pyridazinyl)- Q-, the pyridazinyl substituted with 0-2 groups selected independently from R6 or R7 ; Q is selected from: a single bond, -0-, -S(0)m-, -N(R12)- , -(CH2)m-, -C(=0)- , -N(R5a)C(=0)-, -C(=O)N(R5a)-, -CH2O-, -OCH2-, -CH2N(R12)-, -N(R12)CH2-, -CH2C(=O)-, -C(=O)CH2- , -CH2S(0)m- , or -S(0)mCH2- , provided that: when b is a single bond, and R'-U-V- is a substituent on C5 of the central
5-membered ring of Formula I, then Q is not -0-, - S(O)m-, -N(R12)-, -C(=O)N(R5a)-, -CH20-, -CH2N(R12)-, or -CH2S(O)m- ; W is selected from:
-(C(R4)2)„.C(=O)N(R5a)-, or -C(=O)-N(R5a)-(C(R4)2)n,- ; X is:
-(C(R4)2)n,-C(R4)(R8)-C(R4)(R4a)- ; Y is selected from: hydroxy, CrC10 alkyloxy, C3-Cπ cycloalkyloxy, C6-C10 aryloxy, C7-C,, aralkyloxy, C3-C,0 alkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C3-C10 alkoxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C2-C10 alkoxycarbonylalkyloxy, C5-C10 cycloalkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy,
C5-C10 cycloalkoxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C5-C10 cycloalkoxycarbonylalkyloxy, C7-Cn aryloxycarbonylalkyloxy, C8-C12 aryloxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C8-C12 arylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C5-C,0 alkoxy alkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C5-C10 (5-alkyl-l ,3-dioxa-cyclopenten-2-one-yl)-methyloxy, C10-C,4 (5-aryl-l,3-dioxa-cyclopenten-2-one-yl)-methyloxy,
(R2)(R3)N-(C,-C10 alkoxy)- ; R4 is selected from:
H, C,-C,o alkyl, C,-Cι0 alkylcarbonyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl; alternately, two R4 groups on adjacent carbon atoms can join to form a carbon-carbon double or triple bond between such adjacent carbon atoms;
R4a is selected from: hydroxy, C,-C10 alkoxy, nitro, -N(R5)R5a, -N(R12)R13, -N(R16)R17, aryl substituted with 0-3 R6, or (C,-C10 alkyl)carbonyl; R4b is selected from: H, C,-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C7-C14 bicycloalkyl, hydroxy, C,-C6 alkoxy, C,-C6 alkylthio, C,-C6 alkylsulfinyl, C,-C6 alkylsulfonyl, nitro, (C,-C6 alkyl)carbonyl, C6-C10 aryl, -N(RI2)R13, halo, CF3, CN,
(C,-C6 alkoxy)carbonyl, carboxy, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, or pyridinyl; R5 is selected from:
H, C,-C8 alkyl, C3-C6 alkenyl, C3-Cπ cycloalkyl, C4-Cπ cycloalkylmethyl, C6-C10 aryl, C7-C, , arylalkyl, or C,-C,0 alkyl substituted with 0-6 R4b;
R5a is selected from: hydrogen, hydroxy, C,-C8 alkyl. C3-C6 alkenyl, C3-Cn cycloalkyl,
C4-Cπ cycloalkylmethyl, C,-C6 alkoxy, benzyloxy, C6-C10 aryl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, C7-Cn arylalkyl, adamantylmethyl, or C,-C10 alkyl substituted with 0-2 R4b; alternately, R5 and R5a when both are substituents on the same nitrogen atom (as in -NR5R5a) can be taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form
3-azabicyclononyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-l -quinolinyl, l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-isoquinolinyl, 1 -piperidinyl, 1 -morpholinyl, 1 -pyrrolidinyl, thiamorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl, or 1 -piperazinyl, each being optionally substituted with C,-C6 alkyl, C6-C,0 aryl, heteroaryl, C7-Cn arylalkyl, (C,-C6 alkyl)carbonyl,
(C3-C7 cycloalkyl)carbonyl, (C,-C6 alkoxy)carbonyl, (C7-Cn arylalkoxy)carbonyl,
CrC6 alkylsulfonyl or C6-C10 arylsulfonyl; R5b is selected from: CrCβ alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C3-C,, cycloalkyl, C4-CM cycloalkylmethyl, C6-C,0 aryl,
C7-Cπ arylalkyl, or C,-C,0 alkyl substituted with 0-2 R4b; R6 is selected from:
H, C,-Cl0 alkyl, hydroxy, C,-C10 alkoxy, nitro, (C,-C,0 alkyl)carbonyl, -N(R12)R13, cyano, halo, CF3, CHO, CO2R5, C(0)R5a, CONR5R5a, OC(=0)R5a, OC(=O)OR5b, OR5a, OC(=0)NR5R5a, OCH2CO2R5, CO2CH2CO2R5, NO2, NR5"C(=O)R5a,
NR5aC(=O)OR5b, NR5aC(=O)NR5R5a, NR5aSO2NR5R5a, NR5aSO2R5, SR5a, SOR5a,
SO2R5a, SO2NR5R5a, Si(CH3)3, C2-C6 alkenyl, C3-C„ cycloalkyl, C4-Cπ cycloalkylmethyl;
C6-C10 aryl optionally substituted with 1-3 groups selected from halogen, C,-C6 alkoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, CF3, S(0)mCH3, or -N(CH3)2; C7-Cu arylalkyl, the aryl being optionally substituted with 1-3 groups selected from halogen, C,-C6 alkoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, CF3, S(O)mCH3, or -N(CH3)2; methylenedioxy when R6 is a substituent on aryl; or a 5-10 membered heterocyclic ring containing 1-3 N, O, or S heteroatoms, wherein the heterocyclic ring can be saturated, partially saturated, or fully unsaturated, the heterocyclic ring being substituted with 0-2 R7; R7 is selected from:
H, C,-C10 alkyl, hydroxy, C,-C,0 alkoxy, nitro, (C,-C,0 alkyl)carbonyl, -N(R12)R13, cyano, halo, CF3, CHO, CO2R5, C(=O)R5a, CONR5R5a, OC(=O)R5a, OC(=0)OR5b, OR5a, OC(=0)NR5R5a, OCH2C02R5, C02CH2C02R5. N02, NR5aC(=0)R5a,
NR5aC(=0)OR5b, NR5aC(=0)NR5RSa, NR5aSO2NR5R5a, NR5aSO2R5, S(0)mR5a, SO,NR5R5a, C2-C6 alkenyl, C3-Cπ cycloalkyl, C4-C„ cycloalkylmethyl, C6-C10 aryl, or C7-Cπ arylalkyl; R8 is selected from: R6; C,-C|0 alkyl, substituted with 0-3 R6; C2-C10 alkenyl, substituted with 0-3 R6;
C,-C,o alkynyl, substituted with 0-3 R6; C3-C8 cycloalkyl, substituted with 0-3 R6; C5-C6 cycloalkenyl, substituted with 0-3 R6; aryl, substituted with 0-3 R6; 5-10 membered heterocyclic ring containing 1-3 N, O, or S heteroatoms, wherein the heterocyclic ring can be saturated, partially saturated, or fully unsaturated, the heterocyclic ring being substituted with 0-2 R6;
R12 and R13 are selected independently from:
H, C,-C10 alkyl, (C,-C,0 alkoxy )carbonyl, (C,-C10 alkyl)carbonyl, C,-C10 alkylsulfonyl, aryl(C,-C,0 alkyl)sulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, aryl(C2-Cl0 alkenyl)sulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, aryl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C3-Cu cycloalkyl, C4-Cπ cycloalkylalkyl, C7-CM arylalkyl, C7-Cπ arylcarbonyl, C4-Cn cycloalkoxycarbonyl,
C7-Cπ bicycloalkoxycarbonyl, C7-Cn aryloxycarbonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, heteroarylalkylcarbonyl, or aryl(C,-C10 alkoxy )carbony I, wherein the aryl groups are optionally substituted with 0-3 substituents selected from the group consisting of: C,-C4 alkyl, C,-C4 alkoxy, halo, CF3, and N02; R14 is selected from: H, C,-C10 alkyl, C2-C,0 alkenyl, C2-C,0 alkynyl, C,-C10 alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl or (CΓC,0 alkoxy )carbonyl, C02R5, or -C(=0)N(R5)R5a; R15 is selected from:
H; R6; -C02R5; - C(=O)N(R5)R5a; C,-C10 alkoxycarbonyl substituted with 0-2 R6; C,-Cl0 alkyl, substituted with 0-3 R6; C2-C10 alkenyl, substituted with 0-3 R6;
C,-C,0 alkoxy, substituted with 0-3 R6; aryl, substituted with 0-3 R6; or 5-10 membered heterocyclic ring containing 1 -3 N, O, or S heteroatoms, wherein the heterocyclic ring can be saturated, partially saturated, or fully unsaturated, the heterocyclic ring being substituted with 0-2 R6; provided that when b is a double bond, only one of R14 or R15 is present;
R16 is selected from:
-C(=O)-0-Rl8a, -C(=O)-R,8b, -C(=0)N(Rl8b)2, -C(=0)NHS02R,8a, -C(=O)NHC(=O)R,8b, -C(=O)NHC(=O)OR18a, -C(=0)NHSO2NHR18b, -C(=S)-NH-R,8b, -NH-C(=O)-0-R18a, -NH-C(=0)-Rιsb, -NH-C(=O)-NH-R,8b, -SO2-0-R18a, -SO2-R,8a, -SO2-N(R,8b)2, -SO2-NHC(=0)ORl8b, -P(=S)(ORl8a)2,
-P(=O)(OR18a)2, -P(=S)(Rl8a)2, -P(=O)(R18a)2, or
U
Figure imgf000046_0001
R'7 is selected from:
H, C,-C,o alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C3-Cπ cycloalkyl, C4-C15 cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aryl(C,-C10 alkyl)- ;
R18a is selected from:
CrC8 alkyl substituted with 0-2 R'9, C2-C8 alkenyl substituted with 0-2 R19,
C2-C8 alkynyl substituted with 0-2 R19, C3-C8 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-2 R19, aryl substituted with 0-4 R19, aryl(C,-C6 alkyl)- substituted with 0-4 R19; a 5-10 membered heterocyclic ring system having 1-3 heteroatoms selected independently from O, S, and N, the heterocyclic ring being substituted with 0-4 R19; C,-C6 alkyl substituted with a 5-10 membered heterocyclic ring system having 1-3 heteroatoms selected independently from O, S, and N, the heterocyclic ring being substituted with 0-4 R19; R18b is selected from: R,8a or H; R19 is selected from:
H, halogen, CF3, CN, NO2, -NR12R'\ C,-C8 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl,
C3-Cπ cycloalkyl, C4-Cπ cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aryl(C,-C6 alkyl)-, C,-C6 alkoxy, heteroaryl, (C,-C4 alkyl)sulfonyl, aryl-sulfonyl, or C,-C4 alkoxycarbonyl; m is 0-2; n is 0-4; n' is 0-4; p' is 1-7; p" is 1-7; r is 0-3; provided that: n' is chosen such that the number of in-chain atoms connecting R1 and Y is in the range of 8-18.
In this embodiment, the compound can be a of Formula Ic:
Figure imgf000047_0001
wherein:
R1 is selected from:
R2a(R3)N-, R2(R3)N(R2N=)C-, R2a(R3)N(CH2)p,Z-, R2(R3)N(R2N=)C(CH2)p.Z- , R2(R3)N(R2N=)CN(R2)- , R2(R3)NC(O)- , R2 (RO)N(R2N=)C- , R2(R3)N(R5ON=)C- ;
Figure imgf000047_0002
Z is selected from a bond, O, or S;
R2 and R3 are selected independently from: H; C,-C6 alkyl; C7-C,| arylalkyl optionally substituted with 0-3 groups selected from hydroxy, halogen, C,-Q alkoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, CF3, S(O)mCH3, -N(CH3)2, C,-C4 haloalkyl, methylenedioxydiyl, ethylenedioxydiyl; (C,-C10 alkoxy)carbonyl; aryl(C,-C|0 alkoxyjcarbonyl where the aryl group is optionally substituted with 0-3 groups selected from hydroxy, halogen, C,-C6 alkoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, CF3, S(0)mCH3,
-N(CH3)2, C,-C4 haloalkyl, methylenedioxydiyl, ethylenedioxydiyl; or heteroaryl(C,-C5)alkyl where the heteroaryl group is optionally substituted with 0-2 groups selected from hydroxy, halogen, C,-C6 alkoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, CF3, S(0)mCH3, -N(CH3)2, C,-C4 haloalkyl, methylenedioxydiyl, ethylenedioxydiyl; R2a is R2 or R2(R3)N(R2N=)C;
U is a single bond; V is selected from: a single bond; -(C,-C7 alkyl)- , substituted with 0-3 groups selected independently from R6 or R7; -(C2-C7 alkenyl)-, substituted with 0-3 groups selected independently from R6 or R7; -(C2-C7 alkynyl)-, substituted with 0-3 groups selected independently from R6 or R7; - (phenyl)- Q-, the phenyl substituted with 0-2 groups selected independently from R6 or R7; - (pyridyl)- Q- , the pyridyl substituted with 0-2 groups selected independently from R6 or R7; or - (pyridazinyl)- Q- , the pyridazinyl substituted with 0-2 groups selected independently from R6 or R7; Q is selected from: a single bond, -0-, -S(O)m-, -N(R12)-, -(CH2)m-, -C(=0)- , -N(R5a)C(=0)-, -C(=0)N(R5a)-, -CH20-, -OCH2-, -CH2N(R12)-, -N(R12)CH2-, -CH2C(=0)-, -C(=O)CH2-, -CH2S(O)m-, -S(0)mCH2- ; provided that when R'-U- V- is a substituent on C5 of the central 5-membered ring of Formula Ic, then Q is not -O-, S(O)m, -N(R'2)-, -C(=0)N(R5a)- , -CH20-,
-CH2N(R12)- or -CH2S(O)m- ; W is selected from:
-(C(R4)2)-C(=O)-N(R5a)-, or -C(=0)-N(R5a)-(C(R4)2)-; X is: -C(R4)(R8)-CHR4a-;
R4 is selected from: H, C,-C|0 alkyl, C,-C]0 alkylcarbonyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl; R4a is selected from: hydroxy, C,-C10 alkoxy, nitro, -N(R5) R5a, -N(RI2)R'\ or -N(R'6) R17, aryl substituted with 0-3 R6, or (C,-C,0 alkyl)carbonyl; R4b is selected from:
H, C,-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, hydroxy, C,-C6 alkoxy, C,-C6 alkylthio, C,-C6 alkylsulfinyl, C,-C6 alkylsulfonyl, nitro, (C,-C6 alkyl)carbonyl, C6-C10 aryl, -N(R12)R13, halo, CF3, CN, (C.-C6 alkoxy )carbonyl, carboxy, piperidinyl, moφholinyl or pyridyl; R5 is selected from:
H or C,-C,0 alkyl substituted with 0-6 R4b; R5a is selected from: hydrogen, hydroxy, C,-C8 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C3-Cπ cycloalkyl,
C4-Cπ cycloalkylmethyl, C,-C6 alkoxy, benzyloxy, C6-C,0 aryl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, C7-Cn arylalkyl, or adamantylmethyl, C,-C10 alkyl substituted with
0-2 R4b; alternately, R5 and R5a can be taken together to be:
3-azabicyclononyl, 1, 2,3 ,4-tetrahydro- 1 -quinolinyl, 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydro- 2-isoquinolinyl, 1 -piperidinyl, 1 -morpholinyl, 1 -pyrrolidinyl, thiamorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl or 1 -piperazinyl, each being optionally substituted with C,-C6 alkyl,
C6-C10 aryl, heteroaryl, C7-Cπ arylalkyl, (C,-C6 alkyl)carbonyl, (C3-C7 cycloalkyl)carbonyl, (C,-C6 alkoxy )carbonyl, or (C7-Cπ arylalkoxy)carbonyl; R5b is selected from:
C,-C8 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C3-Cn cycloalkyl, C4-Cπ cycloalkylmethyl, C6-C,0 aryl, C7-C, , arylalkyl, or C,-C10 alkyl substituted with 0-2 R4b;
Y is selected from: hydroxy, C,-C,0 alkyloxy, C3-Cn cycloalkyloxy, C6-C10 aryloxy, C7-Cπ aralkyloxy, C3-C10 alkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C3-C10 alkoxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C2-C,0 alkoxycarbonylalkyloxy, C5-C,0 cycloalkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C5-C10 cycloalkoxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C5-C,0 cycloalkoxycarbonylalkyloxy,
C7-Cn aryloxycarbonylalkyloxy, C8-C12 aryloxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C8-C12 arylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C5-C10 alkoxyalkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C5-C10 (5-alkyl-l,3-dioxa-cyclopenten-2-one-yl)-methyloxy, or C10-C14 (5-aryl-l ,3-dioxa-cyclopenten-2-one-yl)-methyloxy; R6 and R7 are each selected independently from: H, C,-C10 alkyl, hydroxy, C,-C,0 alkoxy, nitro, (C,-C10 alkyl)carbonyl, -N(R12)R13, cyano, or halo; R12 and R13 are each selected independently from:
H, C,-C10 alkyl, (C,-C,o alkoxy)carbonyl, (C|-C,0 alkyl)carbonyl, C,-C,0 alkylsulfonyl, aryl(C|-C10 alkyl)sulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, heteroarylalkylcarbonyl or aryl, wherein the aryl groups being optionally substituted with 0-3 substituents selected from the group consisting of: CrC4 alkyl, C,-C4 alkoxy, halo, CF3, and NO2; R15 is selected from:
H, C,-C|o alkyl, C2-CI0 alkenyl, C2-C,0 alkynyl, C,-C|0 alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl or (C,-C10 alkoxy)carbonyl, CO2R5 or -C(=0)N(R5)R5a;
R16 is selected from:
-C(=O)-0-R,8a, -C(=O)-R18b, -C(=0)N(R,8b)2, -SO2-Rl8a, or -S02-N(R18b)2; R17 is selected from:
H or C,-C5 alkyl; R18a is selected from:
C,-C8 alkyl substituted with 0-2 R19, C2-C8 alkenyl substituted with 0-2 R19, C2-C8 alkynyl substituted with 0-2 R19, C3-C8 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-2 R'9, aryl substituted with 0-4 R19, aryl(C,-C6 alkyl)- substituted with 0-4 R19, a heterocyclic ring system selected from pyridinyl, furanyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, benzofuranyl, indolyl, indolinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, isoxazolyl, isoxazolinyl, benzimidazolyl, piperidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyranyl, pyrimidinyl, 3H-indolyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, indolinyl, or morpholinyl, the heterocyclic ring being substituted with 0-4 R19;
C,-C6 alkyl substituted with a heterocyclic ring system selected from pyridinyl, furanyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, isoxazolinyl, benzofuranyl, indolyl, indolenyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzimidazolyl, piperidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyranyl, pyridinyl, 3H-indolyl, indolyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, indolinyl, or moφholinyl, the heterocyclic ring being substituted with 0-4 R19;
R18b is selected from: Rl8a or Η;
R'9 is selected from:
Η. halogen, CF3, CN, NO2, NR12R13, C,-C, alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C,-C6 alkoxy, C3-Cn cycloalkyl, C4-Cπ cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl(C,-C6 alkyl)-, (C,-C4 alkyl)sulfonyl, aryl-sulfonyl, or C,-C4 alkoxycarbonyl; n is 0-4; p' is 1-7; p" is 1-7; r is 0-3.
Alternatively in the embodiment, the device can include a compound of Formula lb:
Figure imgf000051_0001
wherein:
R1 is selected from:
R2a(R3)N-. RWR^C-, R2NΗ(R2N=)CNΗ-, R2aR3N(CH2)p.Z-, R2NH(R2N=)C(CH2)P.Z-, R2(R3)NC(0)-, R2(RO)N(R2N=)C-, R2(R3)N(R5ON=)C- ;
Figure imgf000051_0002
n is 0-1 ; p' is 4-6; p" is 2-4; Z is selected from: a bond or O;
V is selected from: a single bond, -(phenyl)-, or -(pyridyl)-; W is selected from:
-(C(R4)2)-C(=O)-N(R5a)- , or -C(=O)-N(R5a)-CH2- ; X is selected from:
-CH2-CH(N(R16)R17)-, or -CH2-CH(NR5R5a)- ;
Y is selected from: hydroxy; C,-C10 alkoxy; methylcarbonyloxymethoxy; ethylcarbonyloxymethoxy;
/-buty lcarbony loxymethoxy ; cy clohexylcarbony loxymethoxy ;
1 -(methylcarbonyloxy)-ethoxy; l-(ethylcarbonyloxy)-ethoxy;
1 -(/-butylcarbonyloxy)-ethoxy ; 1 -(cyclohexylcarbonyloxy)-ethoxy;
/-propyloxycarbonyloxymethoxy; r-butyloxycarbonyloxymethoxy; 1 -(ι-propyloxycarbonyloxy)-ethoxy; 1 -(cyclohexyloxycarbonyloxy)-ethoxy;
1 -(/-butyloxycarbonyloxy)-ethoxy; dimethylaminoethoxy; diethylaminoethoxy;
(5-methyl-l,3-dioxacyclopenten-2-on-4-yl)-methoxy;
(5-(/-butyl)-l ,3-dioxacyclopenten-2-on-4 yl)-methoxy;
( 1 ,3-dioxa-5-phenyl-cyclopenten-2-on-4-yl)-methoxy; 1 -(2-(2-methoxypropyl)carbonyloxy)-ethoxy ;
R16 is selected from:
-C(=O)-0-R18a, -C(=0)-R'8b, -S(=0)2-Rl8a, or -S02-N(R18b)2; R17 is selected from: H or CrC5 alkyl; R18a is selected from: C,-C8 alkyl substituted with 0-2 R19, C2-C8 alkenyl substituted with 0-2 R19,
C2-C8 alkynyl substituted with 0-2 R19, C3-C8 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-2 R19, aryl substituted with 0-4 R19, aryl(C,-C6 alkyl)- substituted with 0-4 R19, a heterocyclic ring system selected from pyridinyl, furanyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, benzofuranyl, indolyl, indolinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, isoxazolyl, isoxazolinyl, benzimidazolyl, piperidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyranyl, pyrimidinyl, 3H-indolyl, pyrrolidinyl, or moφholinyl, the heterocyclic ring being substituted with 0-4 R19;
C,-C6 alkyl substituted with a heterocyclic ring system selected from pyridinyl, furanyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, isoxazolinyl, benzofuranyl, indolyl, indolinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzimidazolyl, piperidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyranyl, 3H-indolyl, pyrrolidinyl, or moφholinyl, the heterocyclic ring being substituted with 0-4 R19.
Therefore, the device can include this compound wherein: either: R1 is R2NΗ(R2N=)C- or R2HN(R2N=)CNH- and V is phenylene or pyridylene,
R1 is f T an^ ^ is a single bond, and n is 1 or 2;
R18a is selected from:
C,-C4 alkyl substituted with 0-2 R19, C2-C4 alkenyl substituted with 0-2 R19' C2-C4 alkynyl substituted with 0-2 R'9, C3-C7 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-2 R19, aryl substituted with 0-4 R19, aryl(C,-C4 alkyl)- substituted with 0-4 R19, a heterocyclic ring system selected from pyridinyl, furanyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, benzofuranyl, indolyl, indolinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, isoxazolyl, isoxazolinyl, benzimidazolyl, piperidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyranyl, pyrimidinyl, 3H-indolyl, pyrrolidinyl, or moφholinyl, the heterocyclic ring being substituted with 0-4 R19;
C,-C4 alkyl substituted with a heterocyclic ring system selected from pyridinyl, furanyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, isoxazolinyl, benzofuranyl, indolyl, indolinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzimidazolyl, piperidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyranyl, 3H-indolyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, or moφholinyl, the heterocyclic ring being substituted with 0-4 R19. Preferably, the device of this embodiment includes a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt form thereof, selected from: N3-[2-{3-(4-foιτnamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(Λ,S)-yl}-acetyl]- N2-(phenylsulfonyl)-2,3(5)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-(/?,5)-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(4-methyl-phenyl-sulfonyl)-2,3(£)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(Λ,S)-yl}-acetyl]- N2-(butanesulfonyl)-2,3(S)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(Λ,5)-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(propanesulfonyl)-2,3(5)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(Λ,S)-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(ethanesulfonyl)-2,3(S)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(Λ,S)-yl}-acetyl]- N2-(methyloxycarbonyl)-2,3(S)-diaminopropanoic acid;
N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(/?,S)-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(ethyloxycarbonyl)-2,3(S) diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(Λ,5)-yl}-acetyl]- N2-(l-propyloxycarbonyl)-2,3(S)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(Λ,5)-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(2-propy loxycarbony l)-2,3 (S)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2- { 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(i?,,S)-yl } -acetyl]- N2-(«-butyloxycarbonyl)-2,3(5)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(i?)-yl}-acetyl]- N2-(n-buty loxycarbony l)-2,3(S)-diaminopropanoic acid;
N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(5)-yl}-acetyl]-
N 2-(n-buty loxycarbony l)-2 ,3 (5)-diaminopropanoic acid ; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(/?)-yl}-acetyl]- N2-(«-butyloxycarbonyl)-2,3(Λ)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(S)-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(«-buty loxycarbony l)-2,3(Λ)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(/?,5)-yl}-acetyl]- N2-(2-butyloxycarbonyl)-2,3(5)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(Λ,5)-yl}-acetyl]- N2-(l -(2-methyl)-propyloxycarbonyl)-2,3(S)-diaminopropanoic acid;
N3-[2- { 3 -(4-formamidinopheny l)-isoxazol in-5 (R ,S)-y 1 } -acetyl] - N2-(2-(2-methyl)-propyloxycarbonyl)-2,3(S)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(Λ,5)-yl}-acetyl]- N2-(benzyloxycarbonyl)-2,3(S)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(Λ)-yl}-acetyl]- N2-(benzyloxycarbonyl)-2,3(ι?)-diaminopropanoic acid;
N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(S)-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(benzyloxycarbonyl)-2,3(-7)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(/?,S)-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(4-methylbenzyloxycarbonyl)-2,3(S)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(/?,5)-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(4-methoxybenzyloxycarbonyl)-2,3(5)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(/?,S)-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(4-chlorobenzy loxycarbony l)-2,3 (S)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2- { 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(Λ,5)-yl } -acetyl]- N2-(4-bromobenzyloxycarbonyl)-2,3(S)-diarninopropanoic acid;
N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(/?,5)-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(4-fluorobenzyloxycarbonyI)-2,3(S)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(/?,S)-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(4-phenoxybenzyloxycarbonyl)-2,3(S)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2- { 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(/»>,5)-y 1 } -acetyl]-
N2-(2-(methyloxyethyl)-oxycarbonyl)-2,3(S)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(Λ,S)-yl}-acetyl]- N2-(2-pyridinylcarbonyl)-2,3(S)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(Λ,S)-yl}-acetyl]- N2-(3-pyridinylcarbonyl)-2,3(S)-diaminopropanoic acid;
N3-[2- (3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(Λ,5)-yl } -acetyl]- N2-(4-pyridinyl-carbonyl)-2,3(S)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(i?,5)-yl}-acetyl]- N2-(2-(2-pyridinyl)-acetyl)-2,3(5)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(Λ,5)-yl}-acetyl]- N2-(2-(3-pyridinyl)-acetyl)-2,3(5)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(Λ,S)-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(2-(4-pyridinyl)-acetyl)-2,3(S)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2- { 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(i?,5)-y 1 } -acetyl]-
N2-(2-pyridyl-methyloxycarbonyl)-2,3(S)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(/?,5)-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(3-pyridyl-methyloxycarbonyl)-2,3(S)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(/?,S)-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(4-pyridyl-methyloxycarbonyl)-2,3(5)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(Λ,5)-yl}-acetyl]- N2-(4-butyloxyphenylsulfonyl)-2,3(5)-diaminopropanoic acid;
N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(Λ,5)-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(2-thienylsulfonyl)-2,3(5)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(/?,S)-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(3-methylphenylsulfonyl)-2,3(Λ,5)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(/?,S)-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(3-methylphenylsulfonyl)-2,3(5)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(i?,5)-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(3-methylphenylsulfonyl)-2,3(Λ)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(i?)-yl}-acetyl]- N2-(3-methylphenylsulfonyl)-2,3(,S)-diaminopropanoic acid;
N3-[2- { 3-(4-formamidinopheny l)-isoxazolin-5(5)-y 1 } -acety 1]-
N2-(3-methylphenylsulfonyl)-2,3(5)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2- { 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(5)-yl } -acetyl]-
N2-(3-methylphenylsulfonyl)-2,3(Λ)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2- { 3 -(4-formamidinopheny l)-isoxazolin-5(/?)-y 1 } -acety 1]-
N2-(3-methylphenylsulfonyl)-2,3(Λ)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2- { 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(Λ,5)-y 1 } -acetyl]-
N2-(4-iodophenylsulfonyl)-2,3(5)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2- { 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(/?,S)-yl } -acetyl]- N2-(3-trifluoromethylphenylsulfonyl)-2,3(-S)-diaminopropanoic acid;
N3-[2- { 3-(4-formamidinophenyI)-isoxazolin-5(/?,S)-yl } -acetyl]- N2-(3-chlorophenylsulfonyl)-2,3(5)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(/v>,5)-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(3-2-methoxycarbonylphenylsulfonyl)-2,3(ιS^-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2- { 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(Λ,S)-y 1 } -acetyl]- N2-(2,4,6-trimethylphenylsulfonyl)-2,3(S)-diaminopropanoic acid;
N3-[2- { 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(/?,5)-y 1 } -acety 1]-
N2-(2-chlorophenylsulfonyl)-2,3(5)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(Λ,5)-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(4-trifluoromethylphenylsulfonyl)-2,3(5)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2- { 3-(4-formamidinopheny l)-isoxazolin-5(Λ,,S)-yl } -acetyl]-
N2-(2-trifluoromethylphenylsulfonyl)-2,3(5)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(/?,5^-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(2-fluoropheny lsulfonyl)-2,3 (5)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(/?,5)-yl}-acetyl]- N2-(4-fluorophenylsulfonyl)-2,3(5)-diaminopropanoic acid;
N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(/?,5)-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(4-methoxyphenylsulfonyl)-2,3(5)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2- { 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(Λ,S)-y 1 } -acetyl]-
N2-(2,3,5,6-tetramethylphenylsulfonyl)-2,3(5)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(Λ,5)-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(4-cyanophenylsulfonyl)-2,3(5)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2- { 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(Λ,5)-y 1 } -acety 1]-
N2-(4-chlorophenylsulfonyl)-2,3(5)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(/.,ιS)-yl}-acetyl]- N2-(4-propylphenylsulfonyl)-2,3(5)-diaminopropanoic acid;
N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(Λ,5)-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(2-phenylethylsulfonyl)-2,3(5)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(A!,5)-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(4-isopropylphenylsulfonyl)-2,3(5)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(/vl,1S)-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(3-phenylpropylsulfonyl)-2,3(5)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2- { 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(Λ,5)-yl } -acety 1]-
N2-(3-pyridylsulfonyl)-2,3(S)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-(3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(/v!,5,)-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(phenylaminosulfonyl)-2,3(5)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(/^S)-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(benzylaminosulfonyl)-2,3(5)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(Λ,5)-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(dimethylaminosulfonyl)-2,3(5)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(2-fluoro-4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(Λ,5)-yl}-acetyl]- N2-(3-methylphenylsulfonyl)-2,3(5)-diaminopropanoic acid;
N3-[2-{3-(2-formamidino-5-pyridinyl)-isoxazolin-5(Λ,5)-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(«-butyloxycarbonyl)-2,3(5)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(2-formamidino-5-pyridinyl)-isoxazolin-5(Λ,5)-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(3-methylphenylsulfonyl)-2,3(S)-diarninopropanoic acid; N3-[2- { 3-(3-formamidino-6-pyridinyl)-isoxazolin-5(Λ,S)-y 1 } -acety 1]-
N2-(«-butyloxycarbonyl)-2,3(LS)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(3-formamidino-6-pyridinyl)-isoxazolin-5(Λ,5)-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(3-methylphenylsulfonyl)-2,3(5)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2- { 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(/?,S)-yl } -acetyl]- N2-(phenylaminocarbonyl)-2,3(5)-diaminopropanoic acid;
N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(Λ,5)-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(4-fluorophenylaminocarbonyl)-2,3(5)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-(3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(/?,S)-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-( 1 -naphthylaminocarbonyl)-2,3(5)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(iϋ,5)-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(benzylaminocarbonyl)-2,3(5)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2- { 3 -(4-formamidinopheny l)-isoxazolin-5(/?,5)-y 1 } -acety 1]-
N2-(3-bromo-2-thienylsulfonyl)-2,3(S)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(Λ,S)-yl}-acetyl]- N2-(3-methyl-2-benzothienylsulfonyl)-2,3(S)-diaminopropanoic acid;
N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(ΛyS)-yl}-acetyl]- N2-(isobutyloxycarbonyl)-2,3(S)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(/?)-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(isobutyloxycarbonyl)-2,3(5)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(ιS)-yl}-acetyl]- N2-(isobutyloxycarbonyl)-2,3(S)-diaminopropanoic acid;
N3-[2- { 3 -(4-formamidinopheny l)-isoxazolin-5 (R,S)-y\ } -acety 1] -
N2-(2-cyclopropylethoxycarbonyl)-2,3(5)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2- { 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(Λ)-yl } -acetyl]-
N2-(2-cyclopropylethoxycarbonyl)-2,3(ιS)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(5)-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(2-cyclopropylethoxycarbonyl)-2,3(5)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-guanidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(Λ,S)-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(«-butyloxycarbonyl)-2,3(S)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-guanidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(i?)-yl}-acetyl]- N2-(n-butyloxycarbonyl)-2,3(5)-diaminopropanoic acid;
N3-[2- { 3-(4-guanidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(/?)-y 1 } -acetyl]-
N2-(3-methylphenylsulfonyl)-2,3(S)-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{5-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-3(Λ,5)-yl}-acetyl]- N2-(r7-butyloxycarbonyl)-2,3(5)-diaminopropanoic acid; or a propanoate ester prodrug form ofthe compound, wherein the hydrogen of the hydroxy group of the diaminopropanoic acid moiety is substituted with a group selected from: methyl; ethyl; isopropyl; methyl carbonyl oxy methyl; ethylcarbonyloxymethyl; /-butylcarbonyloxymethyl; cyclohexylcarbonyloxymethyl; 1 -(methylcarbonyloxy)-ethyl; 1 -(ethylcarbonyloxy)-ethyl; l-(/-butylcarbonyloxy)-ethyl; l-(cyclohexylcarbonyloxy)-ethyl; z'-propyloxycarbonyloxymethyl; cyclohexylcarbonyloxymethyl; /-butyloxycarbonyloxymethyl; 1 -(i-propyloxycarbonyloxy)-ethyl; l-(cyclohexyloxycarbonyloxy)-ethyl; l-(r-butyloxycarbonyloxy)-ethyl; dimethylaminoethyl; diethylaminoethyl; (5-methyl-l ,3-dioxacyclopenten-2-on-4-yl)-methyl;
(5-(/-butyl)-l ,3-dioxacyclopenten-2-on 4-yl)-methyl; ( 1 ,3-dioxa-5-phenyl-cyclopenten-2-on-4-yl)-methyl; l-(2-(2-methoxypropyl)carbonyloxy)-ethyl.
Alternatively, the device of this embodiment preferably includes a compound, or an enantiomeric or diastereomeric form thereof, or a mixture of enantiomeric or diastereomeric forms thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt form thereof, selected from:
N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(phenylsulfonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(4-methyl-phenyl-sulfonyl)-2,3 -diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl}-acetyl]- N2-(butanesulfonyl)-2.3-diaminoprcpanoic acid; N3-[2- { 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-y 1 } -acetyl]-
N2-(propanesulfonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl}-acetyl]- N2-(ethanesulfonyl)-2.3-diaminopropanoic acid;
N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(methyloxycarbonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[ 2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl}-acetyl]- N2-(ethyloxycarbonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(l-propyloxycarbonyl)-2,3 -diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2- { 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl } -acetyl]-
N2-(2-propyloxycarbonyl)-2,3 -diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl}-acetyl]- N2-(rt-butyloxycarbonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid;
N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-( 1 -(2-methyl)-propy loxycarbony l)-2,3 -diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formarnidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(2-(2-methyl)-propyloxycarbonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl}-acetyl]- N2-(benzyloxycarbonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2- { 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-y 1} -acetyl]-
N2-(4-methylbenzyloxycarbonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(4-methoxybenzyloxycarbonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2- { 3-(4-formamidinophenyI)-isoxazolin-5-yl } -acety 1]-
N2-(4-chlorobenzyloxycarbonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(4-bromobenzy loxycarbony l)-2,3 -diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl}-acetyl]- N2-(4-fluorobenzyloxycarbonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid;
N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(4-phenoxybenzyloxycarbonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N3- [2- { 3-(4-formamidinopheny l)-isoxazolin-5-y 1 } -acety 1]-
N2-(2-(methyloxyethyl)-oxycarbonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(2-pyridinylcarbonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(3-pyridinylcarbonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2- { 3-(4-formamidinopheny l)-isoxazolin-5-yl } -acetyl]- N2-(4-pyridinyl-carbonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid;
N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(2-(2-pyridinyl)-acetyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(2-(3-pyridinyl)-acetyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2- { 3-(4-formamidinopheny l)-isoxazolin-5-yl } -acetyl]-
N2-(2-(4-pyridinyl)-acetyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(2-pyridyl-methyloxycarbonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2- { 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl } -acety l]- N2-(3-pyridyl-methyloxycarbonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid;
N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl}-acetyl]- N2-(4-pyridyl-methyloxycarbonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(4-butyloxyphenylsulfonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl}-acetyl]- N2-(2-thienylsulfonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid;
N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(3-methylphenylsulfonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(4-iodophenylsulfonyl)-2,3 -diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(3-trifluoromethylphenylsulfonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(3-chlorophenylsulfonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl}-acetyl]- N2-(2-methoxycarbonylphenylsulfonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid;
N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(2,4,6-trimethylphenylsulfonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazoIin-5-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(2-chlorophenylsulfonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(4-trifluoromethylphenylsulfonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(2-trifluoromethylphenylsulfonyl)-2,3 -diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2- { 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl } -acetyl]- N2-(2-fluorophenylsulfonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid;
N3-[2- { 3-(4-formamidinopheny l)-isoxazolin-5-yl } -acety 1]-
N2-(4-fluorophenylsulfonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(4-methoxyphenylsulfonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(2,3,5,6-tetramethylphenylsulfonyI)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yI}-acetyl]-
N2-(4-cyanophenylsulfonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(4-chlorophenylsulfonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(4-propylphenylsulfonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N3- [2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(2-phenylethylsulfonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl}-acetyl]- N2-(4-isopropylphenylsulfonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid;
N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyI)-isoxazolin-5-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(3-phenylpropylsulfonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N3- [2- { 3 -(4-formamidinopheny l)-isoxazolin-5-y 1 } -acetyl]-
N2-(3-pyridylsulfonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(phenylaminosulfonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(benzylaminosulfonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl}-acetyl]- N2-(dimethylaminosulfonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid;
N3-[2-{3-(2-fluoro-4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(3-methylphenylsulfonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(2-formamidino-5-pyridinyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(«-butyloxycarbonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(2-formamidino-5-pyridinyl)-isoxazolin-5-yI}-acetyl]-
N2-(3-methylphenylsulfonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(3-formamidino-6-pyridinyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(«-butyloxycarbonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid, N3-[2-{3-(3-formamidino-6-pyridinyl)-isoxazoIin-5-yl}-acetyl]- N2-(3-methylphenylsulfonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid,
N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl}-acetyl]- N2-(phenylaminocarbonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyI)-isoxazolin-5-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(4-fluorophenylaminocarbonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2- { 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl } -acetyl]- N^-naphthylaminocarbonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid;
N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(benzylaminocarbonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(3-bromo-2-thienylsulfonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(3-methyl-2-benzothienylsulfonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid, N3-[2- { 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yI }-acetyl]-
N2-(isobutyloxycarbonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid, N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yI}-acetyI]- N2-(isobutyloxycarbonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid,
N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(isobuty loxycarbonyl)-2,3 -diaminopropanoic acid, N3-[2- { 3-(4-foιτnamidinopheny l)-isoxazolin-5-y 1 } -acetyl]-
N2-(2-cyclopropylethoxycarbonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid, N3-[2- { 3-(4-guanidinopheny l)-isoxazolin-5-yl } -acety 1]-
N2-(rt-butyloxycarbonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-guanidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(3-methylphenylsulfonyl)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid; N3-[2-{5-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-3-yl}-acetyl]- N2-(«-butyloxycarbonyI)-2,3-diaminopropanoic acid;
N3- [2- { 3 -(4-formamidinopheny l)-isoxazolin-5-yl } -acety 1]-
N2-(2-bromo-phenylsulfonyl)-2,3-diaminopropionic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(2-methyl-phenylsulfonyl)-2,3-diaminopropionic acid; N3-[2- { 3-(3-formamidino-6-pyridiny l)-isoxazolin-5-yl } -acetyl]-
N2-(3-methylphenylsulfonyl)-2,3-diaminopropionic acid; N3-[2-{3-(2-formamidino-5-pyridinyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(3-methylphenylsulfonyI)-2,3-diaminopropionic acid; N3-[2-{3-(2-fluoro-4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl}-acetyl]-
N2-(3-methylphenylsulfonyl)-2,3-diaminopropionic acid; N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl-acetyl]-
N2-(3-bromo-phenylsulfonyl)-2,3-diaminopropionic acid; and N3-[2- { 3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl } -acetyl]-
N2-(4-bromo-phenylsulfonyl)-2,3-diaminopropionic acid; or a propanoate ester prodrug form ofthe compound, wherein the hydrogen ofthe hydroxy group of the propanoic acid moiety is substituted with a group selected from: methyl; ethyl; isopropyl; methylcarbonyloxymethyl; ethylcarbonyloxymethyl; r-butylcarbonyloxymethyl; cyclohexylcarbonyloxymethyl; l-(methylcarbonyloxy)-ethyl; 1 -(ethylcarbonyloxy)-ethyl;
1 -(t-butylcarbonyloxy)-ethyl; 1 -(cyclohexylcarbonyloxy)-ethyl; 1-propyloxycarbonyloxymethyl; cyclohexylcarbonyloxymethyl;
/-butyloxycarbonyloxymethyl; 1 -(/-propyloxycarbonyloxy)-ethyl;
1 -(cyclohexyloxycarbonyloxy)-ethyl; 1 -(f-butyloxycarbonyloxy)-ethyl; dimethy laminoethy 1 ; diethy laminoethy 1 ;
(5-methyI- 1 ,3-dioxacyclopenten-2-on-4-yl)-methyl; (5-(/-butyl)-l ,3-dioxacyclopenten-2-on-4-yl)-methyl;
(l,3-dioxa-5-phenyl-cyclopenten-2-on-4-yl)-methyl; and l-(2-(2-methoxypropyl)carbonyloxy)-ethyl; the enantiomeric and diastereomeric forms being selected from:
(RJS), (RJS); (R), (RJS);
(S), (RJS);
(S), (R); (R), (S); and (S), (S).
More preferably, the prodrug ester is selected from the group consisting of: methyl; ethyl; and isopropyl.
Preferred pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms include, for example, acetate, methanesulfonate, hydrochloride, benzenesulfonate, or para-toluenesulfonate.
Highly preferred compounds of this embodiment include: N3-[2-{3-(4-foιmanιidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(Λ)-yl}-acetyl]-N2-
(n-butyloxycarbonyl)-2,3-(_S)-diaminopropanoic acid, and pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms and propanoate ester prodrug forms thereof.
Still more preferred is a compound: methyl-N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(Λ)-yl}-acetyl]-N2- (n-butyloxycarbonyl)-2,3-(S)-diaminopropanoate methanesulfonate salt.
The iontophoretic device of this embodiment IX can alternatively include compounds of Formula Ia:
Figure imgf000066_0001
wherein: Z is selected from: a bond, O, or S;
R2 is selected from: H, aryl(C.-C,0 alkoxy)carbonyl, or C,-C10 alkoxycarbonyl;
W is -(CH2)nC(=O)N(R5a)- ;
X is -(C(R4)2)n-C(R4)(R8)-CH(R4)-, with the proviso that: when n is 0 or 1 , then at least one of R4a or R8 is other than H or methyl; R5 is selected from: H or C,-Cl0 alkyl substituted with 0-6 R4b; R6 is selected from:
H, C,-Cl0 alkyl, hydroxy, C,-C,0 alkoxy, nitro, C,-C10 alkylcarbonyl, -N(R,2)R13,
-NR5R5a, C02R5, S(O)mR5, OR5, cyano, halo;
C6-C|0 aryl optionally substituted with 1-3 groups selected from halogen, C,-C6 alkoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, CF3, S(O)mCH3, or -N(CH3)2;
C7-Cu arylalkyl, the aryl being optionally substituted with 1-3 groups selected from halogen, C,-C6 alkoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, CF3, S(0)mCH3, or -N(CH3)2; methylenedioxy when R6 is a substituent on aryl; or a 5-10 membered heterocyclic ring containing 1-3 N, O, or S heteroatoms, wherein the heterocyclic ring can be saturated, partially saturated, or fully unsaturated, the heterocyclic ring being substituted with 0-2 R7;
R7 is selected from: H, C|-C10 alkyl, hydroxy, C,-C,0 alkoxy, nitro, C,-C10 alkylcarbonyl, -N(R,2)R13, cyano, or halo;
R8 is selected from:
-CONR5NR5a; -C02R5; C,-C,0 alkyl, substituted with 0-3 R6; C2-CI0 alkenyl, substituted with 0-3 R6; C2-C10 alkynyl, substituted with 0-3 R6, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, substituted with 0-3 R6; C5-C6 cycloalkenyl, substituted with 0-3 R6; aryl, substituted with 0-2 R6; 5-10 membered heterocyclic ring containing 1-3 N, O, or S heteroatoms, wherein the heterocyclic ring can be saturated, partially saturated, or fully unsaturated, the heterocyclic ring being substituted with 0-2 R6;
R12 and R13 are selected independently from: H, C,-C10 alkyl, C,-C10 alkoxycarbonyl, C,-C]0 alkylcarbonyl, C,-C,0 alkylsulfonyl, aryl(C,-C,0 alkyl)sulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, aryl, heteroaryl carbonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, or heteroarylalkylcarbonyl, wherein the aryl groups are optionally substituted with 0-3 substituents selected from the group consisting of: C,-C4 alkyl, C,-C4 alkoxy, halo, CF3, and N02. Still more preferably, in a compound of Formula Ia:
Z is selected from: a bond or O;
W is -(CH2)„C(=0)N(R12)-; and
X is -C(R4)(R8)-C(R4)2-.
The compounds of this embodiment also include compounds of Formula Ia, wherein: either:
R1 is selected from:
R2NHC(=NR2)- or R2NHC(=NR2)NH- and V is phenylene or pyridylene, or: R1 is r f-V I < anc^ *s a smg e bond;
n is 1 or 2; X is -CHR8CH2-; Y is selected from: hydroxy; C,-C10 alkoxy; methylcarbonyloxymethoxy; ethylcarbonyloxymethoxy; r-butylcarbonyloxymethoxy; cyclohexylcarbonyloxymethoxy; 1 -(methylcarbonyloxy)-ethoxy ; 1 -(ethylcarbonyloxy)-ethoxy; 1 -(/-butylcarbonyloxy)-ethoxy ; 1 -(cyclohexylcarbony loxy)-ethoxy; i-propyloxycarbonyloxymethoxy; r-butyloxycarbonyloxymethoxy; 1 -(/-propyloxycarbonyloxy)-ethoxy; 1 -(cyclohexyloxycarbonyloxy)-ethoxy ;
1 -(/-butyloxycarbonyloxy)-ethoxy ; dimethylaminoethoxy; diethylaminoethoxy ; (5-methyl- 1 ,3-dioxacyclopenten-2-on-4-yl)-methoxy; (5-(/-butyl)-l,3-dioxacyclopenten-2-on-4-yl)-methoxy; ( 1 ,3-dioxa-S-phenyl-cyclopenten-2-on-4-y l)-methoxy ; 1 -(2-(2-methoxypropy l)-carbonyloxy)-ethoxy;
R6 is selected from:
H, C,-C4 alkyl, hydroxy, C,-C4 alkoxy, nitro, C,-C,0 alkylcarbonyl, -N(R12)R13, -NR5R5a, C02R5, S(O)mR5, OR5, cyano, halo;
C6-C|0 aryl optionally substituted with 1-3 groups selected from halogen, C,-C6 alkoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, CF3, S(0)mCH3, or -N(CH3)2; methylenedioxy when R6 is a substituent on aryl; or a heterocyclic ring system selected from pyridinyl, furanyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, benzofuranyl, indolyl, indolinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzimidazolyl, piperidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyranyl, pyridinyl, 3H-indolyl, carbazolyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, indolinyl, isoxazolyl, isoxazolinyl or moφholinyl; R8 is selected from:
-CONR5NR5a; -CO2R5; C,-C10 alkyl, substituted with 0-3 R6; C2-C10 alkenyl, substituted with 0-3 R6; C2-C,0 alkynyl, substituted with 0-3 R6, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, substituted with 0-3 R6; aryl, substituted with 0-2 R6; a heterocyclic ring system selected from pyridinyl, furanyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, benzofuranyl, indolyl, indolinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, isoxazolyl isoxazolinyl, benzimidazolyl, piperidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyranyl, pyridinyl, 3H-indolyl, carbazolyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, indolinyl, or moφholinyl, the heterocyclic ring being substituted with 0-2 R6; R12 is selected from:
H, C,-C6 alkyl, C,-C4 alkoxycarbonyl, C,-C6 alkylcarbonyl, C,-C5 alkylsulfonyl, aryl(C,-C4 alkyl)sulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, aryl, heteroarylsulfonyl, pyridylcarbonyl or pyridylmethylcarbonyl, wherein the aryls are optionally substituted with 0-3 substituents selected from the group consisting of: C,-C4 alkyl, C,-C4 alkoxy, halo, CF3, and N02; and R'3 is H.
Suitable integrin inhibitors of this embodiment include, among others, the following compounds of Formula I, and pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms thereof: 3(Λ,5)-{5(Λ,5)-N-[3-(4-amidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl-acetyl]-amino}-
3-phenylpropanoic acid; 3(Λ,5)-{5(Λ,5)-N-[3-(4-amidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl-acetyl]-amino}-pentanoic acid; 3(Λ)-{5(Λ,5)-N-[3-(4-amidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl-acetyl]-amino}-heptanoic acid; 3(Λ,5)-{5(Λ,5)-N-[3-(4-amidinophenyl)-isoxazoIin-5-yl-acetyl]-amino}- 4-(phenylthio)butanoic acid; 3(/?,5)-{5(i?^)-N-[3-(4-amidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl-acetyl]-amino}-
4-(phenylsulfonamido)butanoic acid; 3(i-τS)-{5(Λ,.?)-N-[3-(4-amidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl-acetyl]-amino}- 4-(rt-butylsulfonamido)butanoic acid;
3(5)-{5(Λ,5)-N-[3-(4-amidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl-acetyl]-amino}-
3-(adamantylmethylaminocarbonyl)-propanoic acid; 3(S)-{5(/v',5)-N-[3-(4-amidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl-acetyl]-amino}- 3-(l-azabicyclo[3.2.2]nonylcarbonyl)-propanoic acid; 3(S)-{5(Λ,5)-N-[3-(4-amidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl-acetyl]-amino}- 3-(phenethylaminocarbonyl)-propanoic acid; 3(i?)-{5(Λ^S)-N-[3-(4-amidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl-acetyl]-amino}-
3-(3-pyridylethyl)-propanoic acid; 3(Λ)-{5(Λ,S)-N-[3-(4-amidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl-acetyl]-amino}-
3-(2-pyridylethyl)-propanoic acid; and 3(J?)-{5(Λ,5)-N-[3-(4-amidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yI-acetyl]-amino}-
3-(phenylpropyl)-propanoic acid.
In another embodiment, (designated embodiment XIX), the device includes, and can be used to deliver, a compound of Formula Id:
Figure imgf000070_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt form thereof, wherein:
R1 is selected from is selected from:
R2(R3)N-, R2(R3)N(R2N=)C-, R2(R3)N(R2N=)CN(R2)-, R2(R3)N(CH2)qZ- , R2(R3)N(R2N=)C(CH2)qZ- , R2(R3)N(R2N=)CN(R2)(CH2)qZ- , piperazinyl- (CH2)qZ- , R2(R3)NC(0)-, R2(R5O)N(R2N=)C-, R2(R3)N(R5ON=)C-,
^
Figure imgf000070_0002
Z is selected from a bond, O, S, S(=O), or S(=O)2; R2 and R3 are selected independently from:
H; C,-C,o alkyl; C3-C6 alkenyl; C3-Cn cycloalkyl; C4-CM cycloalkylalkyl; C6-C10 aryl optionally substituted with 0-3 groups selected from hydroxy, halogen, CrC6 alkoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, CF3, S(O)mCH3, -N(CH3)2, C,-C4 haloalkyl, methylenedioxydiyl, ethylenedioxydiyl; , C7-Cn arylalkyl optionally substituted with 0-3 groups selected from hydroxy, halogen, C,-C6 alkoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, CF3, S(O)mCH3, -N(CH3)2, C,-C4 haloalkyl. methylenedioxydiyl, ethylenedioxydiyl; C2-C7 alkylcarbonyl; C7-Cπ arylcarbonyl optionally substituted with 0-3 groups selected from hydroxy, halogen, C,-C6 alkoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, CF3, S(O)mCH3, -N(CH3)2, C,-C4 haloalkyl, methylenedioxydiyl, ethylenedioxydiyl; C,-C10 alkoxycarbonyl; C4-Cπ cycloalkoxycarbonyl; C7-Cπ bicycloalkoxycarbonyl; C7-C,, aryloxycarbonyl optionally substituted with 0-3 groups selected from hydroxy, halogen, C,-C6 alkoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, CF3, S(O)mCH3, -N(CH3)2, C,-C4 haloalkyl, methylenedioxydiyl, ethylenedioxydiyl; aryl(C,-C,0 alkoxy )carbonyl where the aryl group is optionally substituted with 0-3 groups selected from hydroxy, halogen, C,-C6 alkoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, CF3, S(O)mCH3, -N(CH3)2, C,-C4 haloalkyl, methylenedioxydiyl, ethylenedioxydiyl; CrC6 aIkylcarbonyloxy(C,-C4 alkoxy )carbonyl; C6-C10 arylcarbonyloxy(C,-C4 alkoxy )carbonyl where the aryl group is optionally substituted with 0-3 groups selected from hydroxy, halogen, C,-C6 alkoxy,
C,-C6 alkyl, CF3, S(O)mCH3, -N(CH3)2, C,-C4 haloalkyl, methylenedioxydiyl, ethylenedioxydiyl; C4-Cn cycloalkylcarbonyloxy(C,-C4 alkoxy )carbonyl; heteroaryl optionally substituted with 0-2 groups selected from hydroxy, halogen, CrC6 alkoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, CF3, S(O)mCH3, -N(CH3)2, C,-C4 haloalkyl, methylenedioxydiyl, ethylenedioxydiyl; or heteroaryl(C,-C5)alkyl where the heteroaryl group is optionally substituted with 0-2 groups selected from hydroxy, halogen, C,-C6 alkoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, CF3, S(O)mCH3, -N(CH3)2, C,-C4 haloalkyl, methylenedioxydiyl, ethylenedioxydiyl; provided that only one of R2 and R3 can be hydroxy; U is selected from: a single bond, C,-C7 alkylene,
C2-C7 alkenylene, C2-C7 alkynylene, arylene substituted with 0-3 R6a, or pyridylene substituted with 0-3 R6a; V is selected from: a single bond; C,-C7 alkylene substituted with 0-6 R6 or R7; C2-C7 alkenylene substituted with 0-4 R6 or R7; C2-C7 alkynylene substituted with 0-4 R6 or R7; phenylene substituted with 0-4 R6 or R7; pyridylene substituted with 0-3 R6 or R7; pyridazinylene substituted with 0-3 R6 or R7; X is selected from: a single bond; -(CH2)„C(=O)N(R12)- ; C,-C7 alkylene substituted with 0-6 R\ R8 or R15; C2-C7 alkenylene substituted with 0-4 R\ R8 or R15; C2-C7 alkynylene substituted with 0-4 R4, R8 or R15; Y is selected from: hydroxy, CrCl0 alkyloxy, C3-Cπ cycloalkyloxy, C6-C,0 aryloxy, C7-Cn aralkyloxy, C3-C|0 alkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C3-C10 alkoxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C2-C,0 alkoxycarbonylalkyloxy, C5-Cl0 cycloalkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C5-C 10 cycloalkoxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C5-C 10 cycloalkoxycarbonylalkyloxy,
C7-C,, aryloxycarbonylalkyloxy, C8-C,2 aryloxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C8-C12 arylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C5-C10 alkoxyalkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C5-C10 (5-alkyl- 1 ,3-dioxa-cyclopenten-2-one-yl)-methyloxy, C10-C14 (5-aryl- 1 ,3-dioxa-cyclopenten-2-one-yl)-methyloxy; (R2)(R3)N- (C ,-C ,o alkoxy)- ;
R14 and W are attached to the same carbon and taken together to form a spiro-fused,
5-7 membered ring structure of the formula:
Figure imgf000072_0001
D, E, F, and G are each selected independently from:
C(R6a)2; carbonyl; a heteroatom moiety selected from N, N(R12), O, provided that no more than 2 of D, E, F and G are N, N(R12), O, S, or C(=O); alternatively, the bond between D and E, E and F, or F and G in such spiro-fused ring can be a carbon-nitrogen double bond or a carbon-carbon double bond; R4 is selected from:
H, C,-C10 alkyl, hydroxy, C,-C10 alkoxy, nitro, C,-C10 alkylcarbonyl, or -N(RI2)R13; R6 and R7 are each selected independently from:
H, C,-C10 alkyl, hydroxy, C,-CI0 alkoxy, nitro, C,-C10 alkylcarbonyl, -N(Rl2)R13, cyano, halo, CF3, CHO, CO2R5a, C(=0)R5a, CONHR5a, CON(Rl2)2, OC(=O)R5a, OC(=O)OR5a, OR5a, OC(=O)N(RI2)2, OCH2CO2R5a, CO2CH2C02R5a, N(R,2)2, NO2, NR12C(=0)R5a, NR12C(=O)OR5a, NR12C(=O)N(Rl2)2, NR12SO2N(R12)2, NR12SO2R5a, S(0)pR5a, S02N(R,2)2, C2-C6 alkenyl, C3-C„ cycloalkyl, C4-Cn cycloalkylmethyl;
C6-C,o aryl optionally substituted with 1-3 groups selected from halogen, C,-C6 alkoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, CF3, S(0)mCH3, or -N(CH3)2; C7-C„ arylalkyl, the aryl being optionally substituted with 1-3 groups selected from halogen, C,-C6 alkoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, CF3, S(O)mCH3, or -N(CH3)2; methylenedioxy when R6 is a substituent on aryl; R6a is selected from C,-C4 alkyl, C,-C4 alkoxy, halo, CF3, N02, or NR12R13; R8 is selected from: H; R6; C,-C10 alkyl, substituted with 0-8 R6; C2-C10 alkenyl, substituted with 0-6 R6;
C2-C,0 alkynyl, substituted with 0-6 R6; C3-C8 cycloalkyl, substituted with 0-6 R6; C5-C6 cycloalkenyl, substituted with 0-5 R6; aryl, substituted with 0-5 R6; 5-6 membered heterocyclic ring containing 1-2 N, O, or S heteroatoms, wherein the heterocyclic ring can be saturated, partially saturated, or fully unsaturated, the heterocyclic ring being substituted with 0-5 R6;
R12 and R13 are selected independently from:
H, C,-C,0 alkyl, CrC10 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C10 alkylcarbonyl, C,-C,0 alkylsulfonyl, aryl(C,-C]0 alkyl)sulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, aryl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C3-Cπ cycloalkyl, C4-Cn cycloalkylalkyl, C7-Cπ arylalkyl, C2-C7 alkylcarbonyl, C7-Cu arylcarbonyl, C2-C]0 alkoxycarbonyl, C4-CM cycloalkoxycarbonyl, C7-Cπ bicycloalkoxycarbonyl,
C7-Cn aryloxycarbonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, heteroarylalkylcarbonyl or aryl(C,-C,0 alkoxy)carbonyl, wherein the aryl groups and heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted with 0-3 substituents selected from: C,-C4 alkyl, C,-C4 alkoxy, halo, CF3, and NO2; R5 and R5a are selected independently from:
H, CrC8 alkyl, C,-C6 alkenyl, C3-Cu cycloalkyl, C4-Cπ cycloalkylmethyl, C6-C10 aryl, C7-Cn arylalkyl, or CrC10 alkyl substituted with 0-8 R4; R'5 is selected from:
H; R6; C,-C,0 alkyl, substituted with 0-8 R6; C2-C,0 alkenyl, substituted with 0-6 R6; C,-C10 alkoxy, substituted with 0-6 R6; aryl, substituted with 0-5 R6; 5-6 membered heterocyclic ring containing 1-2 N, O, or S heteroatoms, wherein the heterocyclic ring can be saturated, partially saturated, or fully unsaturated, the heterocyclic ring being substituted with 0-5 R6; C,-C10 alkoxycarbonyl substituted with 0-8 R6; C02R5; or -C(=O)N(R12)R13; m is 0-2; n is 0-4; p is 1-3; q is 1-7; r is 0-3; provided that n, p, q and r are chosen such that the number of atoms between Rl and Y is in the range of 8-17.
The integrin inhibitor in this embodiment can be a compound of Formula III:
Figure imgf000074_0001
wherein: R1 is selected from: R2HN- , H2N(R2N=)C- , H2N(R2N=)CNH- , R2HN(CH2)qO- ,
H2N(R2N=)CNH(CH2)qO-, piperazinyl- (CH2)qO-, R2(R3)NC(0)- ,
R2(R5O)N(R2N=)C- , R2(R3)N(R5ON=)C- ,
W
Figure imgf000074_0002
R2 and R3 are selected independently from: H; C,-C6 alkyl; C7-Cn arylalkyl optionally substituted with 0-3 groups selected from hydroxy, halogen, C,-C6 alkoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, CF3, S(O)mCH3, -N(CH3)2, C,-C4 haloalkyl, methylenedioxydiyl, ethylenedioxydiyl; aryl(C,-C10 alkoxy)carbonyl where the aryl group is optionally substituted with 0-3 groups selected from hydroxy, halogen, C,-C6 alkoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, CF3, S(O)mCH3, -N(CH3)2, C,-C4 haloalkyl, methylenedioxydiyl, ethylenedioxydiyl; heteroaryl(C,-C5)alkyl wherein the heteroaryl group is optionally substituted with 0-2 groups selected from hydroxy, halogen, C,-C6 alkoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, CF3, S(0)mCH3, -N(CH3)2, C,-C4 haloalkyl, methylenedioxydiyl, ethylenedioxydiyl; or C,-C,0 alkoxycarbonyl; R4 is selected from: H, C,-C10 alkyl, hydroxy, C,-C10 alkoxy, nitro, C,-C10 alkylcarbonyl, or -N(R12)R13;
V is selected from: a single bond; C,-C7 alkylene substituted with 0-6 R6 or R7; C2-C7 alkenylene substituted with 0-4 R6 or R7; C2-C7 alkynylene substituted with 0-4 R6 or R7; phenylene substituted with 0-3 R6 or R7; pyridylene substituted with 0-3 R6 or R7; pyridazinylene substituted with 0-3 R6 or R7; X is selected from:
-(CH2)nC(=0)N(R12)- , C,-C7 alkylene substituted with 0-1 R\ C2-C7 alkenylene, or
C2-C7 alkynylene; Y is selected from: hydroxy, C,-C,0 alkyloxy, C3-C„ cycloalkyloxy, C6-C,0 aryloxy, C7-Cn aralkyloxy, C3-C10 alkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C3-C10 alkoxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C2-C10 alkoxycarbonylalkyloxy, C5-C10 cycloalkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C,-C,0 cycloalkoxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C5-C,0 cycloalkoxycarbonylalkyloxy, C7-Cπ aryloxycarbonylalkyloxy, C8-C12 aryloxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C8-C12 arylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C5-C10 alkoxyalkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C5-C,0 (5-alkyl-l,3-dioxa-cyclopenten-2-one-yl)-methyloxy, or
C10-C14 (5-aryl-l,3-dioxa-cyclopenten-2-one-yl)-methyloxy; Z is selected from:
O or CH2; D, E, F and G are each selected independently from: CH2; carbonyl; a heteroatom moiety selected from N, NH, O, provided that no more than 2 of D, E, F and G are N, NH, O or S; alternatively, the bond between D and E, E and F, or F and G in such spiro-fused ring can be a carbon-nitrogen double bond or a carbon-carbon double bond; R6 and R7 are each selected independently from: H, C,-C10 alkyl, hydroxy, CrC10 alkoxy, nitro, C,-C10 alkylcarbonyl, -N(R12)R13, cyano, or halo; R12 and R13 are each selected independently from:
H, C.-Cio alkyl, C,-C10 alkoxycarbonyl, CrC,0 alkylcarbonyl, C,-C,0 alkylsulfonyl, aryl (C,-C,0 alkyl) sulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, heteroaryalkylcarbonyl or aryl; n is 0-4; p is 1-3; q is 1-7; r is 0-3; provided that n, p, q and r are chosen such that the number of atoms between R1 and Y is in the range of 8-17.
This embodiment also includes compounds wherein: either:
R1 is R2NHC(=NR2)- and V is phenyl or pyridyl, or:
R1 is and V is a single bond;
Figure imgf000076_0001
n is 1 or 2;
X is C,-C4 alkylene substituted with 0-1 R4;
Y is selected from: hydroxy; C,-C,0 alkoxy; methylcarbonyloxymethoxy; ethylcarbonyloxymethoxy; f-butylcarbonyloxymethoxy; cyclohexylcarbonyloxymethoxy;
1 -(methylcarbonyloxy)-ethoxy ; 1 -(ethylcarbony loxy)-ethoxy ; 1 -(r-butylcarbonyloxy)-ethoxy ; 1 -(cyclohexylcarbonyloxy)-ethoxy; /-propy loxycarbony loxymethoxy; '-butyloxycarbonyloxymethoxy; 1 -(f-propyloxycarbonyloxy)-ethoxy; 1 -(cyclohexyloxycarbonyloxy)-ethoxy; l-(/-butyloxycarbonyloxy)-ethoxy; dimethylaminoethoxy; diethylaminoethoxy;
(5-methyl- 1 ,3-dioxacyclopenten-2-on-4-yl)-methoxy; (5-(/-butyl)-l,3-dioxacyclopenten-2-on-4-yl)-methoxy; ( 1 ,3-dioxa-5-phenyl-cyclopenten-2-on-4-yl)-methoxy; 1 -(2-(2-methoxypropy l)carbonyloxy)-ethoxy ; R12 and R13 are each selected independently from:
H, C,-C6 alkyl, C,-C4 alkoxycarbonyl, C,-C4 alkylcarbonyl, C,-C4 alkylsulfonyl, aryl(C,-C4 alkyl)sulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, heteroaryalkylcarbonyl or aryl; and R13 is H. The compounds of this embodiment include the following exemplary compounds, and pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms thereof: 5(Λ,S)-3-(4-amidinophenyl)-8-(2-carboxyethyl)-l-oxa-
2,8-diazaspiro[4.4]non-2-ene-7,9-dione; 5(Λ,-S)-3-(4-amidinophenyl)-8-(3-carboxypropyI)- 1 -oxa-
2,8-diazaspiro[4.4]non-2-ene-7,9-dione; 5(Λ,-S)-3-(4-amidinophenyl)-8-(2-carboxyethyl)-t-oxa-
2,8-diazaspiro[4.4]non-2-ene-5-one; 5(Λ,5)-3-(4-amidinophenyl)-8-(3-carboxypropyl)-l-oxa- 2,8-diazaspiro[4.4]non-2-ene-5-one;
5(R.5)-3-(4-amidinophenyl)-8-(2-carboxyethyl)- 1 -oxa-
2-azaspiro[4.4]nona-2,8-diene-5-one; 5(Λ,5)-3-(4-amidinophenyl)-8-(3-carboxypropyl)- 1 -oxa-
2-azaspiro[4.4]nona-2,8-diene-5-one; 5(Λ,-S)-3-(4-amidinophenyl)-8-(2-carboxyethyl)-l-oxa-
2,8-diazaspiro[4.4]dec-2-ene-7,9-dione; 5(Λ,5)-3-(4-amidinophenyl)-8-(3-carboxypropyl)- 1 -oxa-
2,8-diazaspiro[4.4]dec-2-ene-7,9-dione; 5(Λ,5)-3-(4-amidinophenyl)-8-(2-carboxyethyl)- 1 -oxa- 2,8-diazaspiro[4.4]dec-2-ene-S-one;
5(Λ,_>)-3-(4-amidinophenyl)-8-(3-carboxypropyl)-l-oxa-
2,8-diazaspiro[4.4]dec-2-ene-5-one; 5(Λ,S)-3-(4-amidinophenyl)-8-(2-carboxyethyl)- 1 -oxa-
2-azaspiro[4.4]deca-2,8-diene-5-one; 5(Λ,5)-3-(4-amidinophenyl)-8-(3-carboxypropyl)-l-oxa-
2-azaspiro[4.4]deca-2,8-diene-5-one; 5(Λ,ιS)-3-(4-amidinophenyl)-8-(2-carboxyethyl)- 1 -oxa-
2.8-diazaspiro[4.4]undec-2-ene-7,9-dione; 5(Λ,S)-3-(4-amidinophenyl)-8-(3-carboxypropyl)-l-oxa- 2,8-diazaspiro[4.4]undec-2-ene-7,9-dione;
5(Λ,S)-3-(4-amidinopheny l)-8-(2-carboxyethyl)- 1 -oxa- 2,8-diazaspiro[4.4]undec-2-ene-5-one; 5(2?,S)-3-(4-amidinophenyl)-8-(3-carboxypropyl)-l-oxa-
2,8-diazaspiro[4.4]undec-2-ene-5-one; 5(Λ,S)-3-(4-amidinopheny l)-8-(2-carboxyethyl)- 1 -oxa- 2-azaspiro[4.4]undeca-2,8-diene-5-one;
5(Λ^->)-3-(4-amidinophenyl)-8-(3-carboxypropyl)- 1 -oxa-
2-azaspiro[4.4]undeca-2,8-diene-5-one; 5(Λ,5)-3-[2-(piperidin-4-yl)-ethyl]-8-(2-carboxyethy 1)- 1 -oxa-
2,8-diazaspiro[4.4]non-2-ene-7,9-dione; 5(Λ,5)-3-[2-(ρiperidin-4-y l)-ethyl]-8-(3-carboxypropyl)- 1 -oxa-
2,8-diazaspiro[4.4]non-2-ene-7,9-dione; 5(Λ,S)-3-[2-(piperidin-4-yl)-ethyl]-8-(2-carboxyethyl)- 1 -oxa-
2,8-diazaspiro[4.4]non-2-ene-5-one; 5(Λr5)-3-[2-(piperidin-4-yl)-ethyl]-8-(3-carboxypropyl)-l-oxa- 2,8-diazaspiro[4.4]non-2-ene-5-one;
5(Λ^)-3-[2-(piperidin-4-yl)-ethyl]-8-(2-carboxyethy 1)- 1 -oxa-
2-azaspiro[4.4]nona-2,8-diene-5-one; 5(/?,5)-3-[2-(piperidin-4-yl)-ethyl]-8-(3-carboxypropyl)-l-oxa-
2-azaspiro[4.4]nona-2,8-diene-5-one; 5(i?,5)-3-[2-(piperidin-4-yl)-ethyl]-8-(2-carboxyethyl)-l-oxa-
2,8-diazaspiro[4.4]dec-2-ene-7,9-dione; 5(Λ,5)-3-[2-(piperidin-4-yl)-ethyl]-8-(3-carboxypropyl)-l-oxa-
2,8-diazaspiro[4.4]dec-2-ene-5,7-dione; 5(Λ,S)-3-[2-(piperidin-4-yl)-ethyl]-8-(2-carboxyethyl)- 1 -oxa- 2,8-diazaspiro[4.4]dec-2-ene-5-one;
5(Λ^S)-3-[2-(piperidin-4-yl)-ethyl]-8-(3-carboxypropyl)-l-oxa-
2,8-diazaspiro[4.4]dec-2-ene-5-one; 5(Λ,S)-3-[2-(piperidin-4-yl)-ethyl]-8-(2-carboxyethyl)- 1 -oxa-
2-azaspiro[4.4]deca-2,8-diene-5-one; 5(/.,5)-3-[2-(piperidin-4-yl)-ethyl]-8-(3-carboxypropyl)-l-oxa-
2-azaspiro[4.4]deca-2,8-diene-5-one; 5(i.^S)-3-[2-(piperidin-4-yl)-ethyl]-8-(2-carboxyethyl)-l-oxa-
2,8-diazaspiro[4.4]undec-2-ene-7,9-dione; 5(i-yS)-3-[2-(piperidin-4-yl)-ethyl]-8-(3-carboxypropyl)-l-oxa-
2,8-diazaspiro[4.4]undec-2-ene-7,9-dione; 5(Λ,S)-3-[2-(piperidin-4-yl)-ethyl]-8-(2-carboxyethyl)- 1 -oxa-
2,8-diazaspiro[4.4]undec-2-ene-5-one; 5(Λ,5)-3-[2-(piperidin-4-yl)-ethyl]-8-(3-carboxypropyl)-l-oxa-
2,8-diazaspiro[4.4]undec-2-ene-5-one; 5(Λ^S)-3-[2-(piperidin-4-yl)-ethyl]-8-(2-carboxyethyl)- 1 -oxa- 2-azaspiro[4.4]undeca-2,8-diene-5-one;
5(iϋ,5)-3-[2-(piperidin-4-yl)-ethyl]-8-(3-carboxypropyl)- 1 -oxa-
2-azaspiro[4.4]undeca-2,8-diene-5-one; and 5(Λf5)-3-(4-amidinophenyl)-8-[2-(ben2yloxycarbonylamino)-2-carboxyethyl]-l-oxa-
2,8-diazaspiro[4.5]dec-2-ene. In an alternative embodiment (designated embodiment XXIII), the device includes, and can be used to deliver, a compound of Formula I:
Figure imgf000079_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt form thereof, wherein: b is a carbon-carbon single bond or double bond; R1 is selected from:
R2 (R3)N(CH2)qZ-, R2 (R3)N(R2N=)C(CH2)qZ-, R2(R3)N(R2N=)CN(R2)(CH2)qZ-, piperazinyl- (CH2)qZ-, or
f
Figure imgf000079_0002
Z is selected from: 0, S, S(=0), S(=O)2; R2 and R3 are selected independently from:
H, C,-C10 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C3-Cn cycloalkyl, C4-Cπ cycloalkylalkyl, C6-C,0 aryl, C7-Cn arylalkyl, C2-C7 alkylcarbonyl, C7-Cπ arylcarbonyl, C2-C10 alkoxycarbonyl, C4-Cπ cycloalkoxycarbonyl, C7-Cn bicycloalkoxycarbonyl, C7-Cπ aryloxycarbonyl, or aryl(C,-C,0 alkoxy)carbonyl, C,-C6 alkylcarbonyloxy(CrC4 alkoxy )carbonyl,
C6-C10 arylcarbonyloxy(C|-C4 alkoxy )carbonyl, C4-Cπ cycloalkylcarbonyloxy (C,-C4 alkoxy)carbonyl; U is optionally present and is selected from:
C,-C7 alkylene, C2-C7 alkenylene, C2-C7 alkynylene, arylene, or pyridylene; V is selected from: a single bond; C,-C7 alkylene substituted with 0-6 R6 or R7; C2-C7 alkenylene substituted with 0-4 R6 or R7; C2-C7 alkynylene substituted with 0-4 R6 or R7; phenylene substituted with 0-4 R6 or R7; pyridylene substituted with 0-3 R6 or R7; pyridazinylene substituted with 0-3 R6 or R7; W is -(aryl)-Z', wherein the aryl is substituted with 0-6 R6 or R7;
Z1 is selected from a single bond, -CH2-, O or S; X is selected from: a single bond; C,-C7 alkylene substituted with 0-6 R4, R8 or R15; C2-C7 alkenylene substituted with 0-4 R\ R8 or R'5; C2-C7 alkynylene substituted with.0-4 R4, R8 or R15; Y is selected from: hydroxy, C,-C,0 alkyloxy, C3-Cπ cycloalkyloxy, C6-C,0 aryloxy, C7-Cu aralkyloxy, C3-C|0 alkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C3-C,0 alkoxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C2-C,0 alkoxycarbonylalkyloxy, C5-C,0 cycloalkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C5-Cι0 cycloalkoxycarbonylalkyloxy, C5-C10 cycloalkoxycarbonylalkyloxy, C7-Cπ aryloxycarbonylalkyloxy, C8-C12 aryloxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C8-Cl2 arylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C5-C10 alkoxyalkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, Cj-C10 (5-alkyl-l ,3-dioxa-cyclopenten-2-one-yl)-methyloxy, C ,0-C ,4 (5 -aryl- 1 ,3 -dioxa-cy clopenten-2-one-y l)-methyloxy ; (R2)(R3)N-(C,-C10 alkoxy)- ; R4 is selected from:
H, C,-C,o alkyl, hydroxy, CrCl0 alkoxy, nitro, C,-C10 alkylcarbonyl, or -N(RI2)R13; R6 and R7 are each selected independently from:
H, C,-C]0 alkyl, hydroxy, C,-C10 alkoxy, nitro, C,-C10 alkylcarbonyl, -N(R,2)R13, cyano, halo, CF3, CHO, CO2R5a, C(=0)R5a, CONHR5a, CON(R,2)2, OC(=0)R5a,
OC(=O)OR5a, OR5a, OC(=O)N(R,2)2, OCH2CO2R5a, CO2CH2CO2R5a, N(R12)2, N02, NR12C(=0)R5a, NR12C(=O)OR5a, NRl2C(=0)N(R,2)2, NR'2S02N(R12)2, NR12SO2R5a,
S(O)pR5a, SO2N(R12)2, C2-C6 alkenyl, C3-Cn cycloalkyl, C4-Cn cycloalkylmethyl;
C6-C10 aryl optionally substituted with halogen, alkoxy, alkyl, CF3, S(O)mCH3, or
-N(CH3)2; or C7-C,, arylalkyl the aryl being optionally substituted with halogen, alkoxy, alkyl, CF3, S(O)mCH3, or -N(CH3)2; R8 is selected from:
H; R6; C,-C,0 alkyl, substituted with 0-8 R6; C2-C10 alkenyl, substituted with 0-6 R6;
C2-CI0 alkynyl, substituted with 0-6 R6; C3-C,0 cycloalkyl, substituted with 0-6 R6;
C5-C6 cycloalkenyl, substituted with 0-5 R6; aryl, substituted with 0-5 R6; 5-6 membered heterocyclic ring containing 1-2 N, O, or S heteroatoms, wherein the heterocyclic ring can be saturated, partially saturated, or fully unsaturated, the heterocyclic ring being substituted with 0-5 R6; R12 and R13 are selected independently from:
H, C,-C10 alkyl, C,-Cιrj alkoxycarbonyl, C,-C10 alkylcarbonyl, C,-C10 alkylsulfonyl, aryl(C,-C10 alkyl)sulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, aryl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C3-Cπ cycloalkyl, C4-Cn cycloalkylalkyl, C7-Cπ arylalkyl, C2-C7 alkylcarbonyl,
C7-C,, arylcarbonyl, C2-C,0 alkoxycarbonyl, C4-Cn cycloalkoxycarbonyl,
C7-Cπ bicycloalkoxycarbonyl, C7-Cπ aryloxycarbonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, heteroarylalkylcarbonyl or aryl(C,-C,0 alkoxy )carbonyl; R14 is selected from: H, C,-C10 alkyl, C2-C10 alkenyl, C2-C10 alkynyl, C,-C10 alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl or
C,-C10 alkoxycarbonyl, CO2R5 or -C(=O)N(Rl2)R13; R5 and R5a are selected independently from:
H, C,-C8 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C3-C,, cycloalkyl, C4-Cn cycloalkylmethyl, C6-C,0 aryl,
C7-Cπ arylalkyl, or CrC,0 alkyl substituted with 0-8 R4; R15 is selected from: H; R6; C,-C,0 alkyl, substituted with 0-8 R6; C2-Cl0 alkenyl, substituted with 0-6 R6; C,-C10 alkoxy, substituted with 0-6 R6; aryl, substituted with 0-5 R6; 5-6 membered heterocyclic ring containing 1 -2 N, O, or S heteroatoms, wherein the heterocyclic ring can be saturated, partially saturated, or fully unsaturated, the heterocyclic ring being substituted with 0-5 R6; C,-CI0 alkoxycarbonyl substituted with 0-8 R6;
CO2R5; or -(=0)N(R,2)R13; m is 0-2; n is 0-4; q is 2-7; r is 0-3; provided that n, q, and r are chosen such that the number of atoms between R1 and Y is about
8-17.
The compounds of this embodiment include compounds of Formula IV:
Figure imgf000082_0001
wherein: b is a carbon-carbon single bond or double bond; R1 is selected from:
R2HN(CH2)qO-, R2HN(R2N=C)NH(CH2)qO-, piperazinyl- CH2)qO-, or
Figure imgf000082_0002
Z is O;
R2 is selected from:
H, aryl(C,-C10)alkoxycarbonyl, C,-C,0 alkoxycarbonyl; V is selected from: a single bond; C,-C7 alkylene substituted with 0-6 R6 or R7; C2-C7 alkenylene substituted with 0-4 R6 or R7; C2-C7 alkynylene substituted with 0-4 R6 or R7; phenylene substituted with 0-3 R6 or R7; pyridylene substituted with 0-3 R6 or R7; pyridazinylene substituted with 0-3 R6 or R7; Z1 is selected from a single bond, O or S; X is selected from: a single bond; C,-C7 alkylene substituted with 0-4 R\ R8 or R15; C2-C7 alkenylene substituted with 0-3 R\ R8 or R15; C2-C7 alkynylene substituted with 0-3 R\ R8 or R15; Y is selected from: hydroxy, C,-C10 alkyloxy, C3-Cn cycloalkyloxy, C6-C10 aryloxy, C7-Cπ aralkyloxy, C3-C10 alkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C3-C10 alkoxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C2-C10 alkoxycarbonylalkyloxy, C5-C|0 cycloalkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C5-C10 cycloalkoxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C5-C10 cycloalkoxycarbonylalkyloxy, C7-Cπ aryloxycarbonylalkyloxy, C8-C12 aryloxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C8-C,2 arylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C5-C10 alkoxyaikylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C,-C,0 (5-alkyl-l,3-dioxa-cyclopenten-2-one-yl)-methyloxy, or C10-C 14 (5-aryl- 1 ,3-dioxa-cyclopenten-2-one-yl)-methyloxy; R4 is selected from: H, CrC10 alkyl, hydroxy, C,-C,0 alkoxy, nitro, C,-C10 alkylcarbonyl, or -(R12)R13;
R6 and R7 are selected independently from:
H, C,-C10 alkyl, hydroxy, C,-C,0 alkoxy, nitro, C,-C,0 alkylcarbonyl, -N(R12)R13, cyano, or halo; R8 is selected from: H, C|-C10 alkyl, C2-C10 alkenyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C5-C6 cycloalkenyl, aryl, 5-6 membered heterocyclic ring containing 1-2 N, O, or S, where the heterocyclic ring can be saturated, partially saturated, or fully unsaturated; R12 and R13 are selected independently from:
H, C,-C,0 alkyl, C,-C10 alkoxycarbonyl, CrC10 alkylcarbonyl, Ct-C[0 alkylsulfonyl, aryl(C j-C 10 alkyl)sulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, heteroarylalkylcarbonyl or aryl; R14 is selected from:
H, C,-C,0 alkyl, C2-CI0 alkenyl, C2-C10 alkynyl, C,-C10 alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl or C,-C10 alkoxycarbonyl, CO2R5 or -(=ON(Rl2)R13; R5 is selected from:
H or C,-C,β alkyl substituted with 0-6 R4; n is 0-4; q is 2-7; provided that n and q are chosen such that the number of atoms between R1 and Y is in the range of 8-17. Thus, this embodiment includes compounds wherein:
Figure imgf000084_0001
V is C,-C3 alkylene; Z1 is a single bond or O; X is C,-C3 alkylene substituted with 0-1 R4; Y is selected from: hydroxy; C,-CI0 alkoxy; methylcarbonyloxymethoxy; ethylcarbonyloxymethoxy; /-butylcarbonyloxymethoxy; cyclohexylcarbonyloxymethoxy; 1 -(methy lcarbony loxy)-ethoxy ; 1 -(ethylcarbonyloxy)-ethoxy ; l-(/-butylcarbonyloxy)-ethoxy; l-(cyclohexylcarbonyloxy)-ethoxy; i-propyloxycarbonyloxymethoxy; r-butyloxycarbonyloxymethoxy;
1 -(ι-propyloxycarbonyloxy)-ethoxy; 1 -(cyclohexyloxycarbonyloxy)-ethoxy; 1 -(r-buty loxycarbonyloxy)-ethoxy ; dimethy laminoethoxy ; diethylaminoethoxy ; (5-methyl-l,3-dioxacyclopenten-2-on-4-yl)-methoxy; (5-(/-butyl)-l .3-dioxacyclopenten-2-on-4 yl)-methoxy; ( 1 ,3-dioxa-5-phenyl-cyclopenten-2-on-4-yl)-methoxy ; l-(2-(2-methoxypropyl)carbonyloxy)-ethoxy; R12 and R13 are selected independently from:
H, C,-Q alkyl, C,-C4 alkoxycarbonyl, C,-C4 alkylcarbonyl, C,-C6 alkylsulfonyl, aryl(C,-C4 alkyl)sulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, heteroarylalkylcarbonyl or aryl; and
R13 is H.
The compounds of this embodiment include the following exemplary compounds, and pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms thereof: 5(i?,5)-4-[3-(piperidin-4-yl)oxymethylisoxazolin-5-yl]hydrocinnamic acid; 5(i-,S)-4-[3-(2-aminoethoxymethyi)-isoxazolin-5-yl]hydrocinnamic acid; 5(Λr5)-4-[3-(3-aminopropyloxymethyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl]hydrocinnamic acid; 5(i?^S)-4-[3-(piperidin-4-yl)oxymethylisoxazolin-5-yl]phenoxyacetic acid; 5(Λ,5)-4-[3-(2-aminoethoxymethyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl]phenoxyacetic acid; and 5(Λ,5)-4-[3-(3-aminopropyloxymethyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl]phenoxyacetic acid.
In a further embodiment (designated embodiment XXVII), the device includes, and can be used to deliver, a compound of Formula I:
Figure imgf000085_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt form thereof, wherein: b is a carbon-carbon single or double bond;
R1 is selected from:
R2l(R3)N-, R2(R3)N(R2N=)C-, R2i(R3)N(CH2)qZ-, R2(R3)N(R2N=)C(CH2)qZ- , R2(R3)NC(0)-, R2(R5O)N(R2N=)C-, R2(R3)N(R5ON=)C-;
Figure imgf000085_0002
Z is selected from: a bond, O, S, S(=O), and S(=O)2;
R2 and R3 are selected independently from:
H; C,-C,0 alkyl; C3-C6 alkenyl; C,-C„ cycloalkyl; C4-C„ cycloalkylalkyl; Q-CI0 aryl optionally substituted with 0-3 groups selected from hydroxy, halogen, C,-C5 alkoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, CF3, S(O)mCH3, -N(CH3)2, CrC4 haloalkyl, methylenedioxydiyl, ethylenedioxydiyl; C7-Cπ arylalkyl optionally substituted with 0-3 groups selected from hydroxy, halogen, C,-C6 alkoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, CF3, S(O)mCH3, -N(CH3)2, C,-C4 haloalkyl, methylenedioxydiyl, ethylenedioxydiyl; C2-C7 alkylcarbonyl; C7-Cπ arylcarbonyl optionally substituted with 0-3 groups selected from hydroxy, halogen, C,-C« alkoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, CF3, S(O)mCH3, -N(CH3)2, C,-C4 haloalkyl, methylenedioxydiyl, ethylenedioxydiyl; C,-C,0 alkoxycarbonyl; C4-Cπ cycloalkoxycarbonyl; C7-Cn bicycloalkoxycarbonyl; C7-Cn aryloxycarbonyl optionally substituted with 0-3 groups selected from hydroxy, halogen, C,-C6 alkoxy,
C,-C6 alkyl, CF3, S(O)mCH3, -N(CH3)2, C,-C4 haloalkyl, methylenedioxydiyl, ethylenedioxydiyl; aryl(C,-C,0 alkoxy )carbonyl where the aryl group is optionally substituted with 0-3 groups selected from hydroxy, halogen, C,-C6 alkoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, CF3, S(O)mCH3, -N(CH3)2, CrC4 haloalkyl, methylenedioxydiyl, ethylenedioxydiyl; C,-C6 alkylcarbonyloxy(C,-C4 alkoxy)carbonyl;
Q-C,o arylcarbonyloxy(C,-C4 alkoxy )carbonyl where the aryl group is optionally substituted with 0-3 groups selected from hydroxy, halogen, C,-C6 alkoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, CF3, S(O)mCH3, -N(CH,)2, C,-C4 haloalkyl, methylenedioxydiyl, ethylenedioxydiyl; C4-Cu cycioalkylcarbonyloxy(C,-C4 alkoxy)carbonyl; heteroaryl optionally substituted with 0-2 groups selected from hydroxy, halogen, C,-C6 alkoxy,
C,-C6 alkyl, CF3, S(O)mCH3, -N(CH3)2, CrC4 haloalkyl, methylenedioxydiyl, ethylenedioxydiyl; or heteroaryl(C,-C5)alkyl where the heteroaryl group is optionally substituted with 0-2 groups selected from hydroxy, halogen, C,-C(, alkoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, CF3, S(O)mCH3, -N(CH3)2, C,-C4 haloalkyl, methylenedioxydiyl, ethylenedioxydiyl; provided that only one of R2 and R3 can be hydroxy; R2a is R2 or R2(R3)N(R2N=)C; U is selected from: a single bond, -(C,-C7 alkyl)-, -(C2-C7 alkenyl)-, -(C2-C7 alkynyl)- , -(aryl)- substituted with 0-3 R6a, or -(pyridyl)- substituted with 0-3 R6a;
V is selected from: a single bond;
-(C,-C7 alkyl)-, substituted with 0-3 groups selected independently from R6 or R7; -(C2-C7 alkenyl)-, substituted with 0-3 groups selected independently from R6 or R7; -(C2-C7 alkynyl)-, substituted with 0-3 groups selected independently from R6 or R7;
-(phenyl)-, substituted with 0-2 groups selected independently from R6 or R7; -(pyridyl)-, substituted with 0-2 groups selected independently from R6 or R7; or -(pyridazinyl)-, substituted with 0-2 groups selected independently from R6 or R7; W is selected from:
V
Figure imgf000087_0001
X is selected from: a single bond, -(C(R4)2)n-C(R4)(R8)-C(R4)(R4a)- , with the proviso that when n is O or 1 , then at least one of R4a or R8 is other than H or methyl; Y selected from: hydroxy, C,-C,0 alkyloxy, C3-Cπ cycloalkyloxy, C6-C10 aryloxy, C7-CM aralkyloxy, C3-C|0 alkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C3-C,0 alkoxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C2-C,0 alkoxycarbonylalkyloxy, C3-C10 cycloalkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C5-C10 cycloalkoxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C5-C10 cycloalkoxycarbonylalkyloxy, C7-Cu aryloxycarbonylalkyloxy, C8-C12 aryloxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy,
C8-C12 arylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C5-C10 alkoxyalkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C5-C10 (5-alkyl- 1 ,3-dioxa-cyclopenten-2-one-yl)-methyloxy,
C10-C|4 (5-aryl-1.3-dioxa-cyclopenten-2-one-yl)-methyloxy, (R2)(R3)N-(C,-C10 alkoxy)- ; Z' is -C-, -0-, or -NR22-; Z2 is -0-, or -NR22-;
R4 is selected from: H, C,-C,0 alkyl, C,-C.0 alkylcarbonyl, aryl, arylalkylene cycloalkyl, or cycloalkylalkylene; alternately, two R4 groups on adjacent carbon atoms can join to form a bond, thereby to form a carbon-carbon double or triple bond between such adjacent carbon atoms; R4a is selected from:
H, hydroxy, C,-CI0 alkoxy, nitro, -N(R5)R5a, -N(R,2)R13, -N(RI5)R17, C,-C10 alkyl substituted with 0-3 R6, aryl substituted with 0-3 R6, or Cι-C|0 alkylcarbonyl; R4b is selected from:
H, C,-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C5 alkynyl, hydroxy, C,-C6 alkoxy, C,-C6 alkylthio, C,-C6 alkylsulfinyl, C,-C6 alkylsulfonyl, nitro-, C,-C6 alkylcarbonyl, C6-C10 aryl,
-N(R12)R13; halo, CF3, CN, C,-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, carboxy, piperidinyl, or pyridyl; R5 is selected from:
H, C,-C8 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C3-Cn cycloalkyl, C4-Cu cycloalkylmethyl, C6-C10 aryl,
C7-Cπ arylalkyl, or C,-C10 alkyl substituted with 0-2 R4b; R5a is selected from: hydrogen, hydroxy, C,-C8 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C3-Cπ cycloalkyl,
C4-Cn cycloalkylmethyl, C,-C6 alkoxy, benzyloxy, C6-C10 aryl, heteroaryl,
C7-C„ arylalkyl, or C,-Cl0 alkyl substituted with 0-2 R4b; alternately, R5 and R5a when both are substituents on the same nitrogen atom (as in -NR5R5a) can be taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form:
3-azabicyclononyl, 1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydro- 1 -quinolinyl, l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2-isoquinolinyl, 1 -piperidinyl, 1 -moφholinyl, 1 -pyrrolidinyl, thiamoφholinyl, thiazolidinyl, or 1 -piperazinyl, each being optionally substituted with C,-C6 alkyl, C6-C,0 aryl, heteroaryl, C7-Cn arylalkyl, C,-C6 alkylcarbonyl, C3-C7 cycloalkylcarbonyl, C,-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C7-Cπ arylalkoxycarbonyl,
C,-C6 alkylsulfonyl, or C6-C10 arylsulfonyl; R5b is selected from:
C|-C8 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, CrCu cycloalkyl, C4-Cu cycloalkylmethyl, C6-C,0 aryl,
C7-Cπ arylalkyl, or C,-C,0 alkyl substituted with 0-2 R4b; R6 is selected from: H, C,-C,0 alkyl, hydroxy, C,-C10 alkoxy, nitro, C,-C10 alkylcarbonyl, -N(R12)R13, cyano, halo, CF3, CHO, CO2R5, C(=0)R5a, CONR5R5a, OC(=O)R5a, OC(=0)OR5b, OR5, OC(=O)NR5R5a, OCH2CO2R5, C02CH2CO2R5, NO2, NR5aC(=0)R5a, NR5aC(=O)OR5b, NR5aC(=O)NR5R5a, NR5aSO2NR5R5a, NR5aS02R5, S(O)pR5, S02NR5R5a, C2-C6 alkenyl, C3-Cn cycloalkyl, C4-Cπ cycloalkylmethyl;
C6-C,o aryl optionally substituted with 1-3 groups selected from halogen, C,-C6 alkoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, CF3, S(0)mCH3, or -N(CH3)2;
C7-CM arylalkyl, the aryl being optionally substituted with 1-3 groups selected from halogen, C,-C6 alkoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, CF3, S(O)mCH3, or -N(CH3)2; methylenedioxy when R6 is a substituent on aryl; or a 5-6 membered heterocyclic ring containing 1-2 N, O, or S heteroatoms, wherein the heterocyclic ring can be saturated, partially saturated, or fully unsaturated, the heterocyclic ring being substituted with 0-2 R7; R6a is selected from: C,-C4 alkyl, C,-C4 alkoxy, halo, CF3, NO2, or NR12R13;
R7 is selected from:
H, C,-C10 alkyl, hydroxy, C,-C,0 alkoxy, nitro, C,-C,0 alkylcarbonyl, -N(R12)R13, cyano, halo, CF3, CHO, CO2R5, C(=0)R5a, CONR5R5a, OC(=0)R5a, OC(=0)OR5b, OR5a, OC(=0)NR5R5a, OCH2CO2R5, CO2CH2C02R5, N02, NR5aC(=O) R5a, NR5aC(=O)OR5b, NR5aC(=O)NR5R5a, NR5aSO2NR5R5a, NR5aS02R5, S(O)mR5a,
S02NR5R5a, C2-C6 alkenyl, C3-Cn cycloalkyl, Cg-Cl 1 cycloalkylmethyl, C6-C10 aryl, or C7-Cπ arylalkyl; R8 is selected from:
R6; C2-C10 alkyl, substituted with 0-3 R6; C2-CI0 alkenyl, substituted with 0-3 R6; C2-C10 alkynyl, substituted with 0-3 R6; C3-C8 cycloalkyl, substituted with 0-3 R6;
C5-C6 cycloalkenyl, substituted wim 0-3 R6; aryl, substituted with 0-3 R6; 5-6 membered heterocyclic ring containing 1-2 N, O, or S heteroatoms, wherein the heterocyclic ring can be saturated, partially saturated, or fully unsaturated, the heterocyclic ring being substituted with 0-2 R6; R'2 and R13 are selected independently from: H, C,-C,0 alkyl, C,-C,0 alkoxycarbonyl, C,-Cl0 alkylcarbonyl, C,-C10 alkylsulfonyl, aryl(C|-C10 alkyl)sulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, aryl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C3-Cπ cycloalkyl, C4-Cπ cycloalkylalkyl, C7-Cn arylalkyl, C7-Cu arylcarbonyl, C4-Cn cycloalkoxycarbonyl, C7-Cn bicycloalkoxycarbonyl, C7-C,, aryloxycarbonyl, or aryl(C,-C10 alkoxy)carbonyl, wherein the aryls are optionally substituted with 0-3 substituents selected from the group consisting of: C,-C4 alkyl, C,-C4 alkoxy, halo, CF3, and NO2; R14 is selected from:
H, C,-C,0 alkyl, C2-C10 alkenyl, C2-C10 alkynyl, C,-C10 alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl or C,-C,0 alkoxycarbonyl, CO2R5, or -C(=O)N(R5)R5a;
R15 is selected from:
H; R6; C,-C,0 alkyl, substituted with 0-3 R6; C2-C10 alkenyl, substituted with 0-3 R6; C,-C10 alkoxy, substimted with 0-3 R6; aryl, substituted with 0-3 R6; 5-6 membered heterocyclic ring containing 1-2 N, O, or S heteroatoms, wherein the heterocyclic ring can be saturated, partially saturated, or fully unsaturated, the heterocyclic ring being substituted with 0-2 R6; C,-C,0 alkoxycarbonyl substituted with 0-2 R6; -C02R5; or -C(=O)N(R12)R13; provided that when b is a double bond, only one of R14 or R15 is present; R16 is selected from: -C(=0)-0-R18a, -C(=O)-R18b, -C(=0)N(R18b)2, -C(=0)NHS02Rl8a,
-C(=0)NHC(=0)Rl8b, -C(=0)NHC(=0)OR18a, -C(=0)NHS02NHR18b, -C(=S)-NH-R,8b, -NH-C(=O)-O-R,8a, -NH-C(=0)-R18b, -NH-C(=0)-NH-R18b, S02-0-R,8a, -S02-R,8a, -S02-N(R18b)2, -SO2-NHC(=O)OR,8b, -P(=S)(OR18a)2, -P(=O)(OR,8a)2, -P(=S)(R18a)2, -P(=0)(R,8a)2, or
Figure imgf000090_0001
R17 is selected from:
H, C,-C,0 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C3-Cπ cycloalkyl, C4-C15 cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aryl(C,-C10 alkyl); Rl8a is selected from: C,-C„ alkyl substituted with 0-2 R19, C2-C8 alkenyl substituted with 0-2 R19, C2-C8 alkynyl substituted with 0-2 R19, C3-C8 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-2 R19, aryl substimted with 0-4 R19, aryl(C,-C6 alkyl) substituted with 0-4 R19, a 5-10 membered heterocyclic ring system having 1-3 heteroatoms selected independently from O, S, and N, the heterocyclic ring being substimted with 0-4 R19,
C,-C6 alkyl substituted with a 5-10 membered heterocyclic ring system having 1-3 heteroatoms selected independently from O, S, and N, the heterocyclic ring being substimted with 0-4 R19;
R,8b is selected from: Rl8a or H; R19 is selected from:
H, halogen, CF3, CN, NO2, -NR12R13, C,-C, alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C3-Cπ cycloalkyl, C4-Cn cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aryl(C,-C6 alkyl), C,-C6 alkoxy, or C,-C4 alkoxycarbonyl;
R20 and R21 are each selected independently from: H, CrC,0 alkyl, CO2R5, C(=O)R5a, CONR5R5a, NR5C(=O)R5a, NRI2R13, C2-C6 alkenyl,
C3-Cπ cycloalkyl, C4-Cπ cycloalkylmethyl, C6-C,0 aryl, or C7-C,, arylalkyl;
R22 is selected from:
C,-C10 alkyl, C2-Q alkenyl, C3-Cn cycloalkyl, C4-C,5 cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aryl(C,-C10 alkyl); -C(=O)R5a, -CO2R5b, -C(=0)N(R5)R5a, or a bond to X; m is 0-2; n is 0-2; p is 1-2; q is 1-7; r is 0-3; provided that n, q, and r are chosen such that the number of atoms connecting R1 and Y is in the range of 8-17.
This embodiment includes compounds of Formula Ic:
Figure imgf000091_0001
wherein: Z is selected from: a bond, O, or S;
R2 and R3 are selected independently from:
H; C,-C6 alkyl; C7-Cn arylalkyl optionally substimted with 0-3 groups selected from hydroxy, halogen, C,-C6 alkoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, CF3, S(O)mCH3, -N(CH3)2, C,-C4 haloalkyl, methylenedioxydiyl, ethylenedioxydiyl; C,-C10 alkoxycarbonyl; aryl(C,-C,0 alkoxy )carbonyl where the aryl group is optionally substituted with 0-3 groups selected from hydroxy, halogen, C,-C6 alkoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, CF3, S(0)mCH3, -N(CH3)2, C,-C4 haloalkyl, methylenedioxydiyl, ethylenedioxydiyl; or heteroaryl(C|-C5)alkyl wherein the heteroaryl group is optionally substituted with 0-2 groups selected from hydroxy, halogen, C,-C6 alkoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, CF3, S(0)mCH3,
-N(CH3)2, C,-C4 haloalkyl, methylenedioxydiyl, ethylenedioxydiyl; U is a single bond; X is -CHR4a- ; R5 is selected from: H or C ,-C ,0 alkyl substimted with 0-6 R4b;
R6 and R7 are each selected independently from:
H, C,-C10 alkyl, hydroxy, C,-Cl0 alkoxy, nitro, C,-C,0 alkylcarbonyl, -N(R12)R13, cyano, or halo; R12 and R13 are each selected independently from: H, C,-C,0 alkyl, C,-C10 alkoxycarbonyl, C,-C,0 alkylcarbonyl, CrC,0 alkylsulfonyl, aryl(C,-C,0 alkyl)sulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, or aryl, wherein the aryls are optionally substituted with 0-3 substituents selected from the group consisting of: C,-C4 alkyl, C,-C4 alkoxy, halo, CF3, and NO2; R15 is selected from: H, C,-C,0 alkyl, C2-C.0 alkenyl, C2-C,0 alkynyl, C|-C|0 alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl or
C,-C,0 alkoxycarbonyl, CO2R5 or -C(=O)N(R5)R5a; Rlδ is selected from:
-C(=0)-0-R,8a, -C(=O)-R18b-, and S(=0)2-R,8a; R17 is selected from: H or C,-C4 alkyl; Rl8a is selected from: C,-C8 alkyl substimted with 0-2 R19, C2-C8 alkenyl substimted with 0-2 R19,
C2-C8 alkynyl substituted with 0-2 R19, C3-C8 cycloalkyl substimted with 0-2 R19, aryl substimted with 0-2 R19, aryl(C,-Q alkyl) substimted with 0-2 R19; a heterocyclic ring system selected from pyridinyl, furanyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, berizofuranyl, indolyl, indolinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, isoxazolyl, isoxazolinyl, benzimidazolyl, piperidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyranyl, pyridinyl, 3H-indolyl, carbazolyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, indolinyl, or moφholinyl, the heterocyclic ring being substimted with 0-2 R19; C,-C6 alkyl substimted with a heterocyclic ring system selected from pyridinyl, furanyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, isoxazolinyl, benzofuranyl, indolyl, indolenyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzimidazolyl, piperidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyranyl, pyridinyl, 3H-indolyl, indolyl, carbazole, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, indolinyl, or moφholinyl, the heterocyclic ring being substimted with 0-2 R19. The compounds of this embodiment also include compounds of Formula lb:
Figure imgf000093_0001
wherein:
R1 is selected from:
R2(R3)N-, R2NΗ(R2N=)C-, R2R3N(CH2)p.Z- , R2NH(R2N=)CNH(CH2)p.Z- R2(R3)NC(0)- , R2(R5O)N(R2N=)C- , R2(R3)N(R5ON=)C- ;
Figure imgf000093_0002
n is 0-1; p' is 2-4; p" is 4-6; Z is selected from: a bond or O;
R3 is H or C,-C5 alkyl; V is a single bond, or -(phenyl)- X is selected from:
-CH2-, -CHN(R16)R17- , or -CHNR5R5a- ; Y is selected from: hydroxy; C,-C|0 alkoxy; methylcarbonyloxymethoxy; ethylcarbonyloxymethoxy; /-butylcarbonyloxymethoxy-; cyclohexylcarbonyloxymethoxy;
1 -(methylcarbonyloxy)-ethoxy; 1 -(ethylcarbonyloxy)-ethoxy;
1 -(r-butylcarbonyloxy)-ethoxy ; 1 -(cyclohexylcarbonyloxy)-ethoxy ;
/'-proρyloxycarbonyloxymethoxy; r-butyloxycarbonyloxymethoxy;
1 -(/'-propy loxycarbonyloxy)-ethoxy ; 1 -(cyclohexyloxycarbony loxy)-ethoxy-; l-(r-butyloxycarbonyloxy)-ethoxy; dimethylaminoethoxy; diethylaminoethoxy;
(5-methyl- 1 ,3-dioxacyclopenten-2-on-4-yl)-methoxy;
(5-(/-buty 1)- 1 ,3-dioxacyciopenten-2-on-4-yl)-methoxy;
(l,3-dioxa-5-phenyl-cyclopenten-2-on-4-yl)-methoxy; l-(2-(2-methoxypropyl)carbonyloxy)-ethoxy; R,8a is selected from:
C,-C4 alkyl substimted with 0-2 R19, C2-C4 alkenyl substimted with 0-2 R19,
C2-C4 alkynyl substimted with 0-2 R19, C3-C4 cycloalkyl substimted with 0-2 R19, aryl substimted with 0-2 R19, aryl(C,-C4 alkyl) substimted with 0-2 R'9, a heterocyclic ring system selected from pyridinyl, furanyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, benzofuranyl, indolyl, indolinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, isoxazolyl, isoxazolinyl, benzimidazolyl, piperidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyranyl, pyridinyl, 3H-indolyl, carbazolyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, indolinyl, or moφholinyl, the heterocyclic ring being substituted with 0-2 R19;
C,-C6 alkyl substimted with a heterocyclic ring system selected from pyridinyl, furanyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, isoxazolinyl, benzofuranyl, indolyl, indolenyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzimidazolyl, piperidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyranyl, pyridinyl, 3H-indolyl, indolyl, carbazole, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, indolinyl, or moφholinyl, the heterocyclic ring being substimted with 0-2 R19. Accordingly, this embodiment includes compounds having Formula lb, wherein: either: R1 is: R2NH(R2N=)C- or R2NH(R2N=)CNH-, and V is phenyl or pyridyl; or:
, and V is a single bond;
Figure imgf000095_0001
n is 1-2;
R3 is H or C,-C5 alkyl; X is selected from:
CH n2-, -CHN(R,6)R17-, or -CHNR5R5a- W is selected from:
Figure imgf000095_0002
m is 1-3;
Y is selected from: hydroxy; C,-Cl0 alkoxy; methylcarbonyloxymethoxy; ethylcarbonyloxymethoxy; 15 /-butylcarbonyloxymethoxy; cyclohexylcarbonyloxymethoxy;
1 -(methylcarbonyloxy)-ethoxy; 1 -(ethylcarbonyloxy)-ethoxy ;
1 -(t-butylcarbonyloxy)-ethoxy ; 1 -(cyclohexylcarbonyloxy)-ethoxy ;
/-propyloxycarbonyloxymethoxy; r-butyloxycarbonyloxymethoxy;
1 -(/-propyloxycarbonyloxy)-ethoxy; 1 -(cyclohexyloxycarbonyloxy)-ethoxy; 20 l-(/-butyloxycarbonyloxy)-ethoxy; dimethylaminoethoxy; diethylaminoethoxy;
(5-methyl- 1 ,3-dioxacyclopenten-2-on-4-yl)-methoxy;
(5-(/-butyl)- 1 ,3-dioxacyclopenten-2-on-4-yl)-methoxy; (l,3-dioxa-5-phenyl-cyclopenten-2-on-4-yl)-methoxy; l-(2-(2-methoxypropyl)carbonyloxy)-ethoxy; R19 is H, halogen, C,-C4 alkyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, cyclopropylmethyl, aryl, or benzyl; R20 and R21 are both H; and R22 is H, C,-C4 alkyl or benzyl.
This embodiment comprises the following exemplary compounds, and pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms thereof: 2(Λ,-S)-2-carboxymethyl-l-{5(Λ^)-N-[3-(4-amidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl- acetyl]piperidine; 2(Λ,5)-2-carboxymethyl-l-{5(ΛyS)-N-[3-(4-amidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl- acetyljazepine; 2(Λ,S)-2-carboxymethyl- 1 -{ 5(Λ,S)-N-[3-(4-amidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl- acetyl]pyrrolidine; 3(Λ^S)-carboxymethyl-4-{5(i?r5)-N-[3-(4-amidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl- acetyl]piperazine-2-one;
6(/?,5)-carboxymethyl- 1 - { 5(/?,5)-N-[3-(4-amidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl- acetyl]piperidine-2-one; 5(Λ^S)-carboxymethyl-l-{5(Λ--S)-N-[3-(4-amidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl- acetyl]pyrrolidine-2-one; 7(Λ,-5)-carboxymethyl-l-{5(/?,5)-N-[3-(4-amidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl- acetyl]azetidine-2-one; 2(Λ,5)-carboxymethyl-l-{5(A!r5)-N-[3-(4-amidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl- acetyljpyrazolidine; and 3(Λ,5)-carboxymethyl-4-{5(Λ,5)-N-[3-(4-amidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5-yl- acetyl]moφholine.
In another embodiment (designated embodiment XXXVI), the device includes, and can be used to deliver, a compound of Formula IX:
Figure imgf000096_0001
wherein: Y is selected from:
CrC10 alkyloxy, C3-C,, cycloalkyloxy, C6-C,0 aryloxy, C7-Cπ aralkyloxy, C3-C10 alkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C3-C10 alkoxy carbonyloxy alkyloxy, C2-C,0 alkoxycarbonylalkyloxy, C5-C10 cycloalkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C5-C 10 cycloalkoxycarbony loxyalkyloxy , C5-C 10 cycloalkoxycarbonylalkyloxy,
C7-Cπ aryloxycarbonylalkyloxy, C8-C12 aryloxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C8-C12 arylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C5-C10 alkoxyalkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C5-C|0 (5-alkyl-l,3-dioxa-cyclopenten-2-one-yl)-methyloxy, C,0-C14 (5-aryl-l ,3-dioxa-cyclopenten-2-one-yl)-methyloxy; R' is NC- ;
R4 is selected from:
H, C,-C,0 alkyl, CrC10 alkylcarbonyl, aryl, arylalkyl, cycloalkyl, or cycloalkylalkyl; R4a is selected from:
H, hydroxy, C,-Cl0 alkoxy, nitro, N(R5)R5\ -N(RI2)R13, -N(R16)R17, C,-C10 alkyl substimted with 0-3 R6, aryl substimted with 0-3 R6, or pyrrolidinyl, or
C,-C10 alkylcarbonyl; R4b is selected from:
H, C,-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2 C6 alkynyl, C3-C7 cycloalkyl, C7-CM bicycloalkyl, hydroxy, C,-C6 alkoxy, C,-C6 alkylthio, C,-C6 alkylsulfinyl, C,-C6 alkylsulfonyl, nitro, C,-C6 alkylcarbonyl, C6-C10 aryl, -N(R12)R13; halo, CF3, CN,
C,-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, carboxy, piperidinyl, moφholinyl or pyridinyl; R5 is selected from:
H or C,-C10 alkyl substimted with 0-2 R4b; R5a is selected from: hydrogen, hydroxy, C,-C8 alkyl, C3-C6 alkenyl, C3-CM cycloalkyl,
C4-Cπ cycloalkylmethyl, C,-C6 alkoxy, benzyloxy, C6-C,0 aryl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, C7-Cπ arylalkyl, adamantylmethyl, or CrC10 alkyl substituted with 0-2 R4b; R6 is selected from: H, C,-C4 alkyl, hydroxy, C,-C4 alkoxy, nitro, C,-C10 alkylcarbonyl, -N(RI2)R13,
-NR5R5a, CO2R5, S(O)mR5, OR5, cyano, halo; C6-C,0 aryl optionally substituted with 1-3 groups selected from halogen, Cj-Q alkoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, CF3, S(0)mCH3, or
-N(CH3)2; methylenedioxy when R6 is a substituent on aryl; or a heterocyclic ring system selected from pyridinyl, furanyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, benzofuranyl, indolyl, indolinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzimidazolyl, piperidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyranyl, pyridinyl, 3H-indolyl, carbazolyl, piperidinyl, indolinyl, isoxazolyl, isoxazolinyl or moφholinyl; R8 is selected from:
-CONR5NR5ϊ; -CO2R5; C,-C10 alkyl, substimted with 0-3 R6;
C2-C10 alkenyl, substimted with 0-3 R6; C2-C 10 alkynyl, substituted with 0-3 R6,
C3-C8 cycloalkyl, substimted with 0-3 R6; aryl, substimted with 0-2 R6; a heterocyclic ring system selected from pyridinyl, furanyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, benzofuranyl, indolyl, indolinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, isoxazolyl, isoxazolinyl, benzimidazolyl, piperidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyranyl, pyridinyl, 3H-indolyl, carbazolyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, indolinyl, or moφholinyl, the heterocyclic ring being substimted with 0-2 R6; R12 is selected from:
Η, C,-C6 alkyl, C,-C4 alkoxycarbonyl, C,-C6 alkylcarbonyl, C,-C6 alkylsulfonyl, aryl(C,-C4 alkyl)sulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, aryl, pyridylcarbonyl, or pyridylmethylcarbonyl, wherein the aryls are optionally substimted with 0-3 substituents selected from the group consisting of: C,-C4 alkyl, C,-C4 alkoxy, halo,
CF3, and N02; R13 is Η; R16 is selected from:
-C(=O)-O-R18a, -C(=O)-R,8b, -C(=O)N(R18b)2, -SO2-R,8a, or -S02-N(R18b)2; R'7 is selected from:
Η or C,-C4 alkyl; R18a is selected from: C,-C8 alkyl substimted with 0-2 R19, C2-C8 alkenyl substituted with 0-2 R19, C2-C8 alkynyl substimted with 0-2 R19, C3-C8 cycloalkyl substimted with 0-2 R19, aryl substimted with 0-4 R19, aryI(C,-C6 alkyl)- substimted with 0-4 R19, a heterocyclic ring system selected from pyridinyl, furanyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, benzofuranyl, indolyl, indolinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, isoxazolyl, isoxazolinyl, benzimidazolyl, piperidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyranyl, pyrimidinyl, 3H-indolyl, carbazolyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, indolinyl, or moφholinyl, the heterocyclic ring, being substimted with 0-4 R19; CrC6 alkyl substimted with a heterocyclic ring system selected from pyridinyl, furanyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, isoxazolinyl, benzofuranyl, indolyl, 2S'-indolenyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzimidazolyl, piperidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyranyl, pyridinyl, 3H-indolyl, indolyl, carbazole, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, indolinyl, or moφholinyl, the heterocyclic ring being substimted with 0-4 R19; Rl8b is selected from: Rl8a or Η;
R19 is selected from:
Η, halogen, CF3, CN, NO2, NR,2R13, C,-C8 alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-Q alkynyl, C3-C,, cycloalkyl, C4-Cπ cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aryl(CrC6 alkyl), C,-C6 alkoxy, or C,-C4 alkoxycarbonyl; m is 0-2; n is 0-4; q is 1-7; and r is 0-3.
In still another embodiment (designated embodiment XXXVIII), the device includes, and can be used to deliver, a compound of Formulae Ie or If:
W ^
Figure imgf000100_0001
or enantiomeric or diastereomeric forms thereof, or mixtures of enantiomeric or diastereomeric forms thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt form thereof, wherein: Rl is: R2(R3)N(R2N=)C-, R2(R3)N(R2N=)CN(R2)- , or R2(R3)N-; R2 and R3 are selected independently from:
H; C,-C,0 alkyl; C3-C6 alkenyl; C3-Cπ cycloalkyl; C4-Cn cycloalkylalkyl; C5-C10 aryl optionally substimted with 0-3 groups selected from hydroxy, halogen, C,-C6 alkoxy,
C,-C6 alkyl, CF3, S(O)mCH3, -N(CH3)2, C,-C4 haloalkyl, methylenedioxydiyl, ethylenedioxydiyl; C7-CM arylalkyl optionally substimted with 0-3 groups selected from hydroxy, halogen, C,-C6 alkoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, CF3, S(0)mCH3, -N(CH3)2, C,-C4 haloalkyl, methylenedioxydiyl, ethylenedioxydiyl; C2-C7 alkylcarbonyl; C7-Cπ arylcarbonyl optionally substimted with 0-3 groups selected from hydroxy, halogen, C,-C6 alkoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, CF3, S(O)mCH3, -N(CH3)2, C,-C4 haloalkyl, methylenedioxydiyl, ethylenedioxydiyl; C,-C,0 alkoxycarbonyl; C4-Cπ cycloalkoxycarbonyl; C7-Cπ bicycloalkoxycarbonyl; C7-C|, aryloxycarbonyl optionally substimted with 0-3 groups selected from hydroxy, halogen, C,-C6 alkoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, CF3, S(O)mCH3, -N(CH3)2, C,-C4 haloalkyl, methylenedioxydiyl, ethylenedioxydiyl; aryl(C,-C,0 alkoxy )carbonyl where the aryl group is optionally substimted with 0-3 groups selected from hydroxy, halogen, C,-C6 alkoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, CF3, S(O)mCH3, -N(CH3)2, C,-C4 haloalkyl, methylenedioxydiyl, ethylenedioxydiyl; C,-C6 alkylcarbonyloxy(C,-C4 alkoxy)carbonyl; C6-C,0 arylcarbonyloxy(C|-C4 alkoxy)carbonyl where the aryl group is optionally substimted with 0-3 groups selected from hydroxy, halogen, C,-C6 alkoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, CF3, S(O)mCH3, -N(CH3)2, C,-C4 haloalkyl, methylenedioxydiyl, ethylenedioxydiyl; C4-Cπ cycloalkylcarbonyloxy(C,-C4 alkoxy )carbonyl; heteroaryl optionally substimted with 0-2 groups selected from hydroxy, halogen, C,-C6 alkoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, CF3, S(O)mCH3, -N(CH3)2, C,-C4 haloalkyl, methylenedioxydiyl, ethylenedioxydiyl; or heteroaryl(Ci-C5)alkyl where the heteroaryl group is optionally substimted with 0-2 groups selected from hydroxy, halogen, C,-C6 alkoxy, C,-C6 alkyl, CF3, S(O)mCH3, -N(CH3)2, C,-C4 haloalkyl, methylenedioxydiyl, ethylenedioxydiyl; provided that only one of R2 and R3 is hydroxy; R12 and R13 are selected independently from:
H, C,-C,o alkyl, C,-CI0 alkoxycarbonyl, CrC,0 alkylcarbonyl, C,-C10 alkylsulfonyl, aryl(C,-CI0 alkyl)sulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, aryl(C2-C,0 alkenyl)sulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, aryl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C3-Cπ cycloalkyl, C4-Cπ cycloalkylalkyl, C7-Cn arylalkyl, C7-Cπ arylcarbonyl, C4-Cn cycloalkoxycarbonyl, C7-Cπ bicycloalkoxycarbonyl, C7-Cπ aryloxycarbonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, heteroarylalkylcarbonyl, or aryl(C,-C,0 alkoxy )carbonyl, wherein the aryls are optionally substimted with 0-3 substituents selected from the group consisting of: C,-C4 alkyl, CrCA alkoxy, halo, CF3, and N02; R16 is selected from: -C(=0)-0-R18a, -C(=0)-Rl8b, -C(=0)N(R18b)2, -C(=0)NHS02-Rl 8a,
-C(=0)NHC(=0)R18b, -C(=O)NHC(=0)R,8a, -C(=O)NHS02NHR18b, -C(=S)-NH-R18b, -NH-C(=0)-0-R,8a, -NH-C(=0)-R18b, -NH-C(=0)-NH-R18b, -S02-0-R,8a, -SO2-R,8a, -S02-N(R,8b)2, -SO2-NHC(=0)R18b, -P(=S) (OR,8,)2, -P(=0) (OR,8a)2, -P(=S) (R,8a)2, -P(=0)(R18a)2, or
Figure imgf000101_0001
Rl8a is selected from:
C,-C8 alkyl substimted with 0-2 R19, C2-C8 alkenyl substimted with 0-2 R19,
C2-C8 alkynyl substimted with 0-2 R19, C3-C8 cycloalkyl substituted with 0-2 R19, aryl substimted with 0-4 R19, aryl(C,-C6 alkyl) substimted with 0-4 R19, a 5-10 membered heterocyclic ring system having 1-3 heteroatoms selected independently from O, S, and N, the heterocyclic ring being substimted with 0-4 R19, C,-C6 alkyl substimted with a 5-10 membered heterocyclic ring system having 1-3 heteroatoms selected independently from O, S, and N, the heterocyclic ring being substituted with 0-4 R19;
Rl8b is selected from:
R,8a or H; R19 is selected from:
H, halogen, CF3, CN, NO2, NR12R13, C,-C, alkyl, C2-C6 alkenyl, C2-Q alkynyl, C3-Cn cycloalkyl, C4-Cu cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aryl(C,-C6 alkyl), C,-C6 alkoxy, or
C,-C4 alkoxycarbonyl; Y is selected from: hydroxy, C,-C10 alkyloxy, C3-Cπ cycloalkyloxy, C6-C10 aryloxy, C7-Cπ aralkyloxy, C3-C10 alkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C3-C,0 alkoxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C2-C10 alkoxycarbonylalkyloxy, C5-C10 cycloalkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy,
C5-C10 cycloalkoxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C5-C10 cycloalkoxycarbonylalkyloxy, C7-Cπ aryloxycarbonylalkyloxy, C8-C,2 aryloxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C8-C,2 arylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C5-C,0 alkoxyalkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C5-C10 (5-alkyl-l ,3-dioxa-cyclopenten-2-one-yl)-methyloxy, C 10-C,4 (5-aryl-l,3-dioxa-cyclopenten-2-one-yl)-methyloxy,
(R2)(R3)N-(C,-C10 alkoxy)- ; m is 0-2; n is 0-2; and p is 1-5.
In another embodiment (designated embodiment XXXIX), the device includes, and can be used to deliver, a compound ofthe formula:
Figure imgf000103_0001
and enantiomeric and diastereomeric forms thereof, and mixtures of enantiomeric and diastereomeric forms thereof, and zwitterion and pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms thereof, wherein: R' is: hydrogen, (C|-C6)alkoxycarbonyl, (C3-C7) cycloalkoxycarbonyl or aryloxycarbonyl; Y is selected from: hydroxy, C,-C,0 alkyloxy, C3-Cn cycloalkyloxy, aryl C,-C6 alkyloxy,
C,-C6 alkylcarbonyloxy C,-C4 alkyloxy, C,-C6 alkyloxycarbonyloxy C,-C4 alkyloxy, C3-C7 cycloalkylcarbonyloxy C,-C4 alkyloxy,
C3-C7 cycloalkyloxycarbonyloxy C,-C4 alkyloxy, C8-C14 arylcarbonyloxy C,-C4 alkyloxy, C,-C6 alkyloxy C,-C6 alkylcarbonyloxy C,-C4 alkyloxy, [5-(C,-C6)alkyl-l,3-dioxa-cyclopenten-2-one-4-yl]-methyloxy, (5-aryl-l ,3-dioxa-cyclopenten-2-one-4-yl)-methyloxy,
(C,-C4 alkyl)2N-(C,-C10)alkyloxy, or moφholinoethoxy; and aryl is: phenyl or naphthyl optionally substimted by 1-3 substiments selected independently from methyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, amino, dimethylamino, F, Cl, Br, and I. This embodiment includes compounds wherein:
R1 is: H, methoxy carbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, or benzyloxycarbonyl.
Other compounds of this embodiment include compounds wherein: R' is H; and Y is selected from the group consisting of: hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, π-propoxy, /i-butoxy, r-butoxy, /-butoxy, j-butoxy, methylcarbonyloxymethoxy, ethylcarbonyloxymethoxy, r-butylcarbonyloxymethoxy, cyclohexylcarbonyloxymethoxy, l-(methylcarbonyloxy)-ethoxy, l-(ethylcarbonyloxy)-ethoxy,
1 -(/-butylcarbonyloxy)-ethoxy, 1 -(cyclohexylcarbonyloxy)-ethoxy, i-propyloxycarbonyloxymethoxy, cyclohexyloxycarbonyloxymethoxy, r-butyloxycarbonyloxymethoxy, 1 -(/-propyloxycarbonyloxy)-ethoxy, 1 -(cyclohexyloxycarbonyloxy)-ethoxy, 1 -(/-butyloxycarbonyloxy)-ethoxy, dimethylaminoethoxy, diethylaminoethoxy,
(5-methyl- 1 ,3-dioxacyclopenten-2-on-4-yl)-methoxy, (5-(/-butyl)- 1 ,3-dioxacyclopenten-2-on-4-yl)-methoxy, ( 1 ,3-dioxa-5-pheny l-cyclopenten-2-on-4-yl)-methoxy, and l-(2-(2-methoxypropyl)-carbonyloxy)-ethoxy. Thus, the compounds useful according to this embodiment comprise the following exemplary compounds:
N2-(3,5-dimethylisoxazole-4-sulfonyl)-N3-[3-(4,5-amidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(Λ)-yl- acetyl]-(5)-2,3-diaminopropionic acid;
N2-(3,5-dimethylisoxazole-4-sulfonyl)-N3-[3-(4-amidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(5)-yl- acetyl]-(s)-2,3-diaminopropionic acid;
N2-(3,5-dimethylisoxazole-4-sulfonyl)-N3-[3-(4-amidinophenyl)-isoxazoIin-5(Λ)-yl- acetyl]-(Λ)-2,3-diaminopropionic acid;
N2-(3,5-dimethylisoxazole-4-sulfonyl)-N3-[3-(4-amidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(S)-yl- acetyl]-(Λ)-2,3-diaminopropionic acid, and zwitterion and pharmaceutically acceptable salts forms thereof, methyl and ethyl esters thereof, and pharmaceutically acceptable salt forms thereof,
Other exemplary compounds of this embodiment include:
N2-(3,5-dimethylisoxazole-4-sulfonyl)-N3-[3-(4-amidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(Λ)-yl- acetyl]-(S)-2, 3 diaminopropionic acid;
N2-(3,5-dimethylisoxazole-4-sulfonyl)-N3-[3-(4-amidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(Λ)-yl- acetyl]-(5)-2,3-diaminopropionic acid, trifluoroacetic acid salt; N2-(3,5-dimethylisoxazole-4-sulfonyl-N3-[3-(4-amidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(Λ)-yl- acetyl]-(S)-2,3-diaminopropionic acid, methanesulfonate salt; and N2-(3,5-dimethylisoxazole-4-sulfonyl-N3-[3-(4-amidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(Λ)-yl- acetyl]-(ιS)-2,3-diaminopropionic acid, hydrochloride salt.
In an alternative embodiment, the iontophoretic device ofthe invention includes an integrin antagonist, such as a peptide or peptidomimetic compound having a structure that binds to the RGD-binding domain of an integrin, provided that the integrin antagonist is not a compound of Formula L:
Figure imgf000105_0001
or a salt solvate or ester thereof, or a salt or solvate of such ester, in which X represents either CH2-CH2 or CH=CH. An alternative method ofthe invention, therefore, is to iontophoretically deliver an integrin antagonist, provided that the integrin antagonist is not a compound not a compound of Formula L:
Figure imgf000105_0002
or a salt solvate or ester thereof, or a salt or solvate of such ester, in which X represents either CH2-CH2 or CH=CH.
In another alternative embodiment, the invention is an iontophoretic device that includes an integrin antagonist, provided that the integrin antagonist is not a compound of embodiments IV, IX, XIX, XXIII, XXVII, XXXVI, XXXVIII, or XXXIX. An alternative method ofthe invention, therefore, is to iontophoretically deliver an integrin antagonist, provided that the integrin antagonist is not a compound of embodiments IV, IX, XIX, XXIII, XXVII, XXXVI, XXXVIII, or XXXIX. A preferred device includes compound having the structure:
Figure imgf000106_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. The mesylate salt is especially preferred. Thus, the invention includes a method of administering an integrin inhibitor compound as described above, the method comprising iontophoretically administering to a mammal a therapeutically effective amount of the integrin inhibitor using an iontophoresis device.
The invention further includes a method for the treatment of thrombosis, comprising administering to a mammal a therapeutically effective amount of an integrin inhibitor, as described above, using an iontophoresis device.
In particular, the invention includes a method of inhibiting the aggregation of blood platelets, comprising administering to a mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a Ilb/IIIa inhibitor using an iontophoresis device.
The invention further includes a method of treating a thromboembolic disorder selected from thrombus or embolus formation, harmful platelet aggregation, reocclusion following thrombolysis, reperfusion injury, restenosis, atherosclerosis, stroke, myocardial infarction, and unstable angina, the method comprising administering to a mammal a therapeutically effective amount of an integrin inhibitor, as described,, using an iontophoresis device. The entire disclosures of all of the documents cited herein are hereby incoφorated herein by reference.
Utility
The CAR antagonist compounds delivered by iontophoresis in accordance with the present invention possess activity as antagonists of CARs such as, for example, Ilb/IIIa, θvβ3, α^ and α5β,, and as such have utility in the treatment of a variety of disease conditions as discussed herein. The CAR antagonist activity of the compounds iontophoretically delivered in the present invention can be demonstrated using assays that measure the binding of a specific CAR to a native ligand, for example, using the ELISA assay described below for the binding of vitronectin to the ocvβ3 receptor, or for example, an ELISA assay for the binding of fibrinogen to the Ilb/IIIa receptor.
Compounds useful in the present invention include those that possess selectivity for the αvβ3 receptor relative to the Ilb/IIIa receptor as demonstrated by their lack of activity in standard assays of platelet aggregation, such as the platelet aggregation assay described below.
One of the major roles of CARs in vivo is to mediate cellular interactions wim adjacent cells. Cell-based adhesion assays can be used to mimic these interactions in vitro. A cell based assay is more representative of the in vivo situation than an ELISA since me receptor is maintained in membranes in the native state. The compounds ofthe present invention have activity in cell-based assays of adhesion, for example as demonstrated in using the cell adhesion assays described below.
The αvβ3 integrin antagonist compounds used in this invention have the ability to suppress/inhibit angiogenesis in vivo, for example, as demonstrated using animal models of ocular neovascularization.
The Ilb/IIIa inhibitor compounds used in this invention possess antiplatelet efficacy, as evidenced by their activity in standard platelet aggregation assays or platelet fibrinogen binding assays, as described below. The utility ofthe compounds ofthe present invention can be assessed by testing using any of the methods accepted in the art, including, for example, by one or more ofthe following assays as described in detail below: a) Purified a^3 (Human Placenta)-Vitronectin ELISA; b) αvβ3-Vitronectin Binding Assay; c) Cell Adhesion Receptor Cell-Based Adhesion Assay; d) Platelet Aggregation Assay; e) Purified GPIIb/IIIa-Fibrinogen Binding Assay; f) Platelet-Fibrinogen Binding Assay; g) Thrombolytic Assay; h) Human Aortic Smooth Muscle Cell Migration Assay; i) In vivo Angiogenesis Model; j) Pig Restenosis Model; k) Mouse Retinopathy Model.
As used in the descriptions ofthe utility assays and elsewhere herein: "μg" denotes microgram, "mg" denotes milligram, "g" denotes gram, "kg" denotes kilogram, "μL" denotes microliter, "mL" denotes milliliter, "L" denotes liter, "nM" denotes nanomolar, "μM" denotes micromolar, "mM" denotes millimolar, "M" denotes molar, "nm" denotes nanometer, "A" denotes ampere, "mA" denotes milliampere, "μA" denotes microampere, "min" denotes minute, and "h" denotes hour. "Sigma" stands for the Sigma-Aldrich Coφ. of St. Louis, MO.
A compound ofthe present invention is considered to be active if it has an IC50 or K, value of less than about 10 μM for the inhibition of αvβ3-Vitronectin Binding Assay, with compounds preferably having K, values of less than about 0.1 μM. Tested compounds ofthe present invention are active in the αvβ3-Vitronectin Binding Assay.
Purified a.$, fhuman placental-Vitronectin F.LISA
The αvβ3 receptor was isolated from human placental extracts prepared using ocrylglucoside. The extracts were passed over an affinity column composed of anti-αvβ3 monoclonal antibody (LM609) to Affigel. The column was subsequently washed extensively at pH 7 and pH 4.5 followed by elution at pH 3. The resulting sample was concentrated by wheat germ agglutinin chromatography to provide gave two bands on SDS gel which were confirmed as αvβ3 by western blotting. Affinity purified protein was diluted at different levels and plated to 96 well plates.
ELISA was performed using fixed concentration of biotinylated vitronectin (approximately 80 nM/well). This receptor preparation contains the αvβ3 with no detectable levels of αvβ5 according to the gel (αvβ3) and according to effects of blocking antibodies for the αvβ3 or αvβ5 in the ELISA. A submaximal concentration of biotinylated vitronectin was selected based on concentration-response curve with fixed receptor concentration and variable concentrations of biotinylated vitronectin.
tx.β,-Vitronectin Binding Assay The purified receptor is diluted with coating buffer (20 mM Tris HC1, 150 mM NaCI, 2.0 mM CaCl2, 1.0 mM MgCl2 »6H2O, 1.0 mM MnCl2»4H2O) and coated (100 μL/well) on Costar (3590) high capacity binding plates overnight 5 at 4°C. The coating solution is discarded and the plates washed once with blocking/binding buffer (B/B buffer, 50 mM Tris HC1, 100 mM NaCI, 2.0 mM CaCl2, 1.0 mM MgCl2.6H2O, 1.0 mM MnCl2«4H20). Receptor is then blocked (200 μL/well) with 3.5% BSA in B/B buffer for 2 hours at room temperature. After washing once with 1.0% BSA in B/B buffer, biotinylated vitronectin (100 μL) and either inhibitor (11 μL) or B/B buffer w/1.0% ssA (11 μL)is added to each well. The plates are incubated 2 hours at room temperature. The plates are washed twice with B/B buffer and incubated 1 hour at room temperature with anti-biotin alkaline phosphatase (100 μL/well) in
B/B buffer containing 1.0% BSA. The plates are washed twice with B/B buffer and alkaline phosphatase substrate (100 μL) is added. Color is developed at room temperature.
Color development is stopped by addition of 2N NaOH (25 μL/well) and absorbance is read at 405 nm. The IC50 is the concentration of test substance needed to block 50% ofthe vitronectin binding to the receptor.
CAR Cell-Based Adhesion Assays
In the adhesion assays, a 96 well plate was coated with the ligand (i.e., fibrinogen) and incubated overnight at 4°C. The following day, the cells were harvested, washed and loaded with a fluorescent dye. Compounds and cells were added together and then were immediately added to the coated plate. After incubation, loose cells are removed from the plate, and the plate (with adherent cells) is counted on a fluorometer. The ability of test compounds to inhibit cell adhesion by 50% is given by the IC50 value and represents a measure of potency of inhibition of CAR mediated binding. Compounds were tested for their ability to block cell adhesion using assays specific for α^, αvβ, and α5β, CAR interactions.
Platelet Aggregation Assay
Venous blood was obtained from anesthetized mongrel dogs or from healthy human donors who were drug- and aspirin-free for at least two weeks prior to blood collection. Blood was collected into citrated Vacutainer tubes. The blood was centrifuged for 15 min at 150 x g (850 RPM in a Sorvall RT6000 Tabletop Centrifuge with H-l 000 B rotor) at room temperature, and platelet-rich plasma (PRP) was removed. The remaining blood was centrifuged for 15 min at 1500 x g (26,780 RPM) at room temperature, and platelet-poor plasma (PPP) was removed. Samples were assayed on a PAP-4 Platelet Aggregation Profiler, using PPP as the blank (100% transmittance). 200 μL of PRP (5x108 platelets/mL) was added to each micro test mbe, and transmittance was set to 0%. 20 μL of ADP (10 μM) was added to each tube, and the aggregation profiles were plotted (% transmittance versus time). Test agent (20 μL) was added at different concentrations prior to the addition ofthe platelet agonist. Results are expressed as % inhibition of 25 agonist-induced platelet aggregation.
Purified OPIIh/IIIa-Fibrinogen Binding ELISA The following reagents are used in the GPIIb/IIIa-fibrinogen binding, ELISA: purified GPIIb/IIIa (148.8 μg/mL); biotinylated fibrinogen (~ 1 mg/mL or 3000 nM); anti-biotin alkaline phosphatase conjugate (Sigma No. A7418); flat-bottom, high binding, 96-well plates (Costar Cat. No. 3590); phosphatase substrate (Sigma No. 104) (40 mg capsules); bovine serum albumin (BSA) (Sigma No. A3294); Alkaline Phosphatase buffer:
0.1 M glycine-HCl, 1 mM MgCl2»6H20, 1 mM ZnCl2, pH 10.4; Binding buffer: 20 mM Tris-HCl, 150 mM NaCI, 1 mM CaCl2«2H20, 0.02% NaN3, pH 7.0;
Buffer A:
50 mM Tris-HCl, 100 mM NaCI, 2 mM CaCl2-2H20, 0.02% NaN3, pH 7.4; Buffer A + 3.5% BSA (Blocking buffer); Buffer A + 0.1% BSA (Dilution buffer); and 2N NaOH.
The following method steps are used in the GPIIb/IIIa-fibrinogen binding ELISA: Coat plates with GPIIb/IIIa in Binding buffer (125 ng/100 μL/well) overnight at 4°C (Leave first column uncoated for non-specific binding). Cover and freeze plates at -70°C until used. Thaw plate 1 hour at room temperature or overnight at 4°C. Discard coating solution and wash once with 200 μL Binding buffer per well. Block plate 2 hours at room temperature on shaker with 200 μL Buffer A + 3.5% BSA (Blocking buffer) per well. Discard Blocking buffer and wash once with 200 μL Buffer A + 0.1% BSA (Dilution buffer) per well. Pipet 11 μL of test compound (1 OX the concentration to be tested in Dilution buffer) into duplicate wells. Pipet 1 1 μL Dilution buffer into non-specific and total binding wells. Add 100 μL biotinylated fibrinogen (1/133 in Dilution buffer, final concentration =
20 nM) to each well. Incubate plates for 3 hours at room temperature on a plate shaker. Discard assay solution and wash twice with 300 μL Binding buffer per well. Add 100 μL Anti-biotin alkaline phosphatase conjugate (1/1500 in Dilution buffer) to each well. Incubate plates for 1 hour at room temperature on plate shaker. Discard conjugate and wash twice with 300 μL Binding buffer per well. Add 100 μL phosphatase substrate (1.5 mg/mL in alkaline phosphatase buffer) to each well. Incubate plate at room temperature on shaker until color develops. Stop color development by adding 25 μL 2N NaOH per well. Read plate at 405 nm. Blank against non-specific binding (NSB) well. Percent Inhibition is calculated as 100 - (Test Compound Abs/Total Abs) x 100.
Platelet-Fibrinogen Binding Assay
Binding of l25I-fibrinogen to platelets was performed as described by Bennett et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 80:2417-2422 (1983), with some modifications as described below. Human PRP (h-PRP) was applied to a Sepharose column for the purification of platelet fractions. Aliquots of platelets (5 x 108 cells) along with 1 mM calcium chloride were added to removable 96 well plates prior to the activation of the human gel purified platelets
(h-GPP). Activation of the human gel purified platelets was achieved using ADP, collagen, arachidonate, epinephrine, and/or thrombin in the presence ofthe ligand, l25I-fibrinogen. The 125I-fibrinogen bound to the activated platelets was separated from the free form by centrifugation and then counted on a gamma counter. For an IC50 evaluation, the test compounds were added at various concentrations prior to the activation ofthe platelets.
Thrombolvtic Assay
The CAR antagonist compounds used in the present invention can also possess thrombolvtic efficacy, that is, they are capable of lysing (breaking up) already formed platelet-rich fibrin blood clots, and thus are useful in treating a thrombus formation, as evidenced by their activity in the tests described below. Venous blood was obtained from the arm of a healthy human donor who was drug-free and aspirin free for at least two weeks prior to blood collection, and placed into 10 mL citrated vacutainer tubes. The blood was centrifuged for 15 min at 1500 x g at room temperature, and platelet rich plasma (PRP) was removed.
To the PRP was then added 1 x 10"3 M ofthe agonist ADP, epinephrine, collagen, arachidonate, serotonin or thrombin, or a mixture thereof, and the PRP incubated for 30 min. The PRP was centrifuged for 12 min at 2500 x g at room temperature. The supernatant was then poured off, and the platelets remaining in the test mbe were resuspended in platelet poor plasma (PPP), which served as a plasminogen source. The suspension was then assayed on a
Coulter Counter (Coulter Electronics, Inc., Hialeah, FL), to determine the platelet count at the zero time point. After obtaining the zero time point, test compounds were added at various concentrations. Test samples were taken at various time points and the platelets were counted using the Coulter Counter. To determine the percent of lysis, the platelet count at a time point subsequent to the addition ofthe test compound was subtracted from the platelet count at the zero time point, and the resulting number divided by the platelet count at the zero time point. Multiplying this result by 100 yielded the percentage of clot lysis achieved by the test compound. For the IC50 evaluation, the test compounds were added at various concentrations, and the percentage of lysis caused by the test compounds was calculated.
Human Aortic Smooth Muscle Cell Migration Assay
A method for assessing αvβ3-mediated smooth muscle cell migration and agents that inhibit α^-mediated smooth muscle cell migration is described in Liaw et al., J Clin Invest 95:713-724 (1995).
In Vivo Angiogenesis Model A quantitative method for assessing angiogenesis and antiangiogenic agents is described in Passaniti et al., Lab Invest 67:519-528 (1992).
Pig Restenosis Model A method for assessing restenosis and agents that inhibit restenosis is described in Schwartz et al., J Am College of Cardiology 19:267-274 (1992).
Mouse Retinopathy Model
A method for assessing retinopathy and agents that inhibit retinopathy is described in Smith et al., Invest Ophthal & Visual Science 35:101-111 (1994).
Dosage and Formulation CAR antagonist compounds are iontophoretically delivered in accordance with this invention by transdermal iontophoretic delivery to provide contact ofthe active agent with the agent's site of action, the desired CAR, in the body of a mammal. They can be administered by any conventional iontophoresis means available for use in conjunction with pharmaceuticals, either as individual therapeutic agents or in a combination of therapeutic agents.
The dosage ofthe CAR antagonist compounds administered will, of course, vary depending upon known factors, such as the pharmacodynamic characteristics ofthe particular agent; the age, health and weight of the recipient; the nature of the target CAR; the nature and extent ofthe symptoms; the kind of concurrent treatment; the frequency of treatment; and the effect desired. A daily dosage of active ingredient can be expected to be in the range of from about 0.001 to about 10 milligrams per kilogram (mg/kg) of body weight.
Suitable pharmaceutical carriers are described in Remington s Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Company, a standard reference text in this field, the disclosure of which incoφorated herein by reference.
The following examples are provided to assist in a further understanding ofthe invention. The results of the following experiments demonstrate successful iontophoretic delivery of cell adhesion antagonist molecules. The particular materials and conditions employed are intended to be further illustrative ofthe invention and are not limiting upon the reasonable scope thereof.
Example 1
In vitro Excised Skin Delivery Experiments Patch Designs: The 2 compartment patch design includes an absorbent drug reservoir with 2 cm2 skin-contacting area and volume of 0.30 mL. The drug reservoir is separated from the electrode compartment with a 100 M WCO ultrafiltration membrane. The electrode compartment included a silver anode and cation exchange media in a hydrogel. A monolithic patch design was also used, consisting of a sandwich composed of a silver anode in the middle of 2 layers of absorbent material. The patches are assembled and loaded with the dosing solution just before applying to the skin.
Experimental Protocol: The iontophoretic delivery of a GPIIb/IIIa antagonist was carried out in a flow-through in vitro system. The compound used was methyl- N3-[2-{3-(4-formamidinophenyl)-isoxazolin-5(i?)-yl}-acetyl]-N2-(n-butyloxycarbonyl)-2,3- (S)-diaminopropanoate, having the following generalized structure:
Figure imgf000114_0001
This compound was delivered as the mesylate salt, having a molecular weight of 447, with pKa = 11.1, and solubility = 80 mg/mL at pH 4. The patch was loaded a 10 mg/mL solution ofthe Ilb/IIIa antagonist in 154 mM saline.
A silver chloride mesh return cathode was located upstream of the polycarbonate flow-through cells. Freshly dermatomed (1 mm) porcine skin was mounted in the cells on a porous support. The patches were dosed with aqueous solutions ofthe drug and then placed on top ofthe excised skin. The patches were secured by a spring-loaded mechanism that maintained even pressure over the patch. The cells were "perfused" by means of a peristakic pump which pulls receiver solution through them. Effluents from the cells were collected with a fraction collector. Flow rates were typically 0.25 mL/min. The receiver solution was an isotonic pH 7.4 buffered saline solution containing 10 mM HEPES, 100 mM NaCI, PEG 400, and a surfactant, Pluronic P-103. Iontophoresis current (50μA) was provided by WPI power cells, and the applied currents and cell voltages were recorded with a Fluke databucket. Results: The effluent receiver solution was measured in a series of six runs, to determine whether the ester was hydrolyzed during the period ofthe iontophoresis. Results were obtained by means of liquid scintillation counting (radioactivity), and HPLC-UV. The HPLC results are estimates based on calibration for the ester form only. The data are summarized in Table I, below.
IΔELEJ
Liquid Scintillation Assay HPLC Assay
Sample Total (μg/mL) Ester (μg/mL) % Ester Total (μg/mL)
1 4.76 1.41 44.8 3.15
2 4.15 0.62 30.5 2.03
3 4.05 0.62 45.3 1.37
4 4.87 0.65 20.9 3.1 1
5 5.56 1.03 27.6 3.73
6 5.19 0.81 24.8 3.27
The results summarized in Table I indicate that the positively charged ester (GPIIb/IIIa antagonist) is metabolized, to some extent, in the skin or receptor fluid to the uncharged zwitterion. (Assay of extracts of the patch following completion of iontophoresis showed no detectable acid hydrolysis product.) Even so, the presence of the hydrolyzed form on the distal side ofthe skin indicates that the compound is traversing the skin during the iontophoresis.
Figure 2 demonstrates very clearly that iontophoresis transport the positively charged ester in a predictable, reproducible and constant manner to constant flux levels over a period of 24 hours. The variability in delivery from skin to skin is also unexpectedly low.
Figure 3 shows that the in vitro delivery is proportional to increase in current and that the flux is again very constant over the 24 hour period and between skin specimens as well. In these experiments the flux reaches "steady state" rapidly and it is also evident that flux levels drop rapidly on termination ofthe current. This latter feature is likely to be valuable in situations where the administration ofthe drug must be stopped rapidly to avoid a risk of harm or injury to the patient, such a situation may be one in which the patient has an adverse reaction to the drug. Example 2
In vivo Swine Experiments
Patch Design: Same as in Example 1.
Experimental Protocol: In each experiment, the patches were loaded with a 20 mg/mL solution ofthe same Ilb/IIIa antagonist used in Example 1 in 154 mM saline, immediately before application to the skin ofthe animals. Unanesthetized Yorkshire swine with weights of about 20 to 35 kg were used. The skin sites receiving the patches were wiped clean with moist gauze pads. Patches were overwrapped with an adhesive, elastic wrap to hold the patches in place. Separate constant current (100μA) power supplies were provided for each iontophoresis patch system. Current and voltage readings were made and recorded by on-board dataloggers (Fluke databuckets).
Blood samples were withdrawn from the vena cava through an IV catheter into VACUTATNER™ blood collection tubes containing EDTA. After gentle mixing, the tubes were centrifuged to separate the plasma, which was transferred to clean polypropylene tubes and frozen on dry ice. Frozen samples were stored at - 80°C until assayed.
Results: Figures 4 and 5 provide a comparative illustration ofthe in vivo delivery ofthe GPIIb/IIIa antagonist (mentioned in Example 1 ) to pigs using constant IV infusion (Figure 4) and constant iontophoresis (Figure 5). IV infusion employed the acid form ofthe drug at an infusion rate of 1 Oμg/h. The results show that blood levels obtained from both delivery techniques are similar, and that the variability in plasma levels seen with the iontophoresis is extremely low.
Example 3
In Vitro Iontophoretic Delivery of GPIIb/IIIa Antagonist: Effect of Membrane Separator Rationale: Because ofthe choices of saline concentration, and the fact that any electrolyte ion in the drug reservoir which is a cation will compete for current with the drug, the patch design can fall into one of three profiles: a) bolus or peaked profile: this is obtained by using a low or near zero saline concentration. With few or no other cations to compete with drug cations in the reservoir, the flux will start high and the fall as electrolyte cations accumulate with time in the drug reservoir, (see, Figure 6, with 10 mM saline); b) a nearly a flat profile: if the reservoirs contain about 75 mM saline at the start, then the saline concentration will neither increase nor decrease, and a steady flux will be obtained; c) a profile which increases with time: similarly, if a high saline concentration is started with, then the saline concentration will fall with time, and due to competition for the current, the drug flux will increase with time.
Patches: A dual compartment 2 cm2 patch design, loaded with 100 mg/mL of the GPIIb/IIIa antagonist of Example 1, with a size exclusion or anion exchange membrane separator.
Experimental Protocol: See Example 1, with current applied at 400 μA.
Results: Figure 6 compares the delivery rate profiles for the dual compartment patches at 400 μA. While the anion exchange membrane patch provided somewhat greater delivery, the two profiles are similar. These results fit the bolus or peaked profile, the flux starts high, and falls as electrolyte cations accumulate with time.
Example 4
In Vitro Iontophoretic Delivery of GPIIb/IIIa Antagonist: Effect of Chloride Salt. Patches: A dual compartment 2 cm2 patch design, loaded with 50 mg/mL chloride salt ofthe Ilb/IIIa antagonist.
Experimental Protocol: See Example 1, current applied at 100 μA and 200 μA.
Results: The delivery rate profiles for these runs are shown in Figure 7. The results for the runs at 100 μA are similar, showing nearly flat delivery at 10-20 μg/h. The run at higher current (200 μA) also gave nearly constant delivery in the 20-35 μg/h range. These results fit the nearly flat profile and a steady flux is obtained.
Example 5
In Vitro Iontophoretic Delivery of GPIIb/IIIa Antagonist: Effect of Current. Drug Concentration, and Salinity Patches: A dual compartment 2 cm2 patch design, loaded with eitiier: (1) a 1 mM NaCI,
150 mg/mL formulation ofthe IlMIIa antagonist of Example 1, or (2) a 75 mM NaCI, 100 mg/mL formulation ofthe drug.
Experimental Protocol: See Example 1, current applied at 100 μA for the 1 mM NaCI sample, and at 400 μA for the 75 mM NaCI sample. Results: The delivery rate profiles for these conditions are compared in Figure 8. Both show an improvement over the earlier profiles, providing much more uniform delivery rates for the 24 hour duration of iontophoresis. These results also fit the nearly flat profile.
Thus, while there have been described what are presently believed to be the preferred embodiments ofthe present invention, those skilled in the art will realize that other and further embodiments can be made without departing from the spirit ofthe invention, and it is intended to include all such further modifications and changes as come within the true scope ofthe claims set forth below.

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
1. An iontophoretic device for non-invasively administering a therapeutic dose of a cell adhesion receptor antagonist to a mammal at a delivery rate of 0.5 μg/h or greater, comprising:
(a) a current distributing member;
(b) an agent reservoir containing an ionized or ionizable substance, in electrical communication with the current distributing member and adapted to be placed in ionic communication with an epithelial surface, wherein the ionized or ionizable substance is a cell adhesion receptor antagonist; and
(c) an electrolyte reservoir containing an electrolyte, in electrical communication with an indifferent electrode and adapted to be placed in ionic communication with an epithelial surface;
(d) an electrical power source in current delivering connection with the current distribution member and the electrolyte reservoir.
2. A device according to Claim 1 , wherein the cell adhesion receptor antagonist is an integrin antagonist.
3. A device according to Claim 2, wherein the cell adhesion receptor antagonist is a glycoprotein Ilb/IIIa antagonist.
4. A device according to Claim 2, wherein the cell adhesion antagonist is an α6β, or α2β, antagonist.
5. A device according to Claim 2, wherein the cell adhesion receptor antagonist is a glycoprotein Ic/IIa antagonist.
6. A device according to Claim 1, wherein the agent reservoir further comprises competing ions.
7. An iontophoresis device comprising an integrin inhibitor compound.
8. An iontophoresis device according to Claim 7, wherein the integrin inhibitor compound is an inhibitor ofthe Ilb/IIIa integrin.
9. An iontophoresis device according to Claim 7, wherein the device further comprises: a cathode and an anode each disposed so as to be in electrical connection with a source of electrical energy and in intimate contact with skin of a subject, and a drug reservoir electrically connected to the cathode or the anode for containing the integrin inhibitor for delivery into the body ofthe subject.
10. An iontophoresis device for non-invasively administering a therapeutic dose of a positively charged ester to a mammal, comprising:
(a) a current distributing member; (b) an agent reservoir containing an ionized or ionizable substance, in electrical communication with a current distributing member and adapted to be placed in ionic communication with an epithelial surface, wherein the ionized or ionizable substance is a positively charged ester; and
(c) an electrolyte reservoir containing an electrolyte, in electrical communication with an indifferent electrode and adapted to be placed in ionic communication with an epithelial surface;
(d) an electrical power source in current delivering connection with the current distribution member and the electrolyte reservoir.
11. An iontophoresis device according to Claim 10, wherein the positively charged ester is a glycoprotein Ilb/IIIa antagonist.
12. An iontophoresis device according to Claim 10, wherein the agent reservoir further comprises competing ions having a like charge to the positively charged ester.
13. A method of administering an integrin inhibitor compound, the method comprising iontophoretically administering to a mammal a therapeutically effective amount ofthe integrin inhibitor using an iontophoresis device according to Claim 7.
14. A method for the treatment of thrombosis, comprising administering to a mammal a therapeutically effective amount of an integrin inhibitor using an iontophoresis device according to Claim 7.
15. A method of inhibiting the aggregation of blood platelets, comprising administering to a mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a Ilb/IIIa inhibitor using an iontophoresis device according to Claim 7.
16. A method of treating a thromboembolic disorder selected from thrombus or embolus formation, harmful platelet aggregation, reocclusion following thrombolysis, reperfusion injury, restenosis, atherosclerosis, stroke, myocardial infarction, and unstable angina, the method comprising administering to a mammal a therapeutically effective amount of an integrin inhibitor using an iontophoresis device according to Claim 7.
17. A method of non-invasively administering a therapeutic dose of a cell adhesion receptor antagonist to a mammal, comprising the step of iontophoretically driving the cell adhesion receptor antagonist through a predetermined area of skin ofthe mammal at a delivery rate of 0.5 μg/h or greater.
18. A method according to Claim 17, wherein the cell adhesion receptor antagonist is an integrin antagonist.
19. A method according to Claim 18, wherein the cell adhesion receptor antagonist is a glycoprotein Ilb/IIIa antagonist.
20. A method according to Claim 18, wherein the cell adhesion receptor antagonist is a glycoprotein Ic/IIa antagonist.
21. A method according to Claim 18, wherein the cell adhesion receptor antagonist is an α6β, or α2β, antagonist
22. A method according to Claim 17, the iontophoretically driving step comprises driving the cell adhesion receptor antagonist with competing ions thereto.
23. A method according to Claim 17, wherein the cell adhesion receptor antagonist is administered continuously at a current of from about 10 μA to about 3 mA over a period of time up to about 24 hours.
24. A method according to Claim 17, wherein the cell adhesion receptor antagonist is administered discontinuously at a current of from about 10 μA to about 3 mA over a period of time up to about 24 hours.
25. A method of non-invasively administering a therapeutic dose of a positively charged ester to a mammal, comprising the step of iontophoretically driving the positively charged ester through a predetermined area of skin ofthe mammal.
26. A method according to Claim 25, wherein the positively charged ester is a glycoprotein Ilb/IIIa antagonist.
27. A method according to Claim 26, the iontophoretically driving step comprises driving the positively charged ester with competing ions thereto.
28. An iontophoretic device for non-invasively administering to a mammal a therapeutic dose of a cell adhesion receptor antagonist, wherein the cell adhesion receptor antagonist is a peptide or peptidomimetic compound having a structure that binds to the RGD-binding domain of a cell adhesion receptor, provided that the cell adhesion receptor inhibitor is not a compound of Formula L:
Figure imgf000123_0001
or a salt solvate or ester thereof, or a salt or solvate of such ester, in which X represents either CH2-CH2 or CH=CH.
PCT/US1997/010650 1996-06-19 1997-06-18 Iontophoretic delivery of cell adhesion inhibitors WO1997048443A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP97930136A EP0920345A4 (en) 1996-06-19 1997-06-18 Iontophoretic delivery of cell adhesion inhibitors
AU34040/97A AU3404097A (en) 1996-06-19 1997-06-18 Iontophoretic delivery of cell adhesion inhibitors

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US2027796P 1996-06-19 1996-06-19
US60/020,277 1996-06-19
US72410696A 1996-09-30 1996-09-30
US72410596A 1996-09-30 1996-09-30
US08/724,105 1996-09-30
US08/724,106 1996-09-30

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO1997048443A1 true WO1997048443A1 (en) 1997-12-24

Family

ID=27361404

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US1997/010651 WO1997048444A1 (en) 1996-06-19 1997-06-18 Iontophoretic delivery of cell adhesion inhibitors
PCT/US1997/010650 WO1997048443A1 (en) 1996-06-19 1997-06-18 Iontophoretic delivery of cell adhesion inhibitors

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US1997/010651 WO1997048444A1 (en) 1996-06-19 1997-06-18 Iontophoretic delivery of cell adhesion inhibitors

Country Status (4)

Country Link
US (2) US5961483A (en)
EP (1) EP0920345A4 (en)
AU (2) AU3404097A (en)
WO (2) WO1997048444A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6322550B2 (en) 1998-04-14 2001-11-27 Hisamitsu Pharmaceutical Co., Inc. Method for transdermal administration of GP IIb/IIIa antagonist

Families Citing this family (65)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6385487B1 (en) 1996-05-08 2002-05-07 Biophoretic Therapeutic Systems, Llc Methods for electrokinetic delivery of medicaments
US5676648A (en) 1996-05-08 1997-10-14 The Aps Organization, Llp Iontophoretic drug delivery apparatus and method for use
AUPO907697A0 (en) * 1997-09-09 1997-10-02 Day, Robert Edward Chemical supplementation of bone
USRE37796E1 (en) 1997-12-16 2002-07-23 Biophoretic Therapeutic Systems, Llc Methods for iontophoretic delivery of antiviral agents
US6792306B2 (en) 2000-03-10 2004-09-14 Biophoretic Therapeutic Systems, Llc Finger-mounted electrokinetic delivery system for self-administration of medicaments and methods therefor
US6477410B1 (en) 2000-05-31 2002-11-05 Biophoretic Therapeutic Systems, Llc Electrokinetic delivery of medicaments
US6398772B1 (en) * 1999-03-26 2002-06-04 Coraje, Inc. Method and apparatus for emergency treatment of patients experiencing a thrombotic vascular occlusion
US6464662B1 (en) 2000-07-26 2002-10-15 Image-Guided Neurologics, Inc. Drug delivery and catheter systems, apparatus and processes
US6591133B1 (en) * 2000-11-27 2003-07-08 Microlin Llc Apparatus and methods for fluid delivery using electroactive needles and implantable electrochemical delivery devices
US6579276B2 (en) * 2001-01-22 2003-06-17 Iomed, Inc. Ocular iontophoretic device and method for inhibiting vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF) using the same
US7488313B2 (en) * 2001-11-29 2009-02-10 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Mechanical apparatus and method for dilating and delivering a therapeutic agent to a site of treatment
US6979296B2 (en) * 2002-04-03 2005-12-27 Sbm Biologics, Inc. Methods for ultrasonic imaging and treating diseased tissues
US20040267355A1 (en) * 2002-04-30 2004-12-30 Neal Scott Mechanical apparatus and method for dilating and delivering a therapeutic agent to a site of treatment
US20040034336A1 (en) * 2002-08-08 2004-02-19 Neal Scott Charged liposomes/micelles with encapsulted medical compounds
US20040057835A1 (en) * 2002-09-24 2004-03-25 Kirby Brian J. Method for improving the performance of electrokinetic micropumps
DE60313353T2 (en) * 2002-10-04 2007-08-16 Photokinetix Inc. PHOTOKINETIC DELIVERY OF BIOLOGICALLY ACTIVE SUBSTANCES USING PULSATIVE INKOHAERENTEM LIGHT.
US7037535B2 (en) * 2002-11-19 2006-05-02 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Method and composition for neutralizing house dust mite feces
AU2004232858B2 (en) 2003-04-23 2009-07-09 Mannkind Corporation Hydraulically actuated pump for long duration medicament administration
US7476222B2 (en) * 2003-06-30 2009-01-13 Johnson & Johnson Consumer Companies, Inc. Methods of reducing the appearance of pigmentation with galvanic generated electricity
US7477940B2 (en) * 2003-06-30 2009-01-13 J&J Consumer Companies, Inc. Methods of administering an active agent to a human barrier membrane with galvanic generated electricity
US7480530B2 (en) * 2003-06-30 2009-01-20 Johnson & Johnson Consumer Companies, Inc. Device for treatment of barrier membranes
US7479133B2 (en) * 2003-06-30 2009-01-20 Johnson & Johnson Consumer Companies, Inc. Methods of treating acne and rosacea with galvanic generated electricity
US8734421B2 (en) * 2003-06-30 2014-05-27 Johnson & Johnson Consumer Companies, Inc. Methods of treating pores on the skin with electricity
US7486989B2 (en) * 2003-06-30 2009-02-03 Johnson & Johnson Consumer Companies, Inc. Device for delivery of oxidizing agents to barrier membranes
US7477941B2 (en) * 2003-06-30 2009-01-13 Johnson & Johnson Consumer Companies, Inc. Methods of exfoliating the skin with electricity
US7507228B2 (en) * 2003-06-30 2009-03-24 Johnson & Johnson Consumer Companies, Inc. Device containing a light emitting diode for treatment of barrier membranes
US20040265395A1 (en) * 2003-06-30 2004-12-30 Ying Sun Device for delivery of reducing agents to barrier membranes
US7477938B2 (en) * 2003-06-30 2009-01-13 Johnson & Johnson Cosumer Companies, Inc. Device for delivery of active agents to barrier membranes
WO2005044978A2 (en) * 2003-07-15 2005-05-19 Washington University Methods of treating, preventing and inhibiting cancer metastasis and tumor formation
JP2007504882A (en) * 2003-09-10 2007-03-08 パワー ペーパー リミティド Disposable electric bandage
WO2006014425A1 (en) 2004-07-02 2006-02-09 Biovalve Technologies, Inc. Methods and devices for delivering glp-1 and uses thereof
US20070025869A1 (en) * 2005-07-15 2007-02-01 Gordon John H Fluid Delivery Device
BRPI0616165A2 (en) 2005-09-15 2011-06-07 Tti Ellebeau Inc rod type iontophoresis device
WO2007046103A2 (en) * 2005-10-19 2007-04-26 Perf-Action Technologies Ltd. System for iontophoretic transdermal delivery of polymeric agents and methods of use thereof
US7744591B2 (en) * 2005-12-29 2010-06-29 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Foam electrode and method of use thereof during tissue resection
WO2007079193A2 (en) 2005-12-30 2007-07-12 Tti Ellebeau, Inc. Iontophoretic systems, devices, and methods of delivery of active agents to biological interface
JP2009532117A (en) 2006-03-30 2009-09-10 ヴァレリタス，エルエルシー Multi-cartridge fluid dispensing device
US20080058922A1 (en) * 2006-08-31 2008-03-06 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Methods and devices employing vap-1 inhibitors
US8372399B2 (en) * 2006-08-31 2013-02-12 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Bispecific antibodies and agents to enhance stem cell homing
US8636995B2 (en) * 2006-08-31 2014-01-28 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Methods and devices to regulate stem cell homing
US8332028B2 (en) * 2006-11-28 2012-12-11 Polyplus Battery Company Protected lithium electrodes for electro-transport drug delivery
US20080147186A1 (en) * 2006-12-14 2008-06-19 Joshi Ashok V Electrochemical Implant For Delivering Beneficial Agents
US8197844B2 (en) 2007-06-08 2012-06-12 Activatek, Inc. Active electrode for transdermal medicament administration
WO2009006349A2 (en) * 2007-06-29 2009-01-08 Polyplus Battery Company Electrotransport devices, methods and drug electrode assemblies
US20090069740A1 (en) * 2007-09-07 2009-03-12 Polyplus Battery Company Protected donor electrodes for electro-transport drug delivery
US8862223B2 (en) 2008-01-18 2014-10-14 Activatek, Inc. Active transdermal medicament patch and circuit board for same
US8986253B2 (en) 2008-01-25 2015-03-24 Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. Two chamber pumps and related methods
US8150525B2 (en) * 2008-08-27 2012-04-03 Johnson & Johnson Consumer Companies, Inc. Treatment of hyperhydrosis
US8408421B2 (en) 2008-09-16 2013-04-02 Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. Flow regulating stopcocks and related methods
US8650937B2 (en) 2008-09-19 2014-02-18 Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. Solute concentration measurement device and related methods
US20120089232A1 (en) 2009-03-27 2012-04-12 Jennifer Hagyoung Kang Choi Medical devices with galvanic particulates
US20100331760A1 (en) * 2009-06-30 2010-12-30 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Biodegradable implant for treating or preventing reperfusion injury
US8386031B2 (en) * 2009-06-30 2013-02-26 Boston Scientific Scimed, Inc. Implantable self-powered biodegradable medical device to treat or prevent reperfusion injury
CA2769030C (en) 2009-07-30 2016-05-10 Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. Infusion pump system with disposable cartridge having pressure venting and pressure feedback
BR112012011411A2 (en) 2009-11-13 2017-12-12 Johnson & Johnson Consumer Companies Inc galvanic skin care device
US9327105B2 (en) * 2010-03-26 2016-05-03 Itrace Biomedical Inc. Active transdermal drug delivery system and the method thereof
US9700245B2 (en) 2011-09-23 2017-07-11 Itrace Biomedical Inc. Transdermal analyte extraction and detection system and the method thereof
US11110272B2 (en) 2011-12-08 2021-09-07 Pilogics L.P. Apparatus for stimulating hair growth and/or preventing hair loss
RU2480252C1 (en) * 2011-12-21 2013-04-27 Федеральное государственное бюджетное учреждение "Российский научный центр медицинской реабилитации и курортологии" Министерства здравоохранения и социального развития Российской Федерации (ФГБУ"РНЦМРиК"Минздравсоцразвития России) Method of treating patients with non-proliferative diabetic retinopathy
US9180242B2 (en) 2012-05-17 2015-11-10 Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. Methods and devices for multiple fluid transfer
US9710607B2 (en) 2013-01-15 2017-07-18 Itrace Biomedical Inc. Portable electronic therapy device and the method thereof
US10179239B2 (en) 2013-01-15 2019-01-15 Itrace Biomedical Inc. Personalized pain management treatments
US9173998B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2015-11-03 Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. System and method for detecting occlusions in an infusion pump
US9492608B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2016-11-15 Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. Method and device utilizing insulin delivery protocols
US9566431B2 (en) 2014-04-07 2017-02-14 Pilogics L.P. Method of forming a large number of metal-ion-deposition islands on the scalp by a rapid series of brief electrode-contact events

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4474570A (en) * 1981-07-10 1984-10-02 Kabushikikaisya Advance Kaihatsu Kenkyujo Iontophoresis device
US4708716A (en) * 1983-08-18 1987-11-24 Drug Delivery Systems Inc. Transdermal drug applicator
US5084008A (en) * 1989-12-22 1992-01-28 Medtronic, Inc. Iontophoresis electrode
US5203768A (en) * 1991-07-24 1993-04-20 Alza Corporation Transdermal delivery device
US5558633A (en) * 1990-03-30 1996-09-24 Medtronic, Inc. Device and method for iontophoretic drug delivery

Family Cites Families (72)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3991755A (en) * 1973-07-27 1976-11-16 Medicon, Inc. Iontophoresis apparatus for applying local anesthetics
US4141359A (en) * 1976-08-16 1979-02-27 University Of Utah Epidermal iontophoresis device
US4250878A (en) * 1978-11-22 1981-02-17 Motion Control, Inc. Non-invasive chemical species delivery apparatus and method
EP0014678B1 (en) * 1979-02-02 1983-05-25 Ciba-Geigy Ag Basic dioxazine compounds, process for their preparation and their use in dyeing and printing textile materials, paper and leather, and materials dyed and printed therewith
US4383529A (en) * 1980-11-03 1983-05-17 Wescor, Inc. Iontophoretic electrode device, method and gel insert
US4820263A (en) * 1981-03-06 1989-04-11 Medtronic, Inc. Apparatus and method for iontophoretic drug delivery
US4522803A (en) * 1983-02-04 1985-06-11 The Liposome Company, Inc. Stable plurilamellar vesicles, their preparation and use
US4622031A (en) * 1983-08-18 1986-11-11 Drug Delivery Systems Inc. Indicator for electrophoretic transcutaneous drug delivery device
US4557723A (en) * 1983-08-18 1985-12-10 Drug Delivery Systems Inc. Applicator for the non-invasive transcutaneous delivery of medicament
CA1262564A (en) * 1983-09-01 1989-10-31 Minoru Sasaki Iontophoresis device
US4610868A (en) * 1984-03-20 1986-09-09 The Liposome Company, Inc. Lipid matrix carriers for use in drug delivery systems
US5135477A (en) * 1984-10-29 1992-08-04 Medtronic, Inc. Iontophoretic drug delivery
US4744787A (en) * 1984-10-29 1988-05-17 Medtronic, Inc. Iontophoresis apparatus and methods of producing same
US4747819A (en) * 1984-10-29 1988-05-31 Medtronic, Inc. Iontophoretic drug delivery
US4752285B1 (en) * 1986-03-19 1995-08-22 Univ Utah Res Found Methods and apparatus for iontophoresis application of medicaments
IE60941B1 (en) * 1986-07-10 1994-09-07 Elan Transdermal Ltd Transdermal drug delivery device
EP0260429A3 (en) * 1986-08-07 1991-04-17 MEDICEChem.-Pharm. Fabrik Pütter GmbH & Co. KG N-alkylated quaternary nitrogen-containing heterocycles, process for their preparation and their use in pharmaceutical compositions
US4731049A (en) * 1987-01-30 1988-03-15 Ionics, Incorporated Cell for electrically controlled transdermal drug delivery
US5080646A (en) * 1988-10-03 1992-01-14 Alza Corporation Membrane for electrotransport transdermal drug delivery
US4865582A (en) * 1987-06-05 1989-09-12 Drug Delivery Systems Inc. Disposable transdermal drug applicators
US5068226A (en) * 1987-12-07 1991-11-26 Cyclex, Inc. Pharmaceutical preparations containing cyclodextrins and their use in iontophoretic therapies
US5288389A (en) * 1988-04-01 1994-02-22 Ngk Spark Plug Co., Ltd. Oxygen sensor with higher resistance to repeated thermal-shocks and shorter warm-up time
US5162042A (en) * 1988-07-05 1992-11-10 Alza Corporation Electrotransport transdermal system
US5147296A (en) * 1988-10-03 1992-09-15 Alza Corporation Membrane for electrotransport transdermal drug delivery
US5169382A (en) * 1988-10-03 1992-12-08 Alza Corporation Membrane for electrotransport transdermal drug delivery
US4927408A (en) * 1988-10-03 1990-05-22 Alza Corporation Electrotransport transdermal system
CA2001444C (en) * 1988-10-28 2000-07-25 Darrel F. Untereker Iontophoresis electrode
US5240995A (en) * 1989-02-09 1993-08-31 Alza Corporation Electrotransport adhesive
US5234992A (en) * 1989-02-09 1993-08-10 Alza Corporation Electrotransport adhesive
US5236412A (en) * 1989-07-21 1993-08-17 Iomed, Inc. Rehydratable product and method of preparation thereof
US5087242A (en) * 1989-07-21 1992-02-11 Iomed, Inc. Hydratable bioelectrode
US5281287A (en) * 1989-07-21 1994-01-25 Iomed, Inc. Method of making a hydratable bioelectrode
US4950229A (en) * 1989-09-25 1990-08-21 Becton, Dickinson And Company Apparatus for an electrode used for iontophoresis
US5320597A (en) * 1991-02-08 1994-06-14 Becton, Dickinson And Company Device and method for renewing electrodes during iontophoresis
US5167616A (en) * 1989-12-14 1992-12-01 Alza Corporation Iontophoretic delivery method
US5334138A (en) * 1990-03-15 1994-08-02 North Carolina State University Method and composition for increased skin concentration of active agents by iontophoresis
US5084006A (en) * 1990-03-30 1992-01-28 Alza Corporation Iontopheretic delivery device
US5207752A (en) * 1990-03-30 1993-05-04 Alza Corporation Iontophoretic drug delivery system with two-stage delivery profile
US5162043A (en) * 1990-03-30 1992-11-10 Alza Corporation Iontophoretic delivery device
US5125894A (en) * 1990-03-30 1992-06-30 Alza Corporation Method and apparatus for controlled environment electrotransport
CA2079462C (en) * 1990-03-30 2001-04-17 Larry A. Mcnichols Iontophoretic delivery device
US5147297A (en) * 1990-05-07 1992-09-15 Alza Corporation Iontophoretic delivery device
US5158537A (en) * 1990-10-29 1992-10-27 Alza Corporation Iontophoretic delivery device and method of hydrating same
WO1992007618A1 (en) * 1990-10-29 1992-05-14 Alza Corporation Iontophoretic drug delivery electrode and method of hydrating the same
DE4107857A1 (en) * 1991-03-12 1992-09-17 Thomae Gmbh Dr K CYCLIC UREA DERIVATIVES, MEDICAMENTS CONTAINING SUCH COMPOUNDS AND METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF
US5221254A (en) * 1991-04-02 1993-06-22 Alza Corporation Method for reducing sensation in iontophoretic drug delivery
US5405317A (en) * 1991-05-03 1995-04-11 Alza Corporation Iontophoretic delivery device
HUT68769A (en) * 1991-05-07 1995-07-28 Merck & Co Inc FIBRINOGéN RECEPTOR ANTAGONIST COMPOUNDS AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS COMPRISING THEM AS EFFECTIVE SUBSTANCE
US5464387A (en) * 1991-07-24 1995-11-07 Alza Corporation Transdermal delivery device
US5239113A (en) * 1991-10-15 1993-08-24 Monsanto Company Substituted β-amino acid derivatives useful as platelet aggregation inhibitors and intermediates thereof
JP3424753B2 (en) * 1991-12-03 2003-07-07 アルザ コーポレーション Iontophoretic agent administration system
US5246417A (en) * 1991-12-11 1993-09-21 Alza Corporation Indicator for iontophoresis system
US5246418A (en) * 1991-12-17 1993-09-21 Becton Dickinson And Company Iontophresis system having features for reducing skin irritation
US5256137A (en) * 1992-03-10 1993-10-26 Becton Dickinson And Company Biphasic power source for use in an iontophoretic drug delivery system
CA2087087C (en) * 1992-01-22 2000-07-18 Burton H. Sage, Jr. Molecules for iontophoretic delivery
US5310403A (en) * 1992-05-18 1994-05-10 Becton, Dickinson And Company Iontophoretic drug delivery device and circuit therefor
US5310404A (en) * 1992-06-01 1994-05-10 Alza Corporation Iontophoretic delivery device and method of hydrating same
WO1995025562A1 (en) * 1992-06-02 1995-09-28 Alza Corporation Electrotransport drug delivery device
US5312326A (en) * 1992-06-02 1994-05-17 Alza Corporation Iontophoretic drug delivery apparatus
US5607691A (en) * 1992-06-12 1997-03-04 Affymax Technologies N.V. Compositions and methods for enhanced drug delivery
US5380271A (en) * 1992-09-24 1995-01-10 Alza Corporation Electrotransport agent delivery device and method
US5306235A (en) * 1992-09-30 1994-04-26 Becton Dickinson And Company Failsafe iontophoresis drug delivery system
US5298017A (en) * 1992-12-29 1994-03-29 Alza Corporation Layered electrotransport drug delivery system
US5334596A (en) * 1993-05-11 1994-08-02 Merck & Co., Inc. Fibrinogen receptor antagonists
US5445609A (en) * 1993-05-28 1995-08-29 Alza Corporation Electrotransport agent delivery device having a disposable component and a removable liner
US5458569A (en) * 1993-06-08 1995-10-17 Becton Dickinson And Company Wearable iontophoresis system
US5446056A (en) * 1993-11-24 1995-08-29 The Du Pont Merck Pharmaceutical Company Isoxazoline compounds useful as fibrinogen receptor antagonists
US5387189A (en) * 1993-12-02 1995-02-07 Alza Corporation Electrotransport delivery device and method of making same
CA2142153A1 (en) * 1994-03-04 1995-09-05 Jacques Banville Sulfated .beta.-glycolipid derivatives as cell adhesion inhibitors
US5510328A (en) * 1994-04-28 1996-04-23 La Jolla Cancer Research Foundation Compositions that inhibit wound contraction and methods of using same
US5498235A (en) * 1994-09-30 1996-03-12 Becton Dickinson And Company Iontophoresis assembly including patch/controller attachment
US6185453B1 (en) * 1996-06-19 2001-02-06 Dupont Pharmaceuticals Company Iontophoretic delivery of integrin inhibitors

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4474570A (en) * 1981-07-10 1984-10-02 Kabushikikaisya Advance Kaihatsu Kenkyujo Iontophoresis device
US4708716A (en) * 1983-08-18 1987-11-24 Drug Delivery Systems Inc. Transdermal drug applicator
US5084008A (en) * 1989-12-22 1992-01-28 Medtronic, Inc. Iontophoresis electrode
US5558633A (en) * 1990-03-30 1996-09-24 Medtronic, Inc. Device and method for iontophoretic drug delivery
US5203768A (en) * 1991-07-24 1993-04-20 Alza Corporation Transdermal delivery device

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP0920345A4 *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6322550B2 (en) 1998-04-14 2001-11-27 Hisamitsu Pharmaceutical Co., Inc. Method for transdermal administration of GP IIb/IIIa antagonist

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP0920345A4 (en) 2006-05-10
US5935598A (en) 1999-08-10
AU3404197A (en) 1998-01-07
AU3404097A (en) 1998-01-07
WO1997048444A1 (en) 1997-12-24
US5961483A (en) 1999-10-05
EP0920345A1 (en) 1999-06-09

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US5961483A (en) Iontophoretic delivery of cell adhesion inhibitors
US6185453B1 (en) Iontophoretic delivery of integrin inhibitors
US6214834B1 (en) Integrin inhibitor prodrugs
JP6816180B2 (en) Compositions and methods for the treatment of eye disorders
WO2020103815A1 (en) Glp-1r agonists and uses thereof
US20210023043A1 (en) Methods of Treating Hyperalgesia
US8669257B2 (en) Phenazine derivatives and uses thereof as potassium channel modulators
DE69925105T2 (en) IONTOPHORETIC DEVICE CONTAINING PIPERIDINE DERIVATIVES
CN102316872A (en) The bile acid recirculation inhibitor of treatment of obesity and diabetes
JP2003535034A (en) Dipeptidyl peptidase IV inhibitors and methods for producing and using dipeptidyl peptidase IV inhibitors
KR20120092548A (en) Pharmaceutical composition comprising rotigotine salts(acid or na), especially for iontophoresis
CN1938023A (en) Ion channel modulators
CN103180297A (en) Methods of facilitating neural cell survival using gdnf family ligand (gfl) mimetics or ret signaling pathway activators
US11370769B2 (en) TRPC5 inhibitors and methods of using same
Washburn et al. Control of neuronal excitability by an ion‐sensing receptor
US20130316985A1 (en) GPR35 Ligands And Uses Thereof
Chrestia et al. A functional interaction between Y674-R685 region of the SARS-CoV-2 spike protein and the human α7 nicotinic receptor
DE69917074T2 (en) OPTICALLY ACTIVE PYRIDYL-4H-1,2,4-OXADIAZIN DERIVATIVE AND ITS USE IN THE TREATMENT OF VASCULAR DISEASES
Morissette et al. Olanzapine prolongs cardiac repolarization by blocking the rapid component of the delayed rectifier potassium current
TW201130810A (en) CRTH2 modulators
RU2006147274A (en) DEVICE AND METHOD FOR TRANSDERMAL DELIVERY OF ANTI-COAGULANT
EP1322311A1 (en) Treatment of inflammation with a combination of a cyclooxygenase-2 inhibitor and an integrin alpha-v antagonist
See et al. Iontophoresis-aided drug delivery into the eyeball via eyelid skin
WO2019213584A1 (en) Modulators of orphan nuclear receptors for nash and other metabolic disorders
US20050203059A1 (en) Methods and compositions for treatment of ischemia

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY CA CH CN CU CZ DE DK EE ES FI GB GE HU IL IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MD MG MK MN MW MX NO NZ PL PT RO RU SD SE SG SI SK TJ TM TR TT UA UG US UZ VN AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): GH KE LS MW SD SZ UG ZW AT BE CH DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE BF BJ

DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1997930136

Country of ref document: EP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: JP

Ref document number: 98503343

Format of ref document f/p: F

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: 8642

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 1997930136

Country of ref document: EP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: CA